Blog

Characteristics of Regional Songs – It is common knowledge that the country of Indonesia is an archipelagic country, thus making it diverse with cultures from various regions.

Of the many cultures passed down by our ancestors to the next generation, there are regional songs which are at the same time a cultural difference between one region and another.

Each regional song will be identical to the region it originates from because through the lyrics and tones in the folk songs indirectly reflect the culture and how the people live.

Regional songs were created by the ancestors based on the culture and customs of the area. So it’s only natural that each region, even though they are on the same island, has different folk songs.

Do Sinaumed’s know any popular folk songs in your area? Usually, when we were in elementary school, we would be required to sing the folk song by our teacher.

Why did our teacher give us an assignment in the form of singing a folk song? This is so that we, as the younger generation, continue to preserve the nation’s culture, including the folk songs.

So, what are the characteristics of a folk song? Then, what is the role of folk songs for people in today’s era who already live in the midst of sophistication of technology?

Come on , see the following explanation about the characteristics and important things about folk songs!

Characteristics of Regional Songs

In general, folk songs have the following characteristics:

1. Using the local language according to where the song comes from.
2. Describe the culture of the local people.
3. Some of his songs and music use their own music system (using regional musical instruments).
4. Anonymously created.
5. Usually learned and disseminated orally.
6. It has become part of the culture of society.
7. Contain an important message to the listener.
8. Usually accompanied by local musical instruments.
9. When sung, there is a special bow according to the local area.

Regional Song Function

1. As a means of traditional ceremonies in an area

In several areas in Indonesia, traditional ceremonies usually use folk songs as accompaniment. For example, the Merapu ceremony in Sumba uses local folk songs as an accompaniment to the spirit in the traditional ceremony.

2. Dance accompaniment or regional performances

On the island of Java, it is customary to use regional songs as accompaniment to regional dance performances, for example Javanese style songs which often accompany Serimpi (Central Java) traditional dance performances. In addition, folk songs can also function to accompany shadow puppet shows, kethoprak, ludruk, and others.

3. Communication media

Through musical performances or songs in an area, it turns out that it can be an indirect medium of communication, you know, between singers of these regional songs and their listeners.

4. Media entertainment and playing ancient society

Sinaumed’s certainly knows that in ancient times there were no sophisticated gadgets like today as a means of entertainment. Therefore, people who lived in ancient times often used folk songs as a medium for their entertainment and playing.

Some of these regional songs were deliberately created to accompany children’s games, for example the songs Cublak-Cublak Suweng from Central Java, Ampar-Ampar Pisang (South Kalimantan), and Pok Amek-Ame (Betawi).

5. Means of earning a living

Some people can work as singers of traditional songs in a traditional performance. This can be explained simply that the existence of folk songs can also function as a means of earning a living.

6. As a medium of lighting

Increasingly, the existence of folk songs can function to organize several activities. Even some public service advertisements often use folk songs as the backsound.

Apart from public service advertisements, folk songs can also be used for election media, immunizations, and even religious lectures.

10 Examples of Regional Songs and Their Meanings

1. Bubuy Bulan (West Java)

The folk song entitled Bubuy this month is one of the many folk songs originating from West Java. In this folk song, more or less tells about a woman who keeps having someone in her mind. This person is constantly on her mind every day until finally making the woman feel in love and in love.

2. Apuse (Papua)

The folk song entitled “Apuse” is often sung with a joyful impression. In fact, the lyrics contained in it tell about the sadness of a grandson who has to say goodbye to his grandparents. The grandson had to go abroad in search of a better life and left his grandparents.

3. Suwe Ora Jamu (Central Java)

This folk song has the meaning that not everything that happens to us will be according to what we think and plan. Well, to overcome this, we also have to think about all the possibilities of what might happen.

So, indirectly, this Suwe Ora Jamu song gives advice that we must prepare ourselves for the worst possibility even if good things have happened so far. So, if it turns out that something bad happened, then we will not dissolve in disappointment because we were “on standby” beforehand.

4. Ampar-Ampar Banana (South Kalimantan)

This folk song tells about how the process of making Banana Rimpi food is not easy. Well, actually this folk song indirectly gives advice to listeners, especially children, to always be patient.

That something good will always be obtained in a short time, it is the same as the process of making Banana Rimpi food.

5. Manuk Dadali (West Java)

The title of the folk song “Manuk Dadali” means Garuda Bird in Indonesian. Sinaumed’s must have known that the existence of the Garuda bird is the symbol of the Indonesian state, depicted as a brave and brave animal.

So, in the lyrics of this folk song, it is stated that the Garuda bird is an animal that is a symbol of chivalry, mutual love, and the courage to sacrifice for the sake of others.

Indirectly, this folk song entitled “Manuk Dadali” contains the meaning of nationalism. The figurative meaning contained in the lyrics also describes the condition of Indonesia’s homeland which has cultural diversity but can live in harmony without any feelings of envy and envy towards one another.

6. Soleram (Riau)

This folk song originating from the Riau region has a message for children to maintain the honor of their country, culture and self-esteem.

Indirectly, this folk song entitled “Soleram” teaches a culture of shame. Apart from that, it also educates listeners to always connect kinship ties and avoid divisions between groups.

7. Bungong Jeumpa (Aceh)

” Bungong Jeumpa ” in Indonesian means Cempaka Flower. This regional song originating from Aceh tells about the beauty of a flower.

Cempaka flowers have a variety of colors, some are red, white, and yellow.

8. Si Patokaan (North Sulawesi)

This folk song that comes from North Sulawesi actually tells about a mother and her child named Si Patokaan. Si Patokaan wants to migrate to another area in order to get a better life, so his mother provides Si Patokaan with various advice to always be careful.

9. Chicken Den Lapeh (West Sumatra)

“Ayam Den Lapeh” in Indonesian means Loose Chicken. This folk song tells of a person who has lost something of his worth and is depicted as a chicken.

Based on Minang tradition in ancient times, chickens were a luxury item and only certain people could raise them. This folk song is sung in a cheerful tone.

Well, the message contained in this folk song is to “laugh at” the bad luck that happens so there’s no point in being sad for too long.

10. My Goat (NTT)

This folk song originating from East Nusa Tenggara (NTT) is unique in that the lyrics seem to be answering each other, the first lyrics ask questions, the second lyrics answer them.

This folk song has been modified to be slightly modern so that it can be sung by children. This song has a meaning about the relationship between children and parents who are so close.

 

The Role of Regional Songs Against Society in the Current Era

Previously, various studies have been carried out on the role of folk songs for people who live in this sophisticated era. This role is assessed from various aspects, from language maintenance, learning to students, to cultural preservation efforts.

In the aspect of language maintenance, it is usually the regional language. For example, Malay. Increasingly, speakers of Malay tend to associate it with the Indonesian language system. Especially in the phoneme a becomes phoneme e .

Changes in regional language patterns were indeed unobserved and occurred in a very long time. However, if it occurs continuously, it can shift the lingual unit and even change the phoneme structure.

Therefore, the existence of regional songs can be a “reminder” to the public that each regional song has the identity of each tribe and the way of pronunciation cannot be changed.

Furthermore, in the aspect of learning to students. The existence of regional songs can be used as a medium for learning local content and regional languages ​​for students. Teachers can also ask students to learn any folk songs they like.

As with the use of music for learning, folk songs also have the same role. The difference lies only in the language used.

So, that’s a review of the characteristics and examples of traditional songs in Indonesia. At least, Sinaumed’s must memorize three regional songs as a form of preserving culture so that its existence will continue to exist for the next generation.

Book Recommendations & Related Articles

• Melodic Musical Instruments
• Traditional musical instruments
• Rhythmic Instruments
• Kinds of Modern and Traditional Musical Instruments
• Types of Music Genres
• Best Friendship Song
• Kinds of Film Genres

Characteristics of Oviparous Animals – Animals are one of the living things that have the nature to reproduce. How to breed each animal, of course, is different. There are animals that reproduce by giving birth or are viviparous, there are also those that lay eggs or are oviparous, and some even lay eggs and give birth at the same time or are ovoviviparous.

The difference in how these animals reproduce depends on the presence of special organs in an animal. For example, animals that reproduce by laying eggs or oviparous do not have mammary glands and auricles.

Then, what are the characteristics of the oviparous animal? What is the difference between oviparous and viviparous animals? What are examples of animals that reproduce by laying eggs or oviparous?

So, so that Sinaumed’s can understand this, let’s look at the following explanation!

Get to know Oviparous Animals

Oviparous animals are animals that reproduce by laying eggs. So that the eggs can hatch to produce young animals, the eggs will usually be incubated by their parents.

Examples of animals that are oviparous are chickens, ducks, frogs, fish, snakes, turtles, and others.

In the eggs released by the oviparous animal parent, there is an embryo which can later hatch and produce offspring of the same type. Animals that lay eggs are female animals and fertilization can occur outside or inside.

Characteristics of Oviparous Animals

1. Do not have mammary glands to breastfeed their children
2. Don’t have ears
3. Can incubate the eggs

Difference between Oviparous Animals and Viviparous Animals

Oviparous animal	Viviparous animal
Do not have mammary glands	Have mammary glands that function to suckle their children
Don’t have ears	Have ears
Does not have a uterine canal to give birth	Has a uterine canal to give birth to her child
The zygote develops into an egg which is enclosed in a shell	The zygote develops into an embryo in the uterine tube
Releases the eggs from the cloaca	Give birth to their young from the genitals of female animals
Don’t have a placenta	Has a placenta which functions to provide nutrition to the embryo

How to Fertilize Oviparous Animals

Animals that reproduce by laying eggs will carry out fertilization outside the female animal’s body, for example fish and amphibians. These oviparous female animals will release their eggs, while male oviparous animals will release a good number of sperm cells in the water. The two cells will meet in the water and form a zygote and egg.

After the egg is fertilized, it will develop into an egg covered by a shell. Then, the egg will be released through the cloaca in the body of the female oviparous animal. Then, wait for the time for the eggs to hatch.

The time it takes for an egg in an oviparous animal to hatch varies. For example, in fish it takes about 4-5 days for the eggs to hatch, while in chickens it takes about 21 days for the eggs to hatch into chicks.

Examples of Oviparous Animals

1. Chicken

Chicken is a type of poultry that is often used as livestock or pets. This is because chickens have various benefits for human life, be it eggs, feathers, and meat.

2. Duck

Ducks are different from geese, because the body size of ducks is smaller. Ducks can live on land or on the surface of fresh water. Similar to chickens, ducks are also often used as livestock or pets by humans. Duck eggs and meat are very beneficial for human food life.

3. Fish

Fish are animals that are included in the class of cold-blooded animals that live in water, be it fresh water or sea water. Fish breathe using gills. Male fish and female fish will mate in the breeding process. The time it takes for a fish for its eggs to hatch is 3-4 days after the eggs are laid in their habitat.

4. Turtle

Turtles can live on land and in water, but they spend most of their time on land. Turtles are different from turtles and turtles, the difference lies in their habitat.

A turtle can live for hundreds of years, there are even turtles that are 226 years old. Turtle eggs will usually be incubated by buried in the sand.

5. Snake

Snakes can develop in various places in all corners of the world, for example in forests, in deserts, on mountains, in residential areas, to the oceans. Snakes in general are cold-blooded animals.

Most of the snake species will leave their eggs in the hole where they live, usually in moist soil. The time needed for snake eggs to hatch is about 3 months. Until the hatching time arrives, snake eggs will be incubated by the heat of the mother’s body or from the heat of the earth’s atmosphere.

6. Lizard

Lizards usually live in shady places, for example on the walls and roofs of human houses. Lizard food is insects, especially mosquitoes and moths. Lizards have “adhesive” on the soles of their feet, making it easier for them to walk on the walls of the house.

In the breeding process, lizard eggs take about 40-60 days to hatch. At that time, the environment where the lizard lives can actually affect the sex of the chicks that hatch later.

The average lizard life span is 10 years. Lizards also do not have a special mating season.

7. Frog

Frogs are amphibians, meaning they can live both on land and in water. In the breeding process, lizard eggs take about 1-3 weeks to hatch. Some frog species can also carry or lay their eggs on the mother frog’s back to avoid predators.

So, those are the characteristics and examples of oviparous animals that Sinaumed’s needs to know. Has Sinaumed’s directly observed the process of hatching eggs of these oviparous animals? If you have, it can be a memorable and educational experience!

Book Recommendations & Related Articles

The characteristics of the text of the observation report – In general, the text of the observation report is a text that contains a general explanation or a text in the form of a report based on what a person gets from observations. The text of the observation report contains contents regarding the classification of the observed species based on certain criteria.

Basically, the text of the observation report is a text that describes an object in its characteristics, shape and general characteristics. The observed objects can be animals, plants, objects, humans, social, cultural or even events that occur with reference to facts, objectives or existing realities.

The characteristics of the observation report text are actually almost the same as the description text, but there are some fundamental differences. In order to understand more clearly the characteristics of the observation report text, see the explanation further in this article.

Understanding the text of the Observation Report

According to the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI), the text of the observation report is a manuscript that has the original word form of the author.

If interpreted literally, the meaning of the report is everything that is conveyed, complained about and reported. Meanwhile, observation can be interpreted as an observation activity that has the task of carrying out a careful review.

As a text that has the form of a report, a report can be understood as a general way of communication carried out by researchers or experts with the aim of conveying information to the fullest.

This is what then makes the report must be written in accordance with the type and form of documents that contain facts and information about a problem. Meanwhile, observation can also be interpreted as a tool used to be able to determine the size of the behavior of certain individuals.

Observation is often interpreted as a tool used to perform a calculation on an activity process that is observed by someone. According to Margono, the word observation is defined as observation as well as recording which is carried out systematically and is related to various signs that appear on the object of research.

This is what makes the notes or text of the observations contain various facts found by the observer in accordance with what was seen and heard.

From the explanation of reports and observations, it can be concluded that the text of the observation report can be interpreted as a note or script written in accordance with the observation activities.

Observation report texts are generally used to obtain in-depth research results on humans, animals, objects, plants, culture, social or on certain environmental conditions. The text of the observation report in general also contains various kinds of facts that can be proven scientifically.

Characteristics of Observation Report Text

As explained earlier, the observation report text actually has characteristics that are almost the same as the description text. However, both are different types of text. Then, what are the characteristics of the observation report text that are different from the descriptive text? Here’s an explanation.

1. Arranged systematically

The characteristics of the first observation report text is that the text is arranged systematically. It can be understood that the text of the report on the results of observations has an order according to the structure of the text of the report on the results of observations.

2. Contains an explanation from a scientific point of view

The text of the observation report is a text that contains an explanation using a certain scientific point of view. The text of the observation report has the task of being able to present the information that has been obtained based on the results of observations in accordance with the facts that actually occurred during the observation process.

Various kinds of information that has been collected cannot be simply presented, but must be scientifically proven.

3. Contains a discussion of certain objects or situations

The third feature of the observation report text is that the text contains a discussion of a particular object or situation that is discussed in general.

There are various kinds of objects used as observations in the text of the observation report, ranging from humans, animals, plants, ecosystems, social, culture to the environment.

4. Has a detailed section of an object

The results of the text of the observation report contain the details of the parts of an object written by someone. The details of the sections referred to in the text of the observation report are a form of classification as well as information about the characteristics of an object used as an observation.

For example, there is a student observing the growth of sprouts. Then the characteristic that can be obtained from the sprouted object is that it has the form of a plant that belongs to a type of legume that lives around the tropics, has hairy stems, is green and brown in color.

5. The text of the observation report must be prepared using standard and clear language

The text of the observation report is a text composed by someone in order to be able to convey information to the general public. Because of this, the text of the observation report must be prepared using standard and clear language.

When writing a text report on the results of observations, a writer is required to understand the use of correct and good language, so that the results of the report can be clearly understood by the general public.

Apart from its purpose, the text of the observation report is scientific writing, so the authors are also required to use standard language so that the report is easier to understand.

In addition to the five characteristics of the text of the observation report, according to a book entitled Getting to Know the Types of Text (2019), the text of the observation report has the following characteristics:

1. Must contain facts.
2. Fully written and thorough.
3. Report text is objective.
4. Does not include deviant aspects, contains prejudice or partiality.
5. Presented attractively using clear and logical language.

If observed at a glance, of course, Sinaumed’s will find some similarities in the characteristics of the text of the observation report with the description text. However, when examined further, both have different characteristics and goals.

The content of the observation report text is a description of an event in general that has a universal and global nature. Examples are the characteristics of a rose, the growth of a butterfly, the growth of a frog and so on. The results of observations can be in the form of habits, appearance or patterns of all parts.

Meanwhile, descriptive text describes a special event or phenomenon that has unique and individual characteristics. Descriptive text only explains or describes specific objects that occur at certain times.

Another feature of the observation report text that distinguishes it from a description text is that it is universal in nature, results from recent observations or research, uses good and correct Indonesian, discusses a single object and does not have a concluding section.

Observation Report Text Structure

In order to understand more about the observation report text, Sinaumed’s needs to know the structure of the observation report text.

1. Title 

The first part and the part that is quite important in the text of the observation report is the title. This title section is usually placed at the front and before the initial paragraph. The title can usually be a characteristic or characteristic that informs about the overall or outline of the contents of the text and the observations that have been made by the author.

2. General Statement

The second structure of the observation report text is a general classification. The general classification contains the outline of an object phenomenon that is being discussed in the text of the report.

In the text of the observation report, the general classification has the task of being able to introduce various kinds of information that will be presented to the general public or readers of the report text.

3. Part Description

In the third part of the text of the observation report, there is a section description. The description section generally contains various descriptions of the object or phenomenon being observed.

An example is when there is a researcher who researches or observes plants, the information that must be presented in the text of the report must be able to introduce roots, fruit, physical flowers and other data related to the object of observation.

4. Description of Benefits

The final observation report text structure is a description of the benefits of the written report text. The description of benefits contains various kinds of benefits as well as some special characteristics of the object being reported. In the description of the benefits, in general the author will also present a conclusion that can represent all the information contained in the text of the report on the results of these observations.

Purpose of Compiling Observation Result Report Text

As with other report texts, the observation report text is of course structured to fulfill certain objectives. One of the purposes of compiling a text of an observation report is to obtain information or an explanation of a problem based on a particular scientific point of view.

The observation report text also has another purpose, namely to present various kinds of observations that have been made by the author to the reader accompanied by explanations in a systematic, in-depth, accurate and of course in accordance with the facts.

In addition to these two objectives, the text of the observation report has several other objectives. Here’s the explanation:

1. Information on classification 

The text of the observation report contains a variety of important information obtained from the observations and has been adjusted based on certain criteria.

Activities from observations made by the author can be objective or systematic. So that the writer can find an answer or hypothesis for a problem raised in the text of the report.

2. Based on facts

The purpose of preparing the text of the observation report is to present information about something based on the criteria and facts that existed in the field when the writer made the observations.

3. Draw conclusions 

After successfully determining the object of research from the results of observations, the writer can draw a conclusion that has benefits as learning material and increases knowledge. The conclusion of the observation report text is the same as the conclusion of the observation report text.

Language Rules of Observation Report Text 

It has been explained previously, that the text of the observation report is a scientific paper. So that the arrangement can not be haphazard. Authors must comply with the rules for preparing scientific papers, such as using standard and good language.

The information contained in the text of the observation report also contains data obtained by the author during the observation and can be proven scientifically.

The language rules used in the preparation of the observation report text are the style of language that is typically used in a report text or manuscript. Therefore, this linguistic rule is a differentiator between one type of text and another.

In compiling the text of the observation report, the writer will use a lot of nouns or noun phrases. Then the writer will also use a lot of nouns followed by descriptions.

For example in the following example sentences:

“The food is in the kitchen.” In this sentence, the noun is food and is included in the group of nouns or noun phrases. While the word in the kitchen has a function as a descriptive word, which is rich to explain the previous word.

So, the phrase in the sentence “food in the kitchen” is all the food in the kitchen. To make it clearer, consider the language rules used in the text of the observation report:

1. Relational verbs

The language rules used in the first observation report text are relational verbs. Relational verbs are generally used in certain terms in certain fields.

Examples of relational verbs are consisting of, called, constituted, classified, included and so on. Meanwhile, an example of the use of relational verbs in sentences is the following, “a pencil is an object that includes writing instruments.”

In the observation report text, not only use relational verbs, but also often use active verbs. Words that are included in active verbs generally do not have many affixes. Examples are drinking, sleeping, eating.

2. Conjunctions 

In compiling the text of the observation report, the writer usually uses conjunctions. The use of connecting words in the text of the observation report will be found a lot. Examples of addition conjunctions are as well as, and.

Then, there is also the use of equation conjunctions, for example, the words however, but, whereas, but, equations. There are also optional conjunctions such as or.

3. Using many scientific terms

As explained earlier, that the text of the observation report is a scientific paper. In the text of the report, it contains the results of observations and facts found by the author and must be scientifically proven.

For this reason, the linguistic rules used in the text of the report on the results of subsequent observations are to use many scientific terms. This scientific term will help the writer explain the object or event he observes.

Examples of scientific terms are symbiosis, degenerative, mutualism, osteoporosis, carnivore or others.

4. Main sentence 

Finally, the linguistic rules used in the text of the observation report are the main sentences. The main sentence used in the text of the observation report is to compile and present information.

Then, after using the main sentence, the description will be continued by using an explanatory sentence which contains detailed information reported in several paragraphs.

Thus the explanation of the characteristics of the observation report text and its full explanation. For Sinaumed’s who want to study other Indonesian language materials, they can find information by reading Indonesian language learning books.

As #FriendsWithoutLimits, sinaumedia.com provides a variety of useful and original books for Sinaumed’s. So don’t hesitate to buy books at sinaumedia.com !

Reading lots of books and articles will never hurt you, because Sinaumed’s will get #MoreWithReading information and knowledge.

Author: Khansa

Characteristics of Late Adolescence – Adolescence consists of three stages, namely early adolescence, mid adolescence, and late adolescence. The classification is based on age. Early adolescents are usually in the age range of 10-13 years, middle adolescents are between the ages of 14-17 years, and late adolescents are between the ages of 18-24 years.

Adolescence is also referred to as adolescence. According to Hurlock, the term youth or youth comes from the Latin, namely adolescene which has the noun adolescentia which means to grow or grow into adulthood. People in ancient times saw puberty and youth as no different from other periods in human life. They are considered mature when they are able to reproduce.

Currently, adolescence is interpreted more broadly, which includes mental, emotional, and emotional maturity. This is in line with Piaget’s view, psychologically, youth is the age of an individual who integrates with adult society.

Age of children who feel they are no longer below the level of older people but are at the same level of money. At a minimum, in terms of integration with adult society, it has an effective aspect, more or less related to puberty, including striking intellectual changes.

The unique intellectual transformation of adolescent thinking provides the possibility to achieve integration in adult social relations. This is a characteristic that is common knowledge in the teenage period.

Meanwhile, Jhon W. Santrock, adolescence (adolescence) is a developmental period of transition from childhood to adulthood which includes biological, cognitive, and social-emotional changes.

Meanwhile, according to Monks and Haditono, a teenager is someone who is in the age range of 12-21 years. Adolescence is also a transition from childhood to adulthood. Therefore, the mindset will change and process towards adulthood.

In line with Monks and Haditono, King also formulated the definition of youth. For him, youth is a human development which is marked by the transition from childhood to adulthood. Adolescence usually begins around the age of 12 and ends at the age of 18-21 years.

In the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI), youth is interpreted as starting to mature; has reached the age to marry; young; youth. The Ministry of Health defines youth as a period of human life in which rapid physical, psychological and intellectual growth and development occurs.

He has the characteristics of high curiosity, tends to dare to take risks from his actions without considering them carefully, and likes things that smell of adventure. Meanwhile, according to the World Health Organization (WHO), adolescents are people in the age range of 10 to 19 years.

Meanwhile, according to RI Health Regulations Number 25 of 2014, youth is defined as residents in the age range of 10-18 years and according to the Population and Family Planning Agency (BKKBN) the age range of adolescents is 10-24 years and unmarried.

Characteristics of the Adolescent Period

This adolescent phase can be identified from several characteristics that have been formulated by Hurlock as follows.

1. Adolescence as an Important Period

When children begin to enter adolescence, it will be accompanied by rapid development. Thus, causing mental adjustments and the formation of attitudes, new interests, and intentions.

2. Adolescence as a Transitional Period

At this time, adolescents enter a phase where they are no longer a child or an adult. They are in a transitional stage of status and there is doubt or uncertainty within the adolescent.

3. Adolescence as a Time of Change

Physical changes develop in harmony or in tandem with changes in attitudes and behavior. There are several types of changes that occur in adolescents. First, the height of emotional intensity depends on the level of physical and psychological changes. Because, usually, emotional changes happen more quickly during the early teenage years.

Second, body changes, roles, and interests that are influenced by the social environment. Third, changes in values ​​that are influenced by changes in interests and behavior patterns of adolescents.

4. Adolescence as a Troubled Age

Each phase of development has its own main problems. However, when teenagers are faced with problems, it tends to be difficult to overcome them on their own. Because of this, many teenagers conclude that solving or solving problems is not always in accordance with expectations and in the way that has been planned.

5. Adolescence as an Age of Searching for Identity

Adolescents in this stage begin to search for identity or the essence of their lives. they start to fret, get restless, and feel dissatisfied in many ways. The search for identity is done in any way, for example reading, watching, joining communities, exchanging ideas with others, and other ways.

6. Adolescence as an Age of Fear

Teenagers are considered as a group of humans who are untidy, difficult to trust, and often destructive. This causes adults who are responsible for supervising and guiding the lives of adolescents to be afraid to take on that responsibility. They are also reluctant to be sympathetic to adolescent behaviors that are considered abnormal.

7. Adolescence as an Unrealistic Period

Teenagers will be easily disappointed and hurt if plans or goals are not achieved. They tend to see life with pink glasses. In his view, self and others are seen according to his wishes. Not from what they are.

Hopes and ideals are cultivated unrealistically. For example dreams or ideals that are not in accordance with self-ability or economy. This raises high emotions which are one of the characteristics of the early phase of adolescence.

8. Adolescence as the Threshold of Adulthood

Approaching the age of maturity or adulthood, adolescents become anxious to show that they are almost adults. At the same time eliminating the impression of stereotypes that have been attached to the new dozen and replacing it with a new view as an adult human being.

Characteristics of the Adolescent Phase

Titisari and Utami formulated several characteristics of adolescents as follows.

• Physical and sexual development which is characterized by the rate of development which usually occurs very rapidly and the presence of secondary and primary sex characteristics.
• From a psychosocial perspective, adolescents tend to separate themselves from their parents and expand their relationships with peers.
• From a cognitive perspective, adolescent mentality has been able to think logically about various abstract ideas.
• In terms of emotional development tends to be high. This is because the sexual organs develop and affect the hormones that control emotions.
• In terms of moral development, teenagers who are in a circle must continue to act and behave according to the norms and rules they believe in. This also causes teenagers to violate applicable rules and values, such as having sex outside of marriage, drinking alcoholic beverages, brawls, and so on.
• Personality development is an important phase for the development and self-integrity of adolescents.

Adolescent Classification

The teenage period can be classified by age as follows.

1. Early Adolescent Period

Children enter the adolescent phase when they are 10 years old. The age range of 10-13 years is included in the early adolescent phase. At this stage, children experience the early stages of puberty and start growing faster. Both boys and girls experience significant physical growth and an increase in sexual interest.

Not only that, body changes are also a concern for teenagers. For example, starting to grow hair under the arms and around the genitals, breast development in girls, and enlargement of the testicles in boys.

Girls usually grow faster than boys. They are one or two years ahead of boys. In fact, some changes in women are also normal to experience from the age of 8 years and 9 years for boys.

Usually, teenage girls start menstruating at the age of 12 or an average of 2 to 3 years after their breasts start to grow. Physical changes and adolescent mindsets make parents feel anxious and worried. Especially if you don’t know what’s normal and what’s not.

Some children may also question their gender identity in their teens. Meanwhile, cognitively, adolescents at this stage have begun to experience increased intellectual interest. They also have concrete thoughts.

For example, start looking for the truth about something (it can be good or bad) from various sources. Not only that, at this time, adolescents focus more on themselves, which is known as egocentrism.

Early stage adolescents also often feel that their appearance is judged by their friends. So, try as much as possible to wear appropriate and up-to-date clothes. This has an influence on the majority of adolescents who think that all judgments and thoughts of people about themselves are important to pay attention to.

During the early adolescent phase, there is usually an increased need for privacy. Teenagers will start looking for ways to be independent from the family. Not infrequently, teenagers also set limits or react violently if parents seem to be too restraining or interfering in personal matters.

2. Middle Adolescent Period

Adolescents aged 14-17 years are included in the mid-adolescence phase. Changes occur in the body of girls. such as the pelvis, waist and buttocks begin to enlarge, menstruation begins regularly, increased sweat production, and the reproductive organs develop.

Meanwhile, in boys growth begins to run rapidly. The body becomes taller, the body weight increases, pimples appear, the muscles get bigger, the shoulders and chest get wider, the voice cracks, the penis gets bigger, the growth of cumin, sideburns, and so on.

At this time, the mindset of adolescents is based on logic, but not infrequently it is also driven by feelings or emotions. They also begin to be interested in having a romantic relationship, such as dating. Has a tendency to prefer or spend more time with friends. It is not uncommon for them to have disagreements and even fight with their parents because their emotions are not stable and they are sensitive.

3. Late Adolescence or Young Adult Period

Adolescents in the age range of 18-24 years are included in the late adolescent or young adult phase. In general, entering the late adolescent phase, the physique has developed to the maximum. Not only that, the ability to think is much more mature than middle adolescents.

They are also more focused on realizing the planned goals. At the same time able to make decisions based on hopes and ideals. For example, teenagers will do things that are a priority in their lives such as schoolwork, or things that support the realization of their goals.

In friendship, romance, and family relations have been more stable. They have been able to make choices about discussing something or sharing stories with trusted people.

Characteristics of Late Adolescence

Launching from the Ada.co.id and Dosenpsikologi.com pages, adolescents can be categorized as late adolescents if they have shown some of the characteristics or characteristics below.

1. Social Development

One of the developments that is most difficult for adolescents to do is social adjustment. They have to adapt to a romantic relationship they have never had before. Not only that, they also have to adapt to adults apart from school and family.

Adolescents must adjust to social behavior problems, new friendship values, and new social groups to achieve the goals of the adult socialization model. New values ​​in the form of support and rejection can have a psychological impact on educational development.

In association outside the home, for example with friends, it has a big impact on attitudes, speech, interests, and behavior. The soul of teenagers who always want to move forward will affect the peer group to start decreasing due to the two factors below.

• Teenagers want to be independent individuals by trying to find identity.
• Occurs from the selection of friends so that teenagers no longer have interest in various activities related to childhood.

Not only that, there are some prominent characteristics of late adolescence as below.

• Awareness of solitude develops which encourages adolescents to mingle. Adolescence is called the social period because throughout adolescence, social relations will be increasingly visible and more dominant. Awareness of loneliness makes teenagers try to find ways to relate to other people and start hanging out.
• Efforts to choose social values. There are two possibilities that teenagers can take when dealing with certain social values, namely adjusting to some of these values ​​and also remaining in a position with all the causes and effects. This means that reactions to certain circumstances will take place based on certain norms. For idealistic adolescents who have full faith in their ideals, according to social norms, they are mutal, even though everything they have tried has failed. Whereas for teenagers who are passive in situations, it is easier to give up and even become apathetic.
• Interest in the opposite sex. Adolescence is often referred to as the bisexual period. Although awareness with the opposite sex is related to physical development, in fact what is more developed is not the body but the growing interest in the opposite sex.
• Start choosing a particular career. Entering late adolescence, teenagers will begin to choose a particular career even though in the process of choosing it they often experience difficulties. For this reason, adolescents need career insights along with the advantages and disadvantages of each of these careers.

2. Moral Development

Morality is a set of values ​​originating from various behaviors that must be respected and become the norm that regulates individual behavior in relation to social groups and society.

Morality is also a measure of the good and evil of an individual which is determined by socio-cultural values, in which the individual acts as a social member. The hope is that teenagers can replace some of the generally accepted moral concepts.

Then, continue with the moral code which will be used as a guide in behaving. The following are five moral principles that teenagers must follow in the future.

• Individual moral views are increasingly abstract.
• Moral beliefs will center on what is right and wrong and moral justice as the dominant moral force.
• Moral judgments will be more cognitive.
• Moral judgments are not too egocentric.
• Psychologically moral judgments are increasingly expensive so that moral judgments become emotional material and cause emotional tension.

3. Sexual Development

Teenagers will find a self-identity in the form of sexual orientation that can be seen from emotional, romantic, sexual desire, and affection for the people they love. Therefore, teenagers will look for ways to express themselves sexually. One of them seeks his own way of relieving sexual tension through masturbation triggered by erotic behavior.

4. Emotional Development

Late adolescent emotions, generally accompanied by actions such as happy and unhappy. The feelings that accompany these actions are referred to as affective colors, which are often strong, weak, and unclear.

If the color is strong, it will be called emotion in psychology which in the future will result in some physical changes in someone in between.

• The pupils of the eyes dilate when they are angry.
• The electrical reaction on the skin will increase while being charmed.
• Blood flows faster when you’re angry.
• Take a deep breath when disappointed.
• Your heart rate quickens when you’re shocked.
• Saliva dries up when scared or tense.
• Digestion is disturbed when strained.
• Rome’s hair stands on end when he’s scared.

Characteristics of a Hypocrite – Have you ever told someone a secret that you thought was private enough because that person promised not to tell your secret to other friends? However, when you feel safe telling that person your secret, you are suddenly surprised because your secret was leaked because the person you told apparently didn’t keep his promise to you.

Sometimes we misjudge people because that person’s good attitude is shown to us. However, no one knows what he looks like in our absence. This does not mean that we have to suspect everyone around us. Sorting out friends is not an easy matter, but as intelligent human beings we are given thoughts and feelings so that we can judge good and bad friends.

A healthy circle of friends in the inner circle is indeed very important because it influences our attitudes and behavior in the future. In addition, many healthy environments filled with good people bring lots of luck and fortune. On the other hand, if the inner-circle is not healthy, sometimes it will bring bad things.

Therefore, it is very important to be able to sort out friendships because good people will bring good things. To be able to avoid bad people like hypocrites, you need to know their characteristics so that when you encounter similar things in real life you can avoid people with these characteristics, you can even prevent yourself from falling into bad traits. just as bad.

Definition of a Hypocrite

Munāfiq or Munafik (noun, from Arabic: منافق, plural munāfiqūn ) is the terminology in Islam to refer to those who pretend to follow the teachings of Islam, but in fact their hearts deny them.

In the Qur’an this terminology refers to those who do not believe, but pretend to do.

“ When the hypocrites come to you, they say: ‘We admit that you are truly Allah’s Apostle’, and Allah knows that you are indeed His Messenger; and Allah knows that the hypocrites are really liars. They took their oath as a shield, then they hindered (people) from the path of Allah. Indeed, it is very bad what they have done. That is because they actually believed, then became disbelievers (again) then their hearts were sealed; therefore they cannot understand.” (Surah Al-Munafiqun 63:1-3).

In Islam, hypocrisy is a disgraceful trait which if done will get a big sin. Not only Islam, any religious background does not justify this despicable nature. Hypocrisy is a trait that always says not according to reality. This behavior is disgraceful because it likes to lie, betray, and break promises. These properties should be avoided because it is a liver disease. It is said to be a disease because once doing this behavior can cause someone to do other bad behavior.

Its presence that controls the hearts and minds of humans can make it difficult to let go of hypocrisy. Therefore, it is important for us to understand the deviant qualities that are included in hypocrisy so that we ourselves and others around us are not negatively affected.

If you look at it in terms of terms, this word hypocrite refers to the definition of someone who says good in front of people, but his heart doesn’t match what he conveys. The definition of hypocrite according to KBBI (Big Indonesian Dictionary) is pretending to believe and be loyal, be it to religion or other things, but in his heart does not reflect that. Someone who is infected with a spiritual disease will be seen from his actions and actions that are not in line.

Characteristics of a Hypocrite

In the Al-Qur’an and Hadith, many characteristics of hypocrites are mentioned. Following are these characteristics:

1. Characteristics of a Hypocrite According to the Qur’an

• A very strong preference for things related to lust [Al-Ahzab: 32].
• Tend to deviate from things that are doubtful [Al-Hajj: 53].
• Bad thought of Allah [Al-Fath: 6].
• Sitting around with people who like to make fun of Allah’s verses [An-Nisa’: 140].
• Make fun of Allah’s verses [At-Taubah: 64-65].
• Hiding behind some of the prescribed actions with the aim of inflicting harm on the believers, breaking up the unity of the believers, carrying out evil conspiracies, igniting the fires of slander, exploiting disputes, expanding the reach of disputes, and doing damage to the earth. At-Taubah: 107].
• His heart hurts [Al-Baqarah: 10].
• Claiming himself to do repairs [Al-Baqarah: 11-12].
• Stupid [Al-Baqarah: 13].
• Accusing the believers of being fools [Al-Baqarah: 13].
• Being very harsh in disputes, but sometimes under certain circumstances accompanied by beautiful words [Al-Baqarah: 204].
• Not returning to the truth and being fanatical [Al-Baqarah: 206].
• Make a deal with the people of the book to fight the believers [Al-Hashr: 11].
• Running against the enemy during the war [Al-Hashr: 12].
• His heart is closed and unable to understand the truth [Muhammad: 16].
• Slandering humans [Al-Hadid 12 and 14].
• Punish thaghut [An-Nisa: 60].
• Very strong in blocking God’s law and not willing to judge God’s law [An-Nisa’: 61].
• Trust the disbelievers [An-Nisa’: 138-139].
• Waiting to see the condition of the believers [An-Nisa: 141].
• Deceiving Allah [An-Nisa’: 142].
• Lazy in praying [An-Nisa’: 142].
• Riya’ [An-Nisa’: 142].
• Do a little remembrance [An-Nisa’: 142].
• Tossed and turned between the believers and the unbelievers [An-Nisa’: 143].
• Deceiving the believers [Al-Baqarah: 9].
• Causing damage among the believers [At-Taubah: 47].
• False oath, cowardice, and coward [At-Taubah: 56].
• Hate Muslims and get out of their territory [At-Taubah: 57].
• Fear appears in them when war is mentioned in the verses of Allah [Muhammad: 20].
• Reproaching good deeds [At-Taubah: 58].
• Willing and hate because of self-interest [At-Taubah: 58].
• Insulting the little deeds of the believers and there is nothing that can make them happy [At Taubah: 79].
• Rida with the most despicable position [At-Taubah: 86-87].
• Commanded against evil [At-Taubah: 67].
• Forbidding things that are good [At-Taubah: 67].
• Bakhil [At-Taubah: 67].
• Forgetting Allah [At-Taubah: 67].
• Differing and not fulfilling the agreement with Allah [At-Taubah: 75-77].
• Happy for not participating in jihad and hating jihad [At-Taubah: 81].
• Remind each other not to do jihad [At-Taubah: 81].
• Abandoning jihad and spreading news that is frightening to shake the soul to undermine the belief, sense of security, and faith in the souls of believers (in Arabic it is called al-irjaf ) [Al Ahzab: 12].
• There is no help from Allah for them [An-Nisa’: 145].
• Breaking the relationship [Muhammad: 22].
• Obey disbelievers, hypocrites, and wicked in some affairs [Muhammad: 26].
• Hating everything that pleases Allah [Muhammad: 28].
• Envy of the believers [Muhammad: 29].
• They can be identified from lahnil qoul (figuratively speaking) [Muhammad: 30].
• The believers are slow in their jihad [An Nisa’: 72-73].
• Al-Qur’an is not useful for them, even adding to their disbelief in addition to pre-existing disbelief [At Taubah: 124-125].
• Back to doing something that was forbidden to do, holding secret conversations in terms of sin, enmity, and disobedience to the Messenger [Al Mujadilah: 8].
• Ask permission not to engage in jihad on the grounds that you are afraid of being slandered [At-Taubah: 49].
• Looking for excuses when not going to jihad [At-Taubah: 94].
• Hiding from humans [An-Nisa’: 108].
• Liking abominable deeds is widespread among believers [An-Nur: 19].
• Happy when a disaster befalls the believers and do not like it when Allah gives them power on earth [At Taubah: 50].
• Sometimes given the advantage physically [Al-Munafiqun: 4].

2. Characteristics of a Hypocrite According to Hadith

Based on the hadith, the Prophet Muhammad SAW said, “There are three signs of a hypocrite, namely if he speaks a lie, if he promises to break it, and if he is trusted to betray”. Furthermore, there is another hadith which explains that arguing beyond the limits is included in the hypocrite category.

It is important for us to know the characteristics of hypocrisy in order to avoid this heart disease. The characteristics below are hypocrites that should be avoided.

آيَةُ الْمُنَافِقِ ثَلَاثٌ إِذَا حَدَّثَ كَذَبَ وَإِذَا وَعَدَ أَخْلَفَ وَإِذَا اؤْتُمِنَ خَانَ

“Rasulullah SAW said: The sign of a hypocrite is three; when he says he lies, when he promises he denies it, and when he is trusted he betrays.”

a . Lie

Neither in any religious teachings that justify a lie. Likewise with Islam. Whatever form a lie is still a lie. This is also very hated by fellow humans and also God. Saying dishonestly, or saying something that is not true can harm many parties.

Once a person lies then that person will continue to lie again and again. For example, when a child lies to his parents, saying he will only go to the neighbor’s house, but in reality he is going far away. Then one day the father asked why the child had been there for so long.

Automatically the child must be forced to find new reasons to cover up his lie earlier. This will often happen continuously and become a big lie that has no end. That’s why once a person commits a lie, he will be involved in a vicious circle that makes that person continue to lie again and again.

Lying like this can harm yourself and others. People who like to lie or lie are even capable of turning facts around, which in turn will result in another bad trait, namely slander.

b. Broken promise

Another hypocritical trait that Allah also hates is broken promises. People who often deny it means that person can’t hold on to what he says. This makes it difficult for other people to put their trust in people who never keep their promises. In addition, breaking promises will also result in harm to others. A promise is an oath that is obligatory to keep.

If someone has promised, but does not keep it, that person is included in the class of hypocrites. For example, if someone has promised not to divulge a secret which is a bad secret, it seems that the person who promised it actually tells it to someone else. That’s a sign that the person has broken his promise.

So he sinned for not keeping his promise and also sinned for spreading someone’s bad disgrace which would eventually hurt the person concerned. Seeing from this situation it can be said that a bad behavior will have bad consequences for oneself and others.

It is better for someone who is not sure that he can keep his promise, he does not need to make the promise himself. Because, this promise is an oath that is obligatory to obey. Both our promises to fellow human beings and our promises to Allah SWT.

In the Al-Quran An-Nahl verse 91 explains that we must keep the promises that have been made, because we make Allah a witness of all our promises and oaths. Indeed, Allah knows what we have done.

Breaking a promise is the same as lying to God, so you will get a big sin if you don’t obey it. This is the reason why some jobs that have big responsibilities such as law enforcement, the DPR, the MPR, the President and even officials are required to swear an oath in the name of Allah in order to remain trustworthy in carrying out their work.

c. Betrayed

Betrayal is another despicable trait that belongs to the class of hypocrites. This traitor is a person who violates or destroys the trust that has been placed on him. People who like to betray like this if given responsibility and a mandate will actually do the opposite.

For example in human relations such as a pair of lovers or husband and wife. If in a relationship the couple previously promised and are able to love each other. But then one day one of the couple secretly liked someone else so he cheated on her. So that person betrayed his partner.

For letting go of responsibility and breaking promises that have been made. And hurt his partner. Someone who betrays like the example above will be very detrimental to others. Apart from hurting the partner’s feelings, he is also a sinner because he has given hope to his partner but was denied.

d. Lazy When Doing Worship

After lying, denial, and betrayal, the dominant trait of a hypocrite is the tendency to be lazy in worshiping Allah, both in terms of mahdhah worship and in terms of muamalah . Muamalah worship such as helping others maybe they will still do it, instead of getting pleasure and reward from Allah SWT. However, only to elevate the image in front of humans alone.

These hypocritical signs are relevant to the word of Allah in the Qur’an Surah An-Nisa verse 142 which has more or less the following meaning:

“ Indeed, this group of hypocrites have lied to their Lord (Allah SWT), and Allah will reward their deceit later. When they stand up to pray, they will stand up in a lazy state. They keep the intention (ie riya’ or takabur) in their prayers in front of other humans. They do not say the names of Allah SWT, but only a little bit “.

The characteristic of these hypocrites in their hearts is that they will think that worship is a heavy burden for them to carry out, even though it is this creator of heaven and earth that we should have prioritized. Obligatory worship does not take up 24 hours of our time, while being busy with work in the world we make it something important and main. Be careful, this could involve being a hypocrite.

The Danger Level of Hypocrisy

In Islam, hypocrites are more dangerous than infidels. This level of danger is based on the frank nature of being hostile to Islam. The infidel who is hostile to Islam will openly declare his hostility, while the hypocrite declares that he is Muslim, but secretly opposes him.

Hypocrites harm Muslims because they have the intention to fight back if they have the chance. Hypocrisy can appear in various fields of life, including in the fields of politics, religion, the press and thought. Hypocrisy also appears in many types of work, including employees, entrepreneurs, artists, and athletes.

The comparison can also be obtained from the Qur’an. Allah conveys His words to believers to deal with hypocrites in just two verses. Likewise dealing with infidels there are only two verses. Meanwhile, in dealing with hypocrites, Allah sent down His word as many as 13 verses in Surah Al-Baqarah.

Well, that’s a brief explanation of the meaning of hypocrisy and its characteristics. These deviant behaviors are prohibited religiously and in humanity are not worthy to have in us. By knowing the characteristics of hypocrites that have been summarized above, we can make it material for more muhasabah and a place for self-introspection. Humans even though they are perfect creatures with their minds still cannot be clean from escape and sin.

The following is a book recommendation from sinaumedia that Sinaumed’s can read to learn about Islamic law so that they can fully interpret it. Happy reading.

Find other interesting things at www.sinaumedia.com. sinaumedia as #FriendsWithoutLimits will always present interesting articles and recommendations for the best books for Sinaumed’s.

Book & Article Recommendations Related to the Characteristics of a Hypocrite

Characteristics of Domestic and International Trade – The process of exchanging goods and services from one region to another is called trade. The existence of differences in needs and resources owned led to social activities in the form of trade.

Trade can also be interpreted as an economic activity that connects producers and consumers. Trading is believed to be a promising business and generates a lot of profit. In the world of trade, there are terms domestic trade and international trade.

Economic activity of buying and selling between producers and consumers aims to gain profits in meeting common needs. The characteristics of trade in general, namely, the existence of means of payment in the form of money, the existence of sellers and buyers, an agreement between the seller and the buyer, obtaining profits or profits from the goods sold, and the process of production and distribution of goods before they fall into the hands of consumers.

Domestic trade and international trade have main characteristics. Before entering into a discussion of the characteristics of domestic trade and international trade, let’s look at the following reviews.

Domestic Trade

As stated in Law Number 7 of 2014, the definition of domestic trade is a process of buying and selling goods and services with a trading system that only covers the territory of the Republic of Indonesia and does not include foreign trade.

Foreign trade is also often interpreted as trading activities carried out around the territory of Indonesia, both from one region to another. Domestic trade is tasked with carrying out government affairs in the trade sector, starting from basic goods, important goods, business development, trade facilities, promotion and cooperation.

Indonesia’s domestic trade conditions have progressed well in recent years. The progress made can help reduce the poverty rate and increase employment development in the official sector.

The condition of the motherland can be said to be more fortunate in passing through the world financial crisis relatively smoothly when compared to neighboring countries. This success opens opportunities for Indonesia to increase domestic sales.

Domestic trade requires that the government establish several policy and control roles. These policies and controls lead to increased distribution efficiency and effectiveness. Then the government took the role of improving the business climate and business certainty.

The existence of domestic trade also requires the government to integrate and expand the domestic market. In addition, the government plays a role in increasing market access for domestic products and protecting consumers.

In regulating the domestic trade sector, the government has specific policy directions. The policy directions for the domestic trade sector have been regulated in Law Number 7 of 2014 Article 5 Paragraph 3.

The article contains a number of policy directions for the domestic trade sector, including structuring licensing procedures for the smooth flow of goods, providing facilities for the development of trade facilities, harmonizing regulations for trade activities between regions, fulfilling the availability of goods for the community’s basic needs, and so on.

Then the government has guidelines for structuring the domestic trade sector as stated in Law Number 7 of 2014. Control of domestic trade by the government, including the distribution of goods, trade facilities, licensing, inter-island trade, restrictions on trade in goods and services, and so forth.

Domestic Trade Characteristics

• Using one kind of country’s currency.
• Has a narrower scope, only within the country.
• Disputes in trade are resolved by the law in force in the country.
• When compared with export goods, product quality standards tend to be lower.
• Has lower transportation costs.
• Generally buyers and sellers face to face directly.
• The distribution system is done directly
• The level of competition is not so tight because it only competes with its own country.
• Range costs are not stringent because they only compete with domestic producers.

International trade

International Trade is an activity in the process of trading in goods from the agreement of each country together. This economic activity is carried out in order to meet the needs of each country.

Limited natural resources owned by each country is the background for international trade to occur. International trade consists of two kinds, namely exports and imports.

Export activities are activities in the context of selling domestic goods or services abroad. Meanwhile, import activities are economic activities carried out by buying goods or services from abroad to within the country. The purpose of both types of international trade is of course to gain profit.

Obtaining trade benefits that will increase the income of a country is the main goal of international trade. International trade is also often interpreted as buying and selling transactions with other countries. In practice, there are two core factors of international trade.

The first factor, countries that carry out international trade have different resources. The second factor, countries that carry out international trade actively produce goods on a large scale and of good quality.

It can be concluded, that international trade is an economic activity, both exports and imports that have an effect. International trade is an activity carried out by mutual agreement by residents of a country with residents of other countries.

In addition to the factors mentioned above, there are other supporting factors that encourage international trade activities to occur. Production cost savings are a driving factor for international trade.

Reducing production costs can be done if an item is produced in large quantities. Marketing of products can be extended to various countries through international trade. Differences in mastery of technology also become a driving factor for international trade.

Technologically advanced countries will carry out the process of producing and selling goods at prices that tend to be cheaper when compared to countries that use simple technology. A simple example that can be taken is that Japan, which exports cars to Indonesia, tends to offer lower prices compared to Indonesia, which produces its own cars.

In addition, meeting national needs also encourages international trade. Conditions where a country cannot meet the needs of goods and services needed by its people will make the government take import policy steps to fulfill them.

Transactions that occur certainly have a variety of profitable benefits. The benefits of international trade are increasing a country’s income and expanding employment opportunities.

Then these transactions between countries can meet the needs of goods or services that cannot be fulfilled by a country. In addition, international trade can maintain domestic price stability and encourage the growth and development of the business world.

If explored more deeply, international trade has a variety of other benefits besides those mentioned above. International trade has actually existed for thousands of years. Communication and transportation technologies that are increasingly developing to date have made trade activities between countries smoother.

Now, international trade can be said to be an important aspect in the economic growth of every country. There are various benefits that can be obtained by each country from international trade cooperation.

International trade can form and grow friendly relations between countries. Cooperation relations that are going well will develop various other sectors, such as culture, politics, military, education, and technology.

International trade that takes place in a country will create efficiency and specialization in the economic sector. The point is that residents of each country will have special skills that are different from other countries. Different special skills will produce various products, both goods and services.

The activities of economic actors, such as producers, consumers and the government can show indicators of a country’s prosperity. Economic actors who carry out international trade can increase the prosperity of a country. The increase in profit that occurs will make producers experience prosperity because of the sales of goods or services from various countries.

From a consumer perspective, international trade can increase prosperity if the consumption of goods or services is not hindered. International trade can also provide benefits for the government because the country’s foreign exchange income will increase if the value of exports is high.

The production of goods and services in a country will increase if the foreign trade market expands. International trade can reduce unemployment because the need for labor will also increase in various sectors.

International trade activities also help stabilize prices in the domestic market of a country indirectly. The presence of international trade makes it possible to overcome the scarcity of goods at high prices through imports to increase the stock of the domestic market.

Although international trade cooperation brings many advantages, this activity can also bring negative impacts at the same time. The emergence of international trade can lead to industrial competition between countries.

If a country has poor production quality with relatively high prices, then the country’s demand will decrease. This happens because the majority of consumers will look for good goods at affordable prices.

Developing and poor countries will tend to be highly dependent on developed countries in terms of production of goods, especially those related to technology. When viewed from the consumption of goods, developed countries will dominate the development of electronic and automotive goods. The result is that most developing and poor countries will become just consumers.

International trade will also make it difficult for small industries to compete. To develop themselves, limited capital is often an obstacle for small industries. Because they have to compete with national and multinational industries that have larger capital, international trade activities have the potential to limit the space for small industries to compete.

Then international trade will lead to unhealthy competition. Making a number of policies such as dumping and import tariff practices is often a step for a country’s government to win competition in international trade.

This step is considered inappropriate because it will create unhealthy competition that damages the essence of international trade. The steps taken should be based on the principle of fair business competition.

Characteristics of International Trade

• Using the agreed foreign currency.
• It has a broader scope and knows no national boundaries.
• Trade disputes will be resolved by international law.
• Have special quality standards that must be met, such as ISO 4000, ISO 9000, and others.
• Traded goods will be adjusted to natural conditions, tastes and preferences of the destination country.
• Generally, buyers and sellers do not meet face to face.
• Has an indirect distribution system.
• The level of competition is more stringent because it competes with various countries.
• Reach costs tend to be more expensive

That is a description of the characteristics of domestic trade and international trade. It can be concluded that domestic trade is the activity of trading goods and services within the territory of the Republic of Indonesia without involving foreign trade.

Meanwhile, international trade is trade activity based on a mutual agreement made by a country with other countries. Hopefully this article is useful for Sinaumed’s who read it!

• Type of Sole Proprietorship
• Type of Group Business
• Definition of Goods Market
• Definition of Request and Offer
• Definition of Money
• Definition of Inflation
• Definition of Banks
• Economic Principles
• Definition of Scarcity
• Definition of Macroeconomics
• Microeconomics
• Economic Recession
• Economic growth
• Economic Globalization
• People’s Economy
• Economic agents
• Economic Problems in Indonesia
• Economics
• Types of Economic Systems
• Types of Business Entities

Characteristics of Developed and Developing Countries – In general, countries on this planet are divided into several groups based on the welfare of their inhabitants, namely developed countries, developing countries and underdeveloped countries. Actually, the distribution of these groups also depends on the per capita income earned by each country.

Although actually, according to the Statistics Division of the United Nations (UN), there is no official convention regarding the designation of a country that can be called “developed” and “developing”. However, when looking at the quality of the welfare of its population, the level of developed countries and developing countries is “true”.

Well, this time we will discuss the characteristics of developed countries and developing countries. Does Sinaumed’s know which countries are included in the group of developed countries? Surely some of you will answer the United States and Japan. Yep, that answer is correct.

Furthermore, for our country, Indonesia, is it included in which group of countries ? Is it a developed country or a developing country? The answer is that Indonesia is included in the ranks of developing countries.

If so, what are the characteristics of these developed and developing countries? Then, do developed countries and developing countries have the same problem?

So that Sinaumed’s understands this, let’s look at the following review!

Characteristics of Developed and Developing Countries

In simple terms, a developed country has a definition in the form of a country that has a high level of welfare or quality of life for its people. In analyzing whether a country is a developed country or a developing country, it is sufficient to look at the following indicators.

1. Population Growth

Population growth is the change in population in a country that occurs at any time. The increase or decrease in the number of people in a country is caused by several factors, such as birth and death rates.

In developed countries, the population growth rate is small or low, so the population is not too large. Therefore, the dependency ratio is also small, in line with the high quality and productivity of the population.

This is because in developed countries, they usually want a small number of children, around 1 or 2 children. The main reason why people in developed countries want a small number of children is because they can focus on educating their children. In fact, it is not uncommon for developed countries to think that having many children will hinder their careers.

Meanwhile, developing countries actually have a high population growth rate. In fact, the explosion in the teaching population is often not followed by the quality of the population, so of course it will cause various economic problems, such as poverty, unemployment, and high crime rates.

Developing countries are considered to still have difficulty reducing the crude birth rate, even to below 20.

2. High Per Capita Income

Per capita income is the average income earned by the entire population in a country. This per capita income can describe the economic situation of the country.

In developed countries, per capita income is of course relatively high. This high per capita income is due to several factors, for example the mastery of science and technology by the majority of the population and the management of high quality potential human resources.

Most of the developed countries no longer depend on the agricultural sector for their economic potential, but in the industrial, service and trade sectors. In addition, the existence of a growing variety of jobs means that the overall population in developed countries has a high average income.

In contrast to developing countries, the average income earned by the entire population is relatively low. This is because the majority of the population from developing countries still work in the agricultural sector which is done traditionally.

This condition causes people in developing countries to not be able to compete for work or even jobs in other sectors.

3. Low Poverty Rate

In line with the previous point, developed countries also have lower poverty rates and better social security. Developed countries seem to be able to provide various kinds of assistance to their “poor” population, such as health services and necessities of life.

Not only that, the employment opportunities obtained by residents in developed countries are also at a high level. This of course is able to reduce the unemployed population and also in line with the high per capita income of the country.

In contrast to developing countries, the level of poverty in these countries is actually high. There are many factors, one of which is the low level of income per capita.

In fact, developing countries also have high unemployment rates because of the low employment opportunities provided by the state for its residents.

4. High Life Expectancy

Still in line with some of the previous points, if per capita income is high, then the life expectancy of the population is also high. The average population in developed countries can reach the age of 60 years and over. This is due to good health services and economic level.

In contrast to developing countries, where life expectancy is low. This is due to poor health services and some residents are not aware of the importance of health.

5. High Education Level

The level of education in a country can be seen from the average length of schooling achieved by its residents. In developed countries, the level of education is high because the state is able to build adequate educational facilities with an almost 100% literacy rate.

Residents in developed countries also have a high awareness of the importance of education and mastery of science and technology. This can be seen from the study participation rate of the population.

Meanwhile, in developing countries the level of education is average or even low. This is because residents in developing countries, especially those in remote areas, do not think that school is important. In addition, the country’s ability to build educational facilities is also not comprehensive.

6. Livelihoods and Land Use

In developed countries, most of the population works in the electronics, machinery, and other industrial sectors. Well, it is from the industrial sector that is the main driver of the economy of developed countries.

Not only that, the wages obtained from these industrial sectors are also high, so that many residents are attracted to work in these industrial sectors. Meanwhile, in developing countries, the agricultural sector (especially those that are still traditional) has many enthusiasts. Even though there is also the electronics and machinery industry sector, it is located in urban areas. In rural areas, most of the population work as farmers.

7. High Health Level

The high health rate is also in line with life expectancy. The average population in developed countries realizes that health has an important meaning for life and the government always pays good attention to it.

The government is actively continuing to renew the development of both health facilities and infrastructure that are easily accessible to all levels of society.

Meanwhile in developing countries, usually the level of health is low. This is because the ability to build health facilities is not evenly distributed and the cost of accessing treatment is also expensive.

8. High Technological Advancement

Previously it was explained that in developed countries the livelihood is in the industrial sector. This is of course driven by technological advances. The average population in developed countries has been able to optimally utilize natural resources and technology, so they have also succeeded in finding some alternative energy.

In contrast to developing countries, technological progress is average. Even accessing the technology itself is sometimes only available in certain areas. Not only that, access to the internet and electricity often do not arrive or it spreads to remote areas.

9. Dependence on Export-Import Activities

For developed countries, usually the presence of natural resources is minimal or even does not have natural resources at all. Even so, they have technological capabilities that can produce processed products from natural resources. Of course, these processed products are of good quality and will be exported to other countries.

Meanwhile, developing countries usually have natural resources but have not been able to use them optimally. This makes developing countries cooperate with developed countries, but it is not uncommon for these natural resources to be exploited to the fullest by developed countries.

These developing countries are generally active in carrying out development in various fields, but are faced with capital and technological constraints. Thus causing developing countries to rely heavily on export-import activities.

No.	Indicator	Developed countries	Developing country
1.	Income per capita (reflects the level of prosperity and progress of the country)	Tall	Low
2.	Population Growth (the process of increasing and decreasing the population in a country caused by certain factors)	Low	Tall
3.	Poverty Rate (referring to the presence or absence of job opportunities and the number of unemployed)	Low	Tall
4.	Employment Opportunity	Various (in the industrial sector, machinery, electronics, technology, etc.)	Less diverse (mostly still in the agricultural sector with minimal technology)
5.	Life Expectancy Rate (depending on health services and a country’s economic level)	60 years and over	Average below 60 years
6.	Land Use	Used for the industrial, service, and trade sectors	Mostly for the agricultural sector (covering rice fields, plantations, ponds, and forests)
7.	Level of Education (referring to literacy rates and awareness that education is important)	Tall	Low
8.	Health Level (referring to health facilities and medical expenses)	Tall	Low
9.	Advancement and Use of Technology	Fast	A bit slow

Examples of Developed Countries and Developing Countries

No.	Developed countries	Developing country
1.	Japan	Indonesia
2.	France	Turkey
3.	United States of America	Bulgaria
4.	Dutch	Egypt
5.	Portugal	south Africa
6.	South Korea	Argentina
7.	Switzerland	Brazil
8.	Canada	Colombia
9.	New Zealand	peruvian
10.	Singapore	Brunei Darussalam
11.	German	North Korea
12.	Finland	Laos
13.	Greece	Nepal
14.	Australia	Philippines
15.	Denmark	Thailand

Problems of Developed Countries and Developing Countries

Even though the characteristics of developed and developing countries are very contrasting, this does not mean that developed countries do not have problems. Many problems are often encountered in developed countries.

So, here are the problems that often occur in developed and developing countries.

Developed Country Problems

1. Developed Country Investment Enters Developing Countries

In this case, it relates to the large number of entrepreneurs from developed countries who invest in developing countries. This is done because developing countries also have potential markets for products from abroad.

If these entrepreneurs from developed countries open companies in developing countries, of course they will generate significant profits. As a result, the amount of investment in developed countries will actually decrease.

2. Workers from Developing Countries Enter Developed Countries

Previously it was explained that developed countries have slow or low population growth, so that it will have an impact on the lack of a workforce for the country itself. This makes developed countries eventually “import” workers from developing countries.

Even though in developed countries, labor regulations have been running well, still, this inflow of labor can have a negative impact on the developed countries themselves.

3. Environmental Damage

In this case, many developed countries claim that developing countries are the cause of environmental damage in their countries. This claim may be true, because most developing countries do not yet have clear rules regarding environmental pollution.

However, it should also be noted that many companies from developed countries have entered developing countries to “dredge” their natural resources under the pretext of production needs. In fact, not infrequently also efforts to exploit natural resources in developing countries do not pay attention to environmental sustainability.

Developing Country Problems

The problems faced by developing countries are even more numerous and relate to the quality of life of their inhabitants. Well, here are the problems that exist in developing countries.

1. Poverty

The problem of poverty is of course experienced by developing countries, because their per capita income is very average or even low. Especially Indonesia, in fact the government has been trying to tackle poverty every year, but the results are the same.

The problem of poverty can actually cause other problems, for example increasing the unemployment rate to the level of crime that occurs among the community.

2. Unemployment

Well, this problem is the result of poverty, especially in the limited number of jobs. The problem of unemployment arises because of an imbalance between the number of labor force and the number of jobs available.

Actually, the problem of unemployment is common, especially in countries that are experiencing a transition period of changes in economic structure. Moreover, developing countries have rapid population growth and are not in line with the growth in employment opportunities.

3. Lack of Capital

The problem of lack of capital is also often experienced by developing countries, especially in the process of economic development. The development of the times and the modernization of the economy certainly requires large capital.

To overcome this shortage of capital, the government will usually attract investors, both from within and outside the country.

4. Inequality in Development Results

The next problem experienced by developing countries is the uneven distribution of development results. For example, in Indonesia, the economic system is more focused on big cities, especially on the island of Java. It is this overly centralized economic system that causes the potential of areas outside Java to be neglected.

5. Underdevelopment

The next problem is underdevelopment, which is related to the quality of human resources (HR). In addition, the problem of underdevelopment is also closely related to the low level of health services, the maintenance of public facilities, and community discipline.

So, that’s a review of the characteristics and problems of developed and developing countries . Even though our country is included in the category of a developing country, through its existing natural resources and human resources, it actually has the potential to become a developed country.

 

Characteristics of Deductive and Inductive Paragraphs – Everyone will always have ideas that often pop up, be it while working or imagining. Every creative idea that pops up in your head, if you don’t realize it or don’t put it into action, you will feel something is missing. Moreover, if it continues to be left unchecked, these creative ideas will disappear, so we have to look for new creative ideas again.

Therefore, when we already have creative ideas that arise in our brains, it is better to immediately pour them into any media. One medium that is very suitable for expressing creative ideas that often arise in our minds is writing media. This writing media can channel creative ideas into various forms, ranging from just a collection of words, to a collection of sentences which can then turn into a paragraph.

It is true, for someone who is not used to writing paragraphs it will be difficult, but as long as someone wants to continue learning to write paragraphs, paragraphs will be easy to complete. By completing a paragraph, a person can already express the creative ideas that are in his mind.

In writing, there will definitely be words, sentences, and paragraphs. The structure is a unit that cannot be separated. In other words, without words, sentences and paragraphs will not be formed properly.

Paragraphs can be said to be the key to every writing because with paragraphs, it will produce discourse which means that from words to paragraphs it has become a single unit which contains information. From this information, the reader can catch what the writer wants to convey through this writing medium.

There are actually many types of paragraphs, but the paragraphs that are often used by many people are deductive paragraphs and inductive paragraphs. These two types of paragraphs are often found in Indonesian lessons, especially when I was still in school.

This article will discuss more about the meaning of deductive and inductive paragraphs and the characteristics of deductive and inductive paragraphs. So, read this article to the end, Sinaumed’s.

Definition of Paragraph

In discussing deductive and inductive paragraphs, we need to know in advance the meaning of paragraphs. In the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI), a paragraph is a chapter in an essay (usually containing one main idea and writing begins with a new line).

Paragraphs that contain main ideas indicate that in one paragraph there can be one main thought. The main idea is also often known as the main idea. The main idea is an idea or idea that is the core of the discussion in the paragraph.

Therefore, when a writer has more than one or two or more main thoughts, he must make two or more paragraphs. This needs to be done so that the main thoughts to be conveyed can be accepted by the reader, so that the reader becomes comfortable when reading the text. So, before writing a paragraph, a writer should determine the number of main thoughts he wants to convey and convey.

Thus, the paragraphs in an article can be said to be quite important because they can determine the beginning and end of an article. In addition, the presence of paragraphs will make it easier for readers to understand the message or meaning in a piece of writing. In fact, a reader will easily connect one main thought with another.

Definition of Deductive Paragraph

According to Shalima (2018: 11) a deductive paragraph is a paragraph where the main sentence is at the beginning of the paragraph, followed by an explanatory sentence. So, when reading a paragraph in a written work, then finding the main thought or main idea at the beginning of the paragraph, then the paragraph is a type of deductive paragraph.

In addition, deductive paragraphs are also commonly referred to as paragraphs that explain general matters to specific matters. In other words, the writer will explain the main problem first and then explain some explanations related to the main idea.

So, when you want to write a deductive paragraph, you must determine the main idea or thought sentence first. By determining the sentence to be used, the main thoughts at the beginning of the paragraph can explain the contents of a paragraph.

Definition of Inductive Paragraph

According to Santoso (2019: 31) an inductive paragraph is a paragraph whose main idea is located at the end of the paragraph. From the understanding that has been expressed by Santoso in his book entitled Paragraph, Playing with Words to Style Sentences, it can be said that the writer will first provide facts and descriptions that are conical to the main thoughts or main ideas.

Thus, when you read a paragraph where the main idea sentence is at the end of the paragraph, then the paragraph is an inductive paragraph. This inductive paragraph will usually discuss specific matters first and then discuss general matters. Therefore, the main sentences in inductive paragraphs will usually discuss general matters or very broad matters.

So, you could say that the key to knowing whether a paragraph is deductive or not, you have to look at it from the main idea sentence. If, you read the main idea sentence is at the beginning of the paragraph, then the paragraph is included in the type of deductive paragraph. Meanwhile, when reading a paragraph, then the main idea sentence is at the end of the paragraph, then the paragraph is included in the type of inductive paragraph.

Characteristics of Deductive Paragraphs

In order to better understand deductive paragraphs, you need to know about the characteristics of deductive paragraphs. The following are the characteristics of deductive paragraphs.

1. The main idea or main sentence in a paragraph is at the beginning of the paragraph.

2. Supporting ideas or explanatory sentences are explanations or descriptions of the main sentence.

3. The main sentence contains a general statement.

4. Paragraphs have general – specific – specific – specific patterns.

Characteristics of Inductive Paragraphs

As with deductive paragraphs, inductive paragraphs also have characteristics. Below will be explained further about the characteristics of inductive paragraphs.

1. The main idea or main sentence of a paragraph is at the end of the paragraph.

2. Explanatory sentences which usually contain descriptions or facts are at the beginning of the paragraph.

3. The main sentence is the conclusion of all the ideas or sentences in a paragraph.

4. Paragraphs have special – specific – general patterns.

Difference between Deductive and Inductive Paragraphs

After discussing the characteristics of deductive and inductive paragraphs, in order for you to better understand the two types of paragraphs, you need to know the differences.

1. Place in the Main Sentence

Deductive paragraphs have the location of the main sentence or main idea which is located at the beginning of the paragraph. Meanwhile, in an inductive paragraph, the location of the main sentence or the main idea is located at the end of the sentence.

2. Sentence Patterns

Deductive paragraphs that are composed of several sentences have a general pattern – specific. Meanwhile, inductive paragraphs have a different pattern, namely sentences with a special pattern – general.

3. Contents of Main Sentences

Deductive paragraphs where the main sentence is located at the beginning of the paragraph, the sentence contains general statements. Meanwhile, an inductive paragraph whose main sentence is at the end of the paragraph, the sentence contains the conclusion of a discussion in the paragraph.

Examples of Deductive Paragraphs

In order to understand more deeply about deductive paragraphs, below will be given some examples of deductive paragraphs.

First Example

“General elections or better known as “Elections” which are held every five years are a democratic party for all Indonesian people. All Indonesian people are obliged to take part in elections and use their voting rights to choose the best leader. Society should not become a White Group (Golput) because that is not the best solution to solving problems that exist in Indonesia. By participating in the election, the Indonesian people have participated in the democratic party and can use their voting rights to elect the best leader who can provide benefits and prosperity for all Indonesian people and can solve the problems that are being faced. “

The first sentence in the deductive paragraph example above is the main sentence or the main idea of ​​a discussion about General Elections (Election). Through this first sentence, the author wants to inform that the General Election is a democratic party for all Indonesian people. The main sentence in the example of the first paragraph becomes the basis for paragraph development, resulting in sentences that can clarify the main sentence. Then, in the second sentence, third sentence, and so on, are explanatory sentences containing descriptions of how important it is to participate in the election democratic party.

Second Example

“Due to the Covid-19 pandemic which has not ended until now, students must carry out learning activities from home online or known as Distance Learning (PJJ). Students doing distance learning use the zoom application to communicate and fill in class attendance. In addition, there are also those who directly give assignments to their students who have been given time to collect assignments. Even though students cannot meet their teachers face to face or cannot do Face-to-Face Learning (PTM), students can still gain knowledge.

The first sentence of the second example of a deductive paragraph has the intention of students having to study from home online because the Covid-19 pandemic is not over. From the intent of the first sentence, the first sentence becomes the main sentence or the main idea of ​​the second paragraph example. Then, in the second sentence, third sentence, and fourth sentence are sentences that can clarify the main sentence. The second, third, and fourth sentences contain descriptions of distance learning.

Inductive Paragraph Example

If you are still confused about how to write an inductive paragraph, don’t worry. You can listen to some examples of inductive paragraphs as follows.

First Example

“When the New Order era began to exist in Indonesia, at that time the world of literature experienced a revival which can be seen from the many literary writers at that time. Whereas in those dark times, writers who criticized the government would be exiled or even punished. However, writers are not afraid and continue to write literary works in order to create justice for the entire Indonesian nation. The rise of the world of literature during the New Order era showed that there had been a lot of struggle poems and literary works with the theme of struggle so that people could live more prosperously. Thanks to the rise of literary works during the New Order era, it can be said that the world of literature is very strong and has a breaking element .”

In the example of the first inductive paragraph, the first part of the sentence is an explanatory sentence in which the author wants to inform the reader that during the New Order era many writers had emerged. Then, in the second and third sentences, the author wants to convey the facts that occurred during the New Order era, the fact is that writers who criticize the government through their literary works will be exiled and may also be punished.

The last part of the sentence in the example paragraph above shows that the writer wants to give the main idea of ​​a single paragraph that has been written. At the end of the paragraph, which is written in italics, I want to state that literary works have very strong elements and can break into various kinds of things that are not justified.

Second Example

“During the rainy season, residents in area B often experience flooding, which usually occurs when the rainy season arrives. Residents are not optimal in carrying out their activities and work because they are hampered by flooding. If the rain conditions do not stop, the flood water will also increase. The water that is increasing and never receding means that it is increasingly difficult for local residents to carry out activities. After further investigation, what causes flooding is a bad habit practiced by residents, namely throwing garbage into the river, so that the river flow becomes obstructed. So, it can be said that the main cause of flooding in area B is the amount of garbage that has accumulated in the river flow. ”

In the example of the second inductive paragraph, the first sentence written by the author contains an explanation that in region B the residents often experience flooding when the rainy season arrives, so they are no stranger to flooding. Then in the second, third, and fourth sentences contain explanations about that flood conditions can disrupt residents’ activities, especially activities related to work.

In the sixth paragraph or the last paragraph, the author gives a sentence whose contents are the main ideas from the example paragraph above. The main idea is that the main cause of flooding in area B is that many residents throw garbage in the river, so that the flow of the river becomes obstructed.

Conclusion

From the discussion about the meaning of deductive and inductive paragraphs to the characteristics of deductive and inductive paragraphs, it can be concluded that a deductive paragraph is a paragraph whose main thoughts are at the beginning of the paragraph. While inductive paragraphs are paragraphs whose main thoughts are at the end of the sentence. So, when there are Indonesian questions about deductive and inductive paragraphs, you can distinguish them well.

To make it easier for you to write paragraphs and produce an article easily, you need to get used to reading examples of paragraphs. Apart from that, you also need to start training yourself to write paragraphs so that when you can make paragraph writing more interesting to read, so that readers will find it easy to understand each of the main thoughts.

Source: From various sources

Book Recommendations & Related Articles

Characteristics of Crocodiles – Scientifically, all crocodiles are basically part of the type of animal from the Crocodylidae tribe, including the sepit crocodile or known by the Latin name Tomistoma schlegelii. The characteristics of a crocodile or as a type of reptile that has a large body size is that it can live in two different realms, namely water and land.

The name Crocodile or the term Crocodile itself was first popularized by traditional people who live and live on the banks of the Nile, Egypt. Crocodile is known to be an elaboration of the phrase “kroko” which means gravel and “deilos” which means worm. The ancient Egyptians gave the nickname “stone worm” to the crocodile we know today.

Apart from some of the characteristics of crocodiles above, there are still many characteristics of crocodiles that are not known by many people. So, in this article, sinaumedia.com has managed to summarize the characteristics of crocodiles from various sources. Not only that, an explanation will also be presented regarding the classification of several types of food from crocodiles which are interesting to know.

A. Special Characteristics of Crocodiles

Archaeological researchers revealed that initially the crocodile or in English it was called Crocodile belonged to a type of animal that had lived since the time of the dinosaurs. As previously stated, basically most of the crocodile’s habitat is spent in the water. However, one of the most beautiful animals on earth can still live even if it goes ashore.

Based on what is written in Jumanta’s Smart Animal Book, crocodiles have several special characteristics that distinguish them from other reptile-type animals. The following is an explanation regarding the special characteristics possessed by crocodiles, including:

1. Most crocodiles have a body length of about 5-7 meters and weigh up to more than 1,200 kilograms. Even so, every crocodile that has just hatched from an egg is known to only have a body length of about 20 cm.

2. Crocodiles have long and strong tails. This long and strong tail can make crocodiles swim very fast, one of which is to chase their prey.

3. Crocodiles have a nose equipped with a valve. This valve can automatically be closed when the crocodile starts swimming or diving in the water.

4. Crocodiles have strong jaws, sharp canines, and long snouts. This body structure will greatly assist crocodiles in catching and tearing prey flesh when looking for food.

5. Crocodiles have up to 30-40 teeth in each jaw. The teeth of this crocodile can also be connected when it closes its mouth.

6. Crocodiles have upper body skin covered with rough and hard sides. This is proof that crocodiles can be said to be very tough animals. The reason is, the scales that are owned by crocodiles have the hardness equivalent to stone.

7. The largest species of crocodile that has been found in the world today is the estuarine crocodile. Estuarine crocodiles usually live in Southeast Asia to Northern Australia.

B. General Characteristics of Crocodiles.

After learning that one of the special characteristics of a crocodile is having an upper skin that is as tough as a rock, in this section we will discuss various characteristics of crocodiles in general based on the book RPAL Plus SD Classes 3, 4, 5, & 6 by Dhiyaulhaq. The characteristics of crocodiles in general include the following:

1. Cold-blooded animals

The first characteristic of crocodiles is that they are known as cold-blooded animals. This fact is true, crocodiles can be said to be animals with a type of poikilothermic or cold-blooded. Not only that, several parties agree that crocodiles are considered one of the cold-blooded and very strong reptiles.

Crocodiles are known to be animals that have the ability to maintain a stable body temperature. In addition, these animals are also able to make adjustments to the various environments around them.

2. Carnivorous animals

The second characteristic of crocodiles is that they are carnivorous animals. Carnivorous animals themselves can be understood as a type of meat-eating animal. One of the reasons crocodiles are included in the carnivorous animal species is because of the crocodile’s behavior which can be categorized as a wild animal.

As carnivorous animals, several types of food for crocodiles include birds, mammals, and even various types of reptiles that are around where they live.

3. Breed by laying eggs

The third characteristic of crocodiles is animals that reproduce by laying eggs. In breeding, this type of reptile usually prepares a nest to lay eggs first. After that, only the female crocodile will release her eggs in the nest.

Crocodile nests for self-laying are usually up to 20 feet deep. The reason crocodiles make nests that deep is because a large number of eggs are released. In addition, the nest is also made to prevent theft from other predators. Even though it comes out quite a lot, only a few crocodile eggs will survive to successfully hatch.

Some researchers revealed that of the many eggs released by female crocodiles, only about 20 percent of the total number of crocodile eggs will hatch. This is caused by the temperature factor that occurs in the environment. Towards hatching, crocodile eggs require warm temperatures. However, if the temperature around the crocodile egg nest is too cold, hatching can not be optimal.

4. Breathe using the lungs

The fourth characteristic of crocodiles is the respiratory system that uses the lungs. Although the crocodile’s habitat is mostly spent in water, crocodiles do not breathe using gills. Crocodile is an animal that breathes using lungs like other land creatures.

In addition, animals with hard skin have the ability to breathe underwater for up to two hours. This is basically caused by the structure of the crocodile’s body which has the position of the roof of the mouth which is located on the border between the throat and the esophagus. Not surprisingly, when crocodiles swim with their mouths open, water will not enter their mouths and will not be swallowed either.

5. Has three eyelids

The fifth feature of the crocodile is that it has three eyelids. This feature can be said to be one of the uniqueness that only crocodiles have. This is because the first two layers of the eyelids have the function of seeing when the crocodile is rising to land. Meanwhile, the third layer of petals will be used when the crocodile is going down or entering the water.

C. Classification of Crocodiles

After knowing the various special features and general characteristics of crocodiles, in this section we will learn about the classification of this type of wild reptile. Based on the Crocodile Secrets book published by Elex Media Komputindo, the following is a classification of crocodiles that you need to know, including:

1. Kingdom: Animalia.

2. Phylum: Chordata.

3. Class: Sauropsid.

4.Order: Crocodilia.

5. Family: Crocodylidae.

6. Genera: Mecistops, Crocodylus, and Osteolaemus.

D. Types of Crocodiles

According to animal scientists, crocodiles have dozens of species and have spread all over the world. So, here are some of the most popular and easiest types of crocodiles to find, including:

1. Nile Crocodile

Nile crocodile or crocodile with the Latin name Crocodylus niloticus is a type of crocodile that spends most of its life in the African region. However, not for the Sahara region and parts of Madagascar. The Nile Crocodile itself can be regarded as one of the most dangerous types of crocodiles in the world.

According to data, the Nile Crocodile has committed more than 300 attacks on humans almost every year. Therefore, you need to be careful when you are in African waters. These crocodiles can be found in several lakes and fresh or brackish waters. In addition, the Nile Crocodile also has a fairly large body size, which is up to about 5-6 meters.

2. Estuarine Crocodile

Estuarine crocodile or known by the Latin name Crocodylus porosus can be said to be a type of crocodile that has the largest size in the world. Estuarine crocodiles are known to have lengths of up to 6 meters or 5 to 7 meters and can weigh up to 1000 kilograms.

Estuarine crocodiles themselves can be found in the East India region, Southeast Asia, one of which is Indonesia to Northern Australia. The habitat of the estuarine crocodile is in the border area between river water and sea water. Some people have differences in calling this species based on the environment. Some call the estuarine crocodile a saltwater crocodile. However, there are also those who call this crocodile a sea crocodile.

Estuarine crocodiles themselves are also included in the type of crocodile which is very ferocious and savage. This type of reptile is very easily disturbed if another animal enters its territory. Based on data obtained by the IUCN in 2000 and 2007, estuarine crocodiles have carried out attacks on 30 people.

3. Irian Crocodile

Irian crocodile is a type of crocodile that is quite popular for the people of Indonesia. As the name implies, this type of wild reptile is quite easy to find in several parts of Indonesia, such as the islands of Irian, Sumatra and Kalimantan. The Irian crocodile has characteristics as a swamp guardian animal and is spread in the shallow waters of the Irian area. Some researchers claim to have found crocodiles with Irian characteristics swimming in saltwater and estuaries.

The Irian crocodile itself has a smaller body size than the estuarine crocodile. Until now, the Irian crocodile that residents have seen is only about 3 meters long. However, local residents admit that the Irian crocodile is larger than that size.

4. Siamese Crocodile

The Siamese crocodile is the crocodile that has the most numbers on the Asian continent. The habitat of the Siamese crocodile itself is spread from Malaysia, Cambodia, and also includes Indonesia. For people who live on the island of Java, the Siamese crocodile is known as the frog crocodile. This is because the skin of the frog crocodile has a texture that is almost the same as some other amphibians.

5. Borneo Crocodile

The Bornean crocodile is a type of crocodile that is the pride of the Indonesian people. This is because the sentence crocodile on several occasions was involved in making international scale documentaries. In addition to the mythical story that is owned by the Bornean crocodile, this crocodile is also famous for its relatively large size.

Almost the same as the estuarine crocodile, the Bornean crocodile also has a very ferocious nature. At one time, the Bornean crocodile attacked people who were active in the river. In addition, the Bornean crocodile has also been able to overturn fishing boats several times.

6. American alligator

The American Alligator or Alligator mississippiensis is a type of crocodile native to the Gulf Coast region of the United States. This type of crocodile is often found in fresh water areas. Even though it is considered dangerous, the size of this crocodile is not like crocodiles in general. This American alligator only has a length of about 4 meters to 4.5 meters.

7. Crocodile gharial

The gharial crocodile or Gavialis gangeticus is a type of crocodile that lives and has power in many rivers from northern India to Nepal. The gharial crocodile itself has characteristics that can be seen from its long, very slender jaws and sharp teeth. Once upon a time, a gharial crocodile ate a floating corpse during a funeral ceremony in the Ganges River, India.

5. American alligator

As the name suggests, the American crocodile, which has the Latin name Crocodylus acutus, has a habitat in American waters. This type of crocodile is quite easy to find in several regions, such as southern Florida, southern Mexico, the Caribbean islands, and Central America and northern South America.

Book Recommendations & Related Articles

Characteristics of Command Sentences and Examples of Command Sentences – In the life that we live every day, we cannot be separated from the name of communicating with other people, why is that? This is because by communicating we will be closer to other people. Therefore, the ability to communicate is very important and necessary for everyone to have because good communication will be beneficial in the life we ​​live. To get used to communicating well with others, we need to know sentences.

At this time, many people must have started to know about sentences. Yes, it is true that a sentence is collected from various types and forms of words. This sentence is very useful in communication activities because the use of the right sentence will result in good communication. If communication is well established, the relationship between individuals and other individuals or individuals and groups will run harmoniously. Therefore, we should know and study sentences in order to maintain the quality of communication.

Basically, the sentence itself has several types and usually each type of sentence is distinguished by intonation or tone when speaking with the interlocutor. Therefore, intonation or tone of speech needs to be considered properly so that when communicating there are no misunderstandings. The types of sentences can indeed be distinguished through the tone of speech when communicating with the interlocutor, but in terms of writing, the types of sentences are distinguished by the punctuation marks which are usually given at the end of the sentence. So, it can be said that every punctuation mark and intonation or tone of speech really determines what type of sentence is being used.

The sentence itself is usually used according to the situation or situation that is happening, either the situation that is happening directly or the situation that occurs in writing, such as writing paragraphs, stories, and so on. In terms of writing, especially in a story, sentence writing plays an important role in building the atmosphere of the story, so story writers should be proficient in determining the type of sentence to write. The more proficient in determining the type of sentence to be written, the more interesting the story will be, so that more and more people will read it.

Basically, the types of sentences that are often known by many are imperative sentences, interrogative sentences, and declarative sentences. Well, in this article, we will discuss imperative sentences. Command sentences are usually used to order, give directions, and so on. The command sentence itself is a sentence that can be seen through punctuation and intonation when speaking.

Thus, it should be for us to get used to using imperative sentences, both in terms of writing or when communicating with other people directly. So, to find out more about imperative sentences, you can see the review of imperative sentences below. So, happy reading.

Definition of Command Sentence

The command sentence itself, if interpreted in simple terms, is a sentence which contains the meaning of commanding or giving orders. Therefore, when someone is saying an order sentence (judging from the tone of voice), then the person who is given the order must do something similar to what was ordered by the giver of the order.

Command sentences that we usually use, both in terms of writing or in terms of communicating directly are often referred to as imperative sentences. Although imperative sentences or imperative sentences are used more often in a high tone of voice, some people use imperative sentences in a low or subtle tone of voice.

In the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI), imperative sentences are sentences that contain the intonation and meaning of commands or prohibitions. In addition, the meaning of the imperative in KBBI is a form of command for a sentence or verb which states a prohibition or obligation to carry out an action. Because imperative sentences and imperative sentences have the same meaning or meaning, imperative sentences can also be called imperative sentences.

The use of imperative sentences or imperative sentences used in direct communication is different from the use of imperative sentences used or written in a text, such as paragraphs, stories, and so on. Command sentences written through text, at the end of the sentence are marked with an exclamation point (!).

However, along with the development of an increasingly modern era, the use of sentences is not only used orally or in written form, but also used via short messages or chat . Command sentences in the form of short messages are usually used via cellphones . So, have you used command sentences in short messages?

Thus it can be said that the punctuation used when writing imperative sentences is an exclamation point (!). Meanwhile, applying or using command sentences when communicating is usually marked by a slightly high intonation or tone of voice and sometimes a low tone of speech.

Characteristics of Command Sentences

After discussing the meaning of imperative sentences, this time what we will discuss is the characteristics of imperative sentences. The introduction of the characteristics of imperative sentences is expected to make it easier for readers to understand imperative sentences. Following are the characteristics of imperative sentences.

1. Tone of Speech to be Conveyed

The tone or speech intonation used is one of the characteristics that someone is saying a command sentence. The use of tone or intonation is usually done when someone is communicating with other people, such as in the office, at home, at school, and so on. Therefore, we must be good at paying attention to someone’s tone when communicating so that misunderstandings do not occur.

In addition, when we want to use imperative sentences or give orders we must also be able to use the right intonation. In this case, the intonation of the command sentence when it is spoken will go up at the beginning and the intonation will go down at the end of the sentence. So, everyone should understand how to hear imperative sentences and how to speak using imperative sentences so that there are no misunderstandings.

2. Using inversion or PS sentence structure

The next feature of command sentences is using inversion or sentence structure Predicate (P) – Subject (S). Although imperative sentences more often use the P – S sentence pattern, some imperative sentences do not use such a sentence pattern. The use of command sentence patterns like this usually only occurs when writing something or in the world of writing.

Only some people use imperative sentences or give orders using inverse sentence structures or P – S. Even though they don’t use the P – S sentence pattern, an order can still be conveyed and received properly.

3. Using affixes –lah or –kan

The third feature of imperative sentences is the use of –lah or –kan affixes . The affix –lah or –kan is not only used in writing, but is also used by many people when giving orders using command sentences orally. However, some people are used to using command sentences orally without using the affixes -lah or -kan , but the commands conveyed can be well received by the recipient of the order.

4. Using Command Words

It’s called an imperative sentence, so it’s normal to use a command word. This command word has become a common thing to use in command sentences, be it verbally or in text or writing. Command words that are commonly used when using imperative sentences, such as please, please, don’t, immediately, and so on. As with the use of the affixes –lah or –kan , not everyone uses imperative words, either in writing imperative sentences or in pronouncing imperative sentences.

5. Using Exclamation Marks (!) At the End of Sentences

For this one feature only occurs in text and does not occur in pronunciation. This is because the characteristic of the last command sentence is to use an exclamation point (!) at the end of the sentence. We often find the use of exclamation marks (!) in a story or paragraph in several questions. Having an exclamation point (!) at the end of a sentence means that the sentence is an imperative sentence. However, along with the times and technology, usually the use of an exclamation mark (!) used in short messages means that you are angry about something.

Those are the characteristics of the imperative sentence. Even though these characteristics are not always used, an imperative sentence can still occur. In addition, the orders given can still be conveyed, so that the recipient of the order can do something that was ordered optimally.

Command Prompt Function

The command sentence that we know has several functions that you need to know. By knowing the functions of imperative sentences, we can use imperative sentences according to where and to whom we will use imperative sentences. The function of the imperative sentence is as follows.

1. To Give Command

The function of the first command sentence is used to give commands. Usually in this function, command sentences are often used in the military world or during wars where the leader will give commands that are in accordance with the strategy designed. With the existence of a commando order, the soldier who is given an order must do something according to what has been ordered. The imperative function of giving commands has several examples, among them.

a. Immediately go to the west and we attack the enemy!

b. Stay in each position!

c. Get ready to shoot!

2. To Give Orders

The second function of the command sentence is to give orders. If, the first function of the command sentence (giving orders) is commonly used in the military world, then it is different from the second function (giving orders) which is generally used at school, at home, even in the office. If, at a glance, the functions of command sentences (giving commands) and (giving orders) are almost the same, the difference is only where they are used and who uses them. Here are some examples of command sentence functions to give orders.

a. Please, don’t make noise!

b. Immediately do the task that I have given!

c. Don’t forget to do your homework at home!

3. To Deliver Claims

The third function of imperative or imperative sentences is to make demands. The function of this command sentence is usually used to demand something. Therefore, we often see the function of this command sentence in the legal world where the judge will give demands according to the results of the trial. In addition, an imperative sentence that functions to give demands can also occur to debt collectors who are collecting debts. Examples of imperative sentence functions to make demands, namely:

a. Charges given for 4 years in prison!

b. Pay off your debts today!

4. To Give Ban

The function of the fourth imperative sentence is to give a prohibition. In general, we must have been forbidden by our parents to do some things that could endanger ourselves. When parents forbid us to do things that are harmful, then the imperative sentence appears. However, the function of command or imperative sentences used to give prohibitions can also occur in the school environment. Following are some of the functions of command sentences to give prohibitions.

a. Don’t, take fruit in that house!

b. Don’t, be a lazy boy!

c. Don’t stay up late!

5. To Give an Invitation

The function of the fifth imperative sentence is to give an invitation. In some ways, an invitation is an order that must be carried out. Usually a command sentence that functions to give an invitation for the common good. In short, something that is ordered must be done so as not to harm other people, so that fellow human beings do not have misunderstandings.

a. Come on, let’s obey PPKM from the government!

b. Immediately enjoy the dishes we have served!

c. Come on, don’t be a lazy person!

6. To Give Omission

The sixth function of the imperative sentence is to give omission. The function of this sentence is usually used for someone who gives orders to other people in the form of things that let. Below are given some examples of the function of imperative sentences to give omission.

a. Let him calm himself down!

b. Let them express themselves as they please!

Command Sentence Types

After discussing the meaning of imperative sentences, to the functions of imperative sentences, it feels incomplete, if you don’t discuss the types of imperative sentences. Below will be explained several types of command sentences along with examples.

1. Ordinary Command Sentences

An ordinary command sentence is a command sentence whose contents are in the form of a command that is directly spoken. Therefore, we often find this command sentence in everyday conversation.

a. Go to school soon!

b. Make the bed before taking a shower!

c. I am your duty at 10.00!

d. Do your homework, now!

2. Invitation Command Sentences

An imperative sentence is an imperative sentence that contains an invitation to someone with the aim of doing something.

a. Come on, accompany mom shopping at the market!

b. Come on, don’t forget to wear a mask!

c. Let’s live a peaceful life!

3. Prohibition Command Sentence

A prohibitive imperative sentence is a commanding sentence whose contents are in the form of a prohibition to do something.

a. Don’t forget to do your homework!

b. Never, ever steal!

c. Don’t hate other people!

d. Don’t throw trash in the river!

4. Satire Command Sentence

A satire command sentence is a command sentence which contains an element of satire at someone.

a. Ouch, the pencil fell very far (meant to ask to be picked up)

b. This room feels hot (means the air conditioner is immediately turned on)

5. Command Sentences Welcome

Command sentences to invite are prohibitive sentences that contain elements of asking.

a. Please fill the seats in the front

b. Please queue according to the serial number

6. Suggestion Command Sentences

Suggestion imperative sentence is a commanding sentence that contains suggestions that will be given to someone.

a. Better, do your PR soon!

b. You should have stood in line beforehand!

c. Supposedly, the shoes used are black

7. Sentence Command Information

Information imperative sentence is a command sentence whose contents are in the form of information.

a. Wear a helmet when driving!

b. Be a good boy!

8. Sentence Command Request

Request sentence is a command sentence that contains a request to someone to do something.

a. Please give this cake to him!

b. Please obey the existing traffic signs!

c. Please do the assignments that have been given!

Conclusion

This imperative sentence is often referred to as an imperative sentence. Its function is to give orders to other people so that they can do something that is ordered. The giver of the order must understand the procedures before giving an order so that the command given can be carried out optimally. Meanwhile, the use of command sentences in writing or text will usually be marked with an exclamation point (!) at the end of the sentence.

Source: From various sources

Characteristics of Comics – Every comic has its own characteristics, comics are actually a result of a combination of art and literature. That is what often makes comics referred to as a pictorial literary work that contains both words and pictures. Comics are often found on various platforms such as newspapers, magazines, social media, to book form.

So, to differentiate comics from other works of art, in the following we will discuss the characteristics of comics and their explanations. However, before that, we first discuss an explanation of the meaning of comics.

A. What is Comic?

As explained in the introduction above, in the book Drawing Tips for Comics written by Setiawan G Sasongko, comic is a word that comes from Greek, namely comic. Komikos itself can be intended as a joke or joy. Comics originally had comedic characteristics and were intended as entertainment.

This opinion is also the same as that of the Big Indonesian Language Dictionary (KBBI), KBBI states that comics are pictorial stories that are easy to digest and funny or entertaining. Its easy-to-understand and funny nature makes comics very easy to develop from time to time.

In today’s modern era, comics are transformed into a work of art that has many enthusiasts. This can be proven by the many comics that have been recorded and published up to hundreds of episodes as well as the abundance of various applications that provide comics. Comics are the right means of entertainment because they make it easier for readers to listen to a story while entertaining readers with the pictures and words in it.

Apart from having an entertainment function, comics have recently penetrated various platforms with various purposes. Not infrequently there are also many comics that discuss serious topics such as politics, law, to social society. Comics are also often used as a form of satirical messages to certain parties. However, many also turn to comics as a fun learning medium.

Based on the comic book entitled From Wayang Beber to Digital Comics by Indiria Maharsi, a comic is a collection of images or symbols that have a certain story sequence. According to him, the form of comics is made like that because it has the aim of providing information and satisfying the aesthetic impression of readers.

Comic artists or comic-making artists can express image after image by using all available space or media to form a certain storyline. A successful comic artist is usually someone who has two skills at once in order to be able to combine drawing and composing a storyline.

B. Characteristics of Comics

So, after understanding the meaning of comics, here is an explanation of the characteristics of Ricky W. Putra and comics

Ricky W. Putra revealed that in his work entitled Introduction to Visual Communication Design in Applications which was published in 2020, comics have five main characteristics, which include:

1. Is Proportional

First, one of the main characteristics of comics is that they are proportional. The proportional nature means that comics can evoke feelings or emotional feelings from readers. This characteristic will make the reader enter into the story and feel involved as one of the comic characters being read.

2. There is a Conversational Language

Second, one of the characteristics of later comics is the existence of a conversational language. As a work of art that has a storyline, comics very often use conversation to strengthen the story as well as a way to make it easier for the reader to understand the picture. In addition, comics also use everyday conversational language more often so that it is very easy for readers to understand.

3. Appears Heroic Attitude

Third, one of the characteristics of comics is the appearance of heroism from one of the main characters or characters. That is what often evokes the feeling or attitude of being a hero from his readers.

4. Character Depiction

Fourth, one of the characteristics of comics is the depiction of characters. Most of the characters used in comics have simple characters. This easy and simple depiction of character has the goal of making it easier for the reader to understand the character and his character.

5. Contains Humor

Finally, containing humor is one of the main characteristics of comics. As one of the works of art that has a lot of fans, comics are loved because they contain a lot of humor. That is what keeps many readers entertained and enjoys doing comic reading activities.

Apart from the opinions above, according to Viki.si, comics also have six characteristics. The following are characteristics of comics that need attention, namely:

C. Types of Comics

After understanding the definition and characteristics or characteristics of comics, the following are types based on the form of comics, namely:

1. Comic Strips

Comic strips or commonly called comic strips are a type of comic that only consists of several panels of an image. However, the comic strip still expresses the idea of ​​the contents and storyline as a whole. Comic strips are easy to find in various children’s newspapers or magazines such as Bobo Magazine or Kompas Daily.

Comic strips are made not with a lot of pictures, but only with a few pictures. This causes this type of comic not to convey ideas or messages too much. Comic strips focus more on one issue, for example a response to an event or issues that are currently being discussed by the public.

2. Comic Book

One of the most popular types of comics is comic books. As the name implies, comic book is a type of comic made in the form of a book. In addition, one comic book only contains one complete story.

Comic books are generally published in the form of book series, in one comic book there may be tens to hundreds of series and some are not finished yet. There are comics that feature continuous stories, but some are only for a few series.

3. Online Comics

Online comics can be said to be the comics most often read by people in today’s digital era. The internet has made changes to the comic ecosystem, where previously comics could only be read by buying the comic book. However, now many online comics are scattered on the internet that can be read. The cost is cheap and concise, making people start to move from reading comic books to comics online.

The great interest of online comic readers has finally made even talented comic artists dive into developing themselves to draw online comics. Several platforms for reading comics online have also emerged, such as the Webtoon Line. This webtoon from Line is one of the most popular comic reading platforms today. This comic application from South Korea contains hundreds of comics every day, and it is even noted that there are many comic artists from various countries in it, such as South Korea, Japan, Thailand, to Indonesia.

D. Comic Genre And Examples

After understanding the meaning, characteristics, and types based on the form of the comic. Next, we will discuss the types of comics based on the genre of comics. Some of them are non-fiction comics, science fiction comics, superhero comics, and mystery comics. So, here are four types of comics based on their genre, including:

1. Non-Fiction Comics

One of the types of comics that has been produced the most is non-fiction comics. This type of comic is actually almost the same as other non-fiction books, it’s just that non-fiction comics use pictures to tell the story.

In non-fiction comics also contain stories about life experiences or events in everyday life that originate from true stories. Even so, this comic with a non-fiction genre is not similar to the storytelling style found in biographical books which are very detailed and complete. Non-fiction comics can usually be much deeper and more memorable, because there are images as well as text that make it easier for the reader to get involved in the story.

Some examples of comic titles with non-fiction genres are The Complete Persepolis, Fun Home, Maus: A Survivor’s Tale, and so on.

2. Science Fiction Comics

Science fiction comics are comics that have a genre about the future or use techniques to build a future world. Stories that are built in science fiction comics mostly emphasize sophisticated technological advances, time travel, to exploration between galaxies or space and its aliens.

Not only that, the issues raised in comics with the science fiction genre are about the future of mankind. Issues about the future most often cover two things, namely about the future of the human world which is highly developed and getting better, or even the future of the human world which collapses and is then threatened with extinction.

Several comic titles with the sci-fi genre that are very popular and good can be easily found in many places. Some sci-fi comic titles, such as Paper Girls, Saga, The Incal, and so on.

3. Comic Superhero

Furthermore, one type of comic that has the highest sales in the market is a comic with the superhero genre. The reason for this type of comic with the superhero genre is so much in demand by readers is that the visuals are very attractive. Superhero comics almost certainly have a major strength or weapon in a heroic story and very nicely illustrated images. So, it’s no wonder that many people really like comics of this genre.

It is a common thing that the majority of people always want to be a hero who eradicates all evil. Characters presented in comics with the superhero genre can almost always make readers want to be a hero. Superhero comics present superhumans who can fly, run at the speed of light, to humans who can shoot spider webs.

In superhero comics, it is described that everyone wants to be a superhero to fight bad people and save the city. The plot is the most widely used type of storyline in superhero genre comics. Superhero comic titles are very well known and easy to find, including Superman, Flash, Spiderman, Batman, and so on

4. Mystery Comics

Lastly, one type of comic that is familiar and has quite a lot of fans is the mystery genre comic. Comics of this genre almost always succeed in making readers interested and very curious. That’s because the characters and dialogues used in it will make the reader always curious to solve real questions in the story. When reading comics with this mystery genre, readers will also be involved in interpreting and trying to solve the crimes or irregularities presented in the story.

There are many mystery genre comic titles that can be easily found on the market, such as Blacksad, The Fade Out, My Favorite Thing Is Monsters, and many more. The three mystery comic titles are also required reading for fans of stories with the mystery genre.

E. Examples of Indonesian Comics

After knowing the meaning, characteristics, and types based on the form and genre of comics. Next, examples of comics that have been made in Indonesia will be discussed. As for some of them, namely comics about legends such as The Blind from the Ghost Cave, Mahabarat to stories of superheroes from Indonesia such as Gundala, and so on. So, here are five examples of original Indonesian comics that were very popular in their time, including:

1. Mahabharata Comics

Mahabharata comics are comics that tell the greatest stories from ancient India. The comic was created by one of the legendary artists from Indonesia, namely RA Kosasih. Broadly speaking, this Mahabharata comic tells a story involving the Five Pandavas against the Kauravas to fight over the throne of Hastinapura. This comic has succeeded in turning wayang stories into a comic book that is very friendly for children to adults to read.

2. Comic The Blind from the Ghost Cave

The comic Si Buta dari Gua Hantu is the work of one of the famous comic artists from Indonesia, namely Ganeh TH. This comic tells the story of an Indonesian fighter who managed to make his readers amazed by his actions. At the end of 1970, the comic Si Buta dari Gua Hantu was adapted to the screen to become an action film with the same title.

3. Comic Benny & Mice

Benny and Mice comics originally had the form of comic strips or comic strips. The name of the Benny & Mice comic is the name of the two comic creators, namely Benny Rachmadi and Muhammad “Mice” Misrad.

Kompas Daily Newspaper is a newspaper that publishes Benny and Mice comics every week. The comic Benny and Mice is a comic that tells the condition of Jakarta as a metropolitan city.

4. Comic Gundala

Gundala comics are comics with the original Indonesian superhero genre. This comic is one of the works of a comic artist named Hasmi or better known as Harya Suraminata. The Gundala character himself first appeared in the Gundala Putra Lightning comic. The name Gundala is a word taken from the Javanese language, namely Gundolo which means lightning.

5. Comic Put On

Finally, the Put On comic by Kho Wang Gie is one of the oldest comics in the history of the Indonesian nation. The comic that was first released in the Sin Po newspaper in 1931 is a comic made during the Dutch colonial era. This Put On comic is published twice a week, namely on Friday and Saturday. The language used in this comic is still Malay. This legendary comic belongs to the comic strip genre of humor or comedy.

Book Recommendations & Related Articles

Characteristics of Beams – The existence of objects around us indirectly describes the shape of the geometric shape. Yep , build a room that is included in the material in mathematics. Does Sinaumed’s still remember the material?

For example, the shape of a block shape is like a wardrobe that we often use to store our clothes, be it uniforms or casual clothes.

Try Sinaumed’s to remember, what are the spatial shapes ? Are there only blocks?

Of course not. There are many spatial structures, namely cubes, blocks, tubes, prisms, and so on.

Then, does Sinaumed’s know about the characteristics of a rectangular cuboid? What’s the difference between a block shape and other shapes?

In order for Sinaumed’s to know the characteristics of a rectangular cuboid, let’s look at the following explanation!

Characteristics of Building Block Space

The beam is a geometric shape that is almost the same as a cube, but the beam has longer edges. Well, here are the characteristics of the beam!

1. Has 6 sides

The side of a beam becomes the boundary between the beam and three pairs of sides that have the same shape and size when facing each other.

A block must have 6 square or rectangular sides. These sides are on the left and right, up and down, and front and back.

Based on the example of the beam image, the 6 sides are:

• Left side and right side = ADHE = BCGF
• Base (bottom) and top = ABCD = EFGH
• Front side and back side = ABFE = DCGH

2. Has 12 ribs

The rib is the line that intersects the two sides of the beam. The ribs on this beam must be parallel and have the same length. If you notice, the ribs are like a building block.

A beam has 12 ribs, consisting of 4 long, 4 wide, and 4 high. If you pay attention to the example of the previous beam image, then the 12 ribs are:

• 4 long ribs = AB = DC = EF = HG
• 4 wide ribs = AD = BC = EH = FG
• 4 high ribs = AE = BF = CG = DH

 3. It has 12 diagonal fields

A plane diagonal can also be called a side diagonal, namely a line segment that connects two opposite corner points on each plane or side of the beam.

Previously, it was explained that the beam has 6 sides, therefore the diagonals of the fields total 12. If you pay attention to the example of the image of the beam, the 12 diagonals of the fields are:

• Diagonals AC = EG
• Diagonals BD = FH
• Diagonals AH = BG
• Diagonals CF = DE
• Diagonals AF = DG
• Diagonals BE = CH

4. Has 8 corner points

The corner points on each beam are 8 pieces. The corner points are formed by the meeting of every 3 ribs of the beam.

If you pay attention to the example of the previous beam image, then the 8 corner points are points A, B, C, D, E, F, G, and H.

5. It has 4 diagonal spaces

The space diagonal is a line that connects two corner points facing each other in one space. If you pay attention again to the example of the beam image, then the 4 diagonals of the space are:

• AG line segment
• HB line segment
• DF line segment
• CE line segment

6. Has 6 diagonal fields

The diagonal field is different from the field diagonal previously described, Sinaumed’s…

A diagonal plane is a plane bounded by two edges and two diagonals. Well, on a beam, there are 6 diagonal fields.

If you pay attention to the example of a beam image, the 6 diagonal fields are:

• ACGE = BDHF diagonal plane
• ABGH = DCFE diagonal plane
• Diagonal plane BCHE = ADGF

7. It has both surface area and volume

As with other geometric figures, a block also has a surface area and volume. Volume is related to how wide the room is in a geometric shape.

To determine the surface area and volume of a cuboid, it can be found using a certain formula. The formula for calculating the surface area of ​​a beam is:

2 x (pl + lt + pt)

p = length of the beam

l = beam width

t = height of the beam

Meanwhile, to determine the volume contained in a beam, it also has a certain formula, namely:

V = pxlxt

p = length of the beam

l = beam width

t = height of the beam

Example questions and discussion

1. A cuboid has a length of 12 cm, a width of 7 cm and a height of 5 cm. What is the surface area of ​​the block?

Answer:

L = 2 x (pl + lt + pt)

L = 2 x (12.7 + 7.5 + 12.5)

L = 2 x (84 + 35 + 60)

L = 2 x 179

L = 358 cm²

1. A cuboid has a length of 12 cm, a width of 7 cm and a height of 5 cm. What is the volume of the block?

Answer:

V = pxlxt

V = 12 x 7 x 5

V = 420 cm²

Well, that’s the characteristics of building blocks. Does Sinaumed’s already understand the geometric shapes of blocks and the formulas for calculating the area and volume of space? In order for Sinaumed’s to better understand the formula, you can do this by practicing calculating the area and volume of a block in the problem practice book.

Book Recommendations & Related Articles

Characteristics of Animals and Their Habitats – Talking about animals, we must be reminded of the surrounding environment and even the place where we have taken shelter so far as a whole, the Earth. Since ancient times, we have lived side by side with various creatures on this planet. Fundamentally, living things on Earth are grouped into three, namely humans, plants, and animals.

If you look back a few years, environmental issues are not something new. Humans are often the reason for the extinction of other species on our beloved blue planet. In order to get closer and not at odds with other living things that are our friends, we need to understand their species, right?

Animals, companions and friends

Quoting Wonderopolis , it is estimated that there are around 8.7 million species on Earth. Scientists who estimate this number are sure, 1-2 million species of which are animals! From that big number, how deep do we know them? Not many.

This is because the same study estimates that 86 percent of all land species and 91 percent of all marine species have yet to be discovered or described. In fact, the numbers above are still quite shallow compared to when we include insect species as well.

For example, scientists estimate that there are more than 10,000 trillion ants living at any one time. Based on those numbers, some scientists estimate the total insect population to be as high as 10 trillion, which is 10 billion billion! That number has led at least one expert to estimate the total animal population on Earth to be around 20 trillion, or 20 billion billion!

However, you don’t have to think too far about how many insects there are altogether. As a small example, try to glance at the lives of our neighbors. Some of them must have kept animals, or at least had kept them. In this world, there are dozens of animals that are suitable as human companions in life, right?

Estimate how close we are to them, for example cats. Apart from domestic cats, we must understand that the cat population itself is already very large. So, isn’t it a wrong step, right, if we try to understand the characteristics of other species well and treat them accordingly?

Characteristics of Animals and their Habitat

Does Sinaumed’s know about the kingdom of animals? Of course, the various types of animals have their own “kingdom”, more precisely, the “biological kingdom” that fundamentally distinguishes their types. Even more interesting, this kingdom will still be divided into more than 30 groups or phyla!

Very broadly, the characteristics of animals are divided into two, namely vertebrates and invertebrates. Each means that some animals have backbones and some don’t.

In vertebrates, animals are further classified into five classes, namely amphibians, birds, fish, reptiles and mammals. All five are included in the phylum chordata. Meanwhile, most invertebrate animals are in the arthropod phylum.

1. Vertebrate Animals

Sinaumed’s , now we will get acquainted with animals with vertebrates, take a look at their characteristics, and see their habitat. Let’s see together!

a. Amphibian Animals

For starters, let’s start with the class of amphibians. This is the class to which the toad and its friends are assigned. In general, they require a moist or watery environment to form a habitat and survive there.

The following are the characteristics of amphibians:

• Cold-blooded.
• Absorb water and breathe through their thin skin.
• Have at least one special skin gland that is used for the defense system.
• Most of them have a life cycle of egg, larva, then adult.

We can meet the appearance of amphibian animals around the world. Here are examples:

• Frog
• Newt
• Salamanders
• Frog

Amphibian Habitat

Adult amphibians can live both in water and on land. In the larval stage, they can only live in water. However, in the adult stage, amphibians spend most of their lives on land, usually in moist habitats such as forests.

More than 75 percent of all the world’s species of frogs and frogs live in tropical rainforests. Several species can be found in water at almost any time of the year. Some of them even like to live in drier prairies and deserts.

Because of their special skin, amphibian species need very specific living conditions. Too much sun can damage their cells, while too much wind can dry out their skin and dehydrate them. For this reason, amphibian habitats are very vulnerable to being disturbed or contaminated with chemicals such as weed killers.

b. Birds

As we know, birds can generally fly. Furthermore, birds are a type of warm-blooded vertebrate. Then what again?

Its class of birds, Aves, is just one class of the larger Kingdom Animalia . Birds have several characteristics that are similar to other classes, namely reptiles. However, they also have some unique features. Let’s take a look at their main features:

• Endothermic: they can maintain a constant body temperature independently of themselves, independent of external factors. Alias, they certainly will not get a fever easily.
• They are bipedal: move on two hind limbs or feet when on the ground.
• Its upper limbs had evolved into special structures, namely wings which made it possible to fly.
• Most of their bodies are spindle-shaped, these muscles are a special feature that makes them more comfortable and effective in flight.
• The bird’s bones are hollow inside, to reduce the overall weight of the body.
• The fur is colorful and covers the whole body except for the legs which are covered with scales.
• Has a beak instead of a mouth with teeth.
• The heart has four chambers. In this way, oxygen-rich and oxygen-poor blood is properly divided. This helps maintain a constant temperature.
• The nervous system is complex and the brain is well developed. Many birds are known to be very easy to teach and intelligent.
• Their eggs develop outside the body, but are still under the care of their parents: two or one.

After the characteristics, here are examples of bird class animals. We will find it easy because they are famous animals!

• Albatross
• Chicken
• hummingbird
• Hawk
• Flamingo
• Ostrich
• Owl
• Parrot
• Penguin
• Dove

Bird Habitat

Although there is considerable overlap in the diets provided by different habitats (e.g. insect diets), some habitats are rich in certain food sources.

Here are examples of bird habitats that Sinaumed’s needs to know about!

1. Meadow
2. Jungle or rainforest
3. Wetlands
4. coast

3. Fish

As far as is known, fish are the oldest known vertebrates. They have existed since ancient times, when other types of animals had not fully evolved into what they are today. Here are the characteristics:

• Including ectothermic or cold-blooded, they depend on the environment to regulate body temperature.
• Fish have fins.
• Most of the fish have a body covered in scales and breathe through gills, although not all.
• Certainly, living underwater.

Currently, there are more than 300 thousand species of fish that live. This figure is more than all other vertebrate groups combined! What types are examples?

• Eel
• Hagfish
• Lamprey
• Small fish
• Salmon
• Seahorses
• Shark

Fish Habitats

Fresh water, sea or brackish water is the habitat for vertebrate fish. Some species can tolerate environments with a higher salinity than the general seawater salinity. In fact, some species of gobies can tolerate salinity levels as high as 60 ppt.

Fish live in almost all aquatic habitats. Different fish species are adapted for different habitats: rocky shores, coral reefs, kelp forests, rivers and streams, lakes and ponds, under sea ice, deep sea, and other fresh, salt, and brackish water environments.

In general, fish also rely on oxygen dissolved in water for respiration.

4. Mammals

Mammals are naturally warm-blooded animals whose bodies are covered with hairy hair. This allows them to live anywhere from the cold arctic regions to tropical forests.

In general, they have the same main features even though they are of different types, such as monotremes, marsupials, or placentas. Here are some features:

• Provide nutrition in the form of milk to their children.
• Its body is covered with a coat of blubber (like that of a dolphin), fur (lions, cats, dogs, and so on), spines (hedgehogs), and scales that overlap with fur (pangolins).
• Give birth after the child grows in the womb. This applies except for the monotreme species which lay eggs.

As far as we know, there are currently more than 5,500 species of mammals in the world. Here are some examples of them:

• Aardvarks
• Bat
• Elephant
• hamsters
• Rabbit
• Rhinoceros
• Pope

Mammal Habitats

Mammals live in many different habitats, including deserts, arctic, oceans, forests, mountains, tundra, grasslands, and savannas. Mammals are also common compared to reptiles and amphibians. If we go to almost any part of the world, we will find evidence of mammal activity. But, it may not be the type of mammal we are used to.

From the tropics and deserts to the temperate zones and polar regions, every type of climate has a diverse ecology of mammal species. In that climate, you can see a wide variety of adaptations and behaviors that further separate these animals.

One of the reasons mammals are so successful in all habitats is because they have diversified so much over thousands of years. One example is how mammals evolved to become marine, aquatic, or semi-aquatic compared to land mammals.

5. Reptiles

Currently, not all reptiles live on land. Even so, this one species is widely considered to be the first vertebrate to live entirely on land. Sinaumed’s , let’s look at the characteristics of this reptile!

• Cold-blooded reptiles, they cannot regulate their own body temperature like mammals. This is the main reason we often see them in warm or hot places.
• Have rough scales or horns. It is made of alpha and beta-keratin from the epidermal layer, in contrast to mammals. Therefore, their skin is actually thinner than we think.
• Lay eggs. Some species of snakes and lizards give birth to live young (e.g., Eurasian newt), but most reptiles are oviparous, meaning they produce eggs (e.g. crocodiles and turtles).
• Have one or two well-developed lungs.
• In order to find their prey, some reptiles use coatings on living things to absorb airborne chemicals, such as snakes and lizards.
• They have two different food orientations, namely carnivores and herbivores. Examples of carnivorous reptiles are snakes and lizards, while herbivores are turtles.
• All reptiles molt. The cycle varies depending on the type.
• They have four legs or are descended from four-legged animals.

Reptiles come in various sizes, from small to large. Sinaumed’s , do you often encounter examples of the reptiles below?

• Crocodile
• Gecko
• Lizard
• Turtle
• Snake
• Turtle

Reptile Habitat

Reptiles depend on conditions that allow them to maintain body temperature, they must be able to bask and avoid temperature extremes. So, they will need access to direct sunlight, protection from wind and excessive heat, a sizable population of prey species, as well as cover to escape predators.

They will also need suitable breeding sites for the species to lay eggs and space for suitable hibernation, Sinaumed’s .

On the other hand, there are various things that reptiles often avoid to make a place to live, aka their habitat. Examples include uniform habitats and a lack of trees and shrubs. They need the trail as a place to lay their eggs and a place that is “a bit messy”.

That is, reptiles actually like places that look unused and natural, such as soil that is not too perfect and uneven. This would be the perfect home for the reptiles. They also need habitats that naturally provide avenues for movement, but not too tidy.

Not only in large habitats, reptiles can also live in relatively small areas, for example gardens, school yards, and other possible places. Even locations near villages can become reptile habitats if conditions are right enough to encourage colonies and maintain their populations.

Suitable Animals to Keep

Getting to know more closely about the animals around us is certainly fun, right? Among us, there are even many people who really love certain animals and raise them to be friends at home. Keepers usually have a gentle nature that can take good care of their pets.

After all, raising animals also has many benefits: We can learn to be responsible, to be more caring and considerate, to reduce anxiety. In fact, we often see people who take care of animals that were abandoned. Of course this is a good attitude that many like.

Most people’s pets are indeed mammals. However, there are also other species that can be kept. These pets are included in this list:

1. Dog
2. Cat
3. Rabbit
4. Fish
5. Bird
6. Lizard
7. Snake
8. hamsters

Conclusion

When we go to school, we generally get biology lessons. Lessons about the characteristics of animals and other living things are included in biology, and not infrequently we all like it. This is because other living things at first look unique in the eyes of those of us who are just getting to know them. As #FriendsWithoutLimits, sinaumedia is committed to providing quality books. Come on, be more diligent in reading books with us, greetings literacy!

Book & Article Recommendations:

Author: Sevilla Nouval Evanda

Also Read!

• How Do Fish Sleep?
• 10 Nocturnal Animals That Are Active at Night
• Definition and Examples of Omnivorous Animals
• Classification and Examples of Insects
• Definition of Hibernation and Examples of Animals
• Definition of Carnivorous Animals
• Recommended Names for Pets
• Tips for Caring for Hamsters
• Understanding Panda Language and Examples

Characteristics of advertising language – According to Rhenald Khasali, advertising is a message that provides products and services to the public by media brokers. Advertisements can be classified into family ads, commercial ads, announcement ads, classified ads, community ads.

Advertising also has several functions as follows:

• Information (new products, services, product characteristics, or cash information such as published services).
• As a lure (enticing consumers to buy the products offered)
• As a reminder, (to remind consumers to always use the product being promoted.)

There is also the use of language to consider when creating ads. Certain properties and rules are required for the advertising language that you create to be effective and on target.

Features of Advertising Language

Advertisements have characteristics in the use of language so that the intended target is suitable and can be achieved. The following are characteristics of advertising language that you need to know.

1. Using Slogans

Slogans are catchy, catchy and easy to remember words or phrases. Slogans usually consist of 4-5 words that are easy to remember and catchy. This is done so that those who are exposed to the ad can receive the intended message.

2. Using Persuasive Sentences

Persuasive sentences are statements that aim to convince readers, listeners, and viewers to implement or accept the ideas of advertising supporters.
An example of a convincing sentence on a product display is “If you don’t have current installations, when will? The promo will end tomorrow, you know!”

4. Language that is short, solid, and clear

A good advertisement should convey a short and meaningful message. Also, the content of the message you convey must be clear in order to resonate with the intended audience.

The language you use must also be interesting and suggestive, but it must be factual. Remember to use words that have a positive meaning to build trust in the intended audience.

Characteristics of Advertising Language Based on Advertising History

At that time, advertising had a very simple form because it was born naturally, some were intertwined in everyday forms in a society that was still very backward in terms of science and technology.

In addition, their language also determined both the advertising model and media methods at the time.

Advertisements from 4000 BC

Egyptians used papyrus to make sales messages and posters. Commercial messages and political campaign posters have been found in the ruins of ancient Pompeii and Arabia. Lost and found papyrus advertisements were very common in ancient Greece and ancient Rome.

Commercial murals or rock paintings are another manifestation of this ancient form of advertising, which is present today in many parts of Asia, Africa and South America. The tradition of mural painting originates from Indian rock art dating back to 4000 BC.

History teaches us that outdoor advertising and billboards are the oldest forms of advertising.

As medieval cities began to grow, signs indicate that nowadays shoemakers, millers, tailors or blacksmiths used related images for their trade. For example, boots, clothes, hats, watches, diamonds, horseshoes, candles or even sacks of flour to be sold in town squares.

At the back of the cart and the owner uses a loud voice to announce their presence for the convenience of the customer.

Advertising in the 17th Century

At that time education became an important need. Print advertising was originally used primarily to promote books and newspapers. The success of this form of advertising in this era eventually led to the development of mail order advertising.

Advertising in the 18th and 19th Centuries

The French newspaper La Presse is a newspaper that creates paid advertising programs on its pages to reduce prices, expand audience and increase business profits.

Around 1840, Volney B. Palmer formed the modern advertising agency in Philadelphia and purchased large amounts of space in various newspapers at a discount, then resold it at a higher price to advertising space brokers.

Things changed in the late 19th century when the advertising agency NW Ayer and Son was founded. Ayer and Kids was asked to plan, create and execute a complete advertising campaign for its clients.

By 1900, advertising agency had become the focal point of creative planning and advertising had become well established as a profession.

Around the same time, in France, Charles Louis Havas extended his press agent services to advertising agencies, making him the first French company to arrange advertisements. At first, the agent was a broker of newspaper ad space.

NW Ayer and Son is a leading provider of advertising content services. In 1895 advertisements appeared for weight loss products.

At the turn of the century, there were several career options for women in business, but advertising was one of the hot ones. Because women are responsible for most of the purchases for their domestic needs. Advertisers and agencies have recognized the value of understanding women, and advertising continues to evolve, especially from a creative standpoint.

In fact, the first American ad to use semi-sexual activity was made by a woman for a soap product. Though tame by today’s standards, this ad features a pair with the language, “ Your skin loves to be touched .”

Advertising in the Early 1920’s

In the early 1920s the first radio stations were founded by radio equipment manufacturers and retailers who offered programs to sell more stations to consumers. Over time, many non-profit organizations followed suit by establishing their own radio stations, including clubs and societies.

Each individual radio program is usually sponsored by a single entrepreneur in exchange for his company initials at the beginning and end of the instructions set by the sponsor.

They can make more money selling sponsorship rights for a small time allotment to multiple companies through their radio show, than selling sponsorship rights to one company per show.

A fierce battle ensued between those who sought to commercialize radio and those who claimed that radio spectrum should be considered as part of non-commercial uses for the benefit of society.

Advertising in the Early 1950s

In 1950 the DuMont Television network began running modern programs selling fast ads to the public. In the past, DuMont has struggled to find sponsors for many of its shows and compensated by selling small amounts of advertising time to several companies.

This eventually became the norm for the commercial television industry in the United States, but is still common on single-sponsored programs, such as United States Steel Jam. In some cases, the sponsor has substantial control over the event’s content, until someone from an advertising agency writes the program.

Advertising in the Late 1980s

This era saw the introduction of cable television, especially MTV. Pioneering the concept of music videos, MTV ushered in a new type of advertising by matching consumers to advertising messages. As cable and satellite TV became more common, niche channels emerged, including ad-only channels such as QVC, HSN, and ShopTV Canada.

Internet marketing opened up new opportunities for advertisers and contributed to the “dotcom boom” of the 1990s. The entire company is run solely on advertising revenue and offers everything from coupons to free internet access.

At the turn of the 21st century, many websites, including the Google search engine, transformed online advertising by emphasizing contextual, non-intrusive ads designed to assist users rather than overwhelm them. This has led to a number of similar efforts, increasing the trend towards interactive advertising.

Despite major changes in media, the share of advertising spending in GDP has barely changed. For example, in the United States in 1925, the main advertising media were newspapers, magazines, streetcar signs and outdoor signs.

By 1998, television and radio had become important advertising media. However, the percentage of GDP spent on advertising slightly decreased by around 2.4%.
A recent advertising innovation is “guerrilla marketing,” including holding meetings in public places, distributing products such as cars with branded messages, and interactive ads that allow viewers to respond to become part of the advertising message.

Guerrilla advertising is becoming increasingly popular in many companies. This type of advertising is unpredictable and innovative, and consumers will buy products as well as ideas.

This reflects the growing trend toward interactive “embedded” advertising, including product placement, consumer conversations via text messages, and innovations leveraging social networking services such as Facebook.

Advertising After the Invention of the Printing Machine

When Guttenberg invented the printing system in 1450 and several weekly newspapers appeared, advertising became increasingly used for commercial purposes. During this time, magazines, posters, pamphlets, etc. were created, and advertising flourished. However, the development of advertising since then has a very difficult history.

Print advertising first appeared in England in 1472 in the form of a poster promoting the publication of a church prayer book.

Modern Advertising

After several long phases, advertising is now starting to develop and develop very rapidly. Media is also increasingly diverse and not limited to traditional and classic media. The methods used also vary.

Advertising requires not only the ability of people to form words, but also many people with various levels of expertise and proficiency in the field of knowledge.

The world of modern advertising is expanding beyond America and Europe. Development is also taking place in various other parts of the world. The progress of the advertising industry is also heavily influenced by printing technology, especially color printing performance.

In addition, the ad includes famous movie stars. This builds an image in the community that these stars are using the product as advertised. Apparently, identification technology is starting to be used in the advertising world.

Various Types of Ads

After knowing the history of advertising development and advertising language, we can now see the types of ads that can be categorized based on content, media, and purpose as follows.

Types of Ads Based on Content

1. Public Advertising

These ads are usually served by an agency or agency. Contains information to interact with and educate the general public on specific topics and issues.

Example: election ads, healthy living ads, family planning ads, etc.

2. Notice or Promotion Notice

These advertisements are intended to appeal only to certain individuals. The content is about event notifications, sad news, and more.

3. Request Ads

Demand ads are often thought of as job ads. This is because these ads contain advertisers offering and inviting people to work with them.

4. Promotional Offers (Commerce)

The advertisements that you often encounter are offer advertisements or commercial advertisements. Bid advertisements are a type of advertisement that displays offers of goods or services to the general public. Example: Ads for food, drinks, clothing, electronic products, etc.

Types of Ads Based on Media

1. Print Media Advertising

Print ads are advertisements made by printing. Print advertisements are widely available in newspapers, leaflets, magazines, newspapers, billboards, posters, stickers, and others. For print ads, there are limitations depending on where the ad is placed.

2. Electronic Advertising

This advertisement uses electronic media to display and display advertisements. There are many electronic advertisements such as TV commercials, radio advertisements, film advertisements, social media advertisements and others.

Types of Ads Based on Target

1. Commercial Advertising (Business)

This commercial advertisement is placed with the aim of seeking economic profit because the main advertisement is to increase sales. Commercial advertising consists of three parts: Consumer advertising is a type of advertising shown directly to consumers.

Business advertising is a type of advertisement shown to individual managers, agencies or coordinators, who sell products or services to consumers.

Professional advertising is a type of business advertisement that is shown to professional business people who can properly manage the advertisements sent to them.

2. Non-profit Advertising

For-profit advertising is not focused on material or economic gain. Non-profit advertising is actually intended to achieve social benefits.

That is, people gain additional insight and self-awareness and change their behavior and attitudes towards the issues presented in the ad.

This is a review of the characteristics of advertising language . Sinaumed’s can get books related to advertisements at sinaumedia.com. As #FriendsWithoutLimits, sinaumedia always provides the best products for Sinaumed’s.

Author: Arizal Muhammad Valevi

Also read:

Features, Objectives and Examples of Innovation – Innovation has become a serious debate in many fields these days, because society can develop better than before with innovative thoughts and results. There are many forms of innovation and examples of innovation in our daily lives.

But what is certain is that this innovation cannot be separated from the efficiency of using minimal time and maximum results. Indeed, the discovery model, unprecedented in social situations, has affected the provision of solutions differently than in previous situations.

We know that every generation has its own uniqueness to create something new. Each generation can create their own “breakthrough” that can surprise other generations. Not only a new breakthrough, but many people can take advantage of it. For example, young millennials create new slang vocabulary, and someone then turns that vocabulary into an innovative object.

There are many types of innovation and examples of innovation in our lives, and there are also benefits that innovation can bring to human life. So what exactly can we do with innovation and examples of innovation? Here is the full explanation:

Definition of Innovation

Innovation is also closely related to product innovation. Product innovation includes several elements such as new technologies, new services and solutions, new experiences, new processes and methods, highly valuable results, new models and designs, social articles or products that are common to many people. This is a new creation.

Innovation is an effort to update existing resources and become an update from previous resources. These resources can affect nature, energy, the economy, jobs, use of technology and much more. Innovation is the process of updating various resources to make them more useful for humans. Today, innovation is driven by the use of technology, which makes it easier to create new products.

Innovation is closely related to cultural renewal, especially in the areas of technology and economic use. The innovation process is closely related to new discoveries, both in the form of technology and in the form of inventions. Discoveries can be interpreted as the discovery of new elements found by individuals or groups, for example in the form of tools or ideas.

This invention can be interpreted as an invention that is recognized by the community, as well as the application of the invention. This innovation itself is synonymous with young people. Because the young soul still has a lot of energy and thoughts. In this way, many new and unique things are born from young people. Currently, these young people are known as the millennial generation. According to some experts, the definition of innovation is as follows:

1. According to Nurdin (2016)

The definition of innovation is novelty that introduces and is implemented by new practices or processes (whether goods or services), or the result of adoption by other organizations.

2. According to Sa’ud (2014)

Innovation is a group of people with creative choices, placement, sourcing new materials, and using unique methods to improve the results of their previous goals.

3. According to Kuniyoshi Urabe

Innovation is defined as a long and cumulative process, not a one-time phenomenon. This includes the decision-making process of organizational members, from brainstorming and brainstorming to marketing goals.

4. According to Van de Ven, Andrew H

Innovation is the development and implementation of new ideas carried out by someone in a certain period of time which involves certain transactional activities in an organization.

5. According to Steven Robbins

Innovation is a new idea or ideas implemented to launch and update an existing product, process or service.

6. According to Everett M. Rogers

The concept of innovation is an idea, a motorcycle taxi, an idea and practice based on something new, and is accepted as something new both by individuals and groups who are applied or adopted.

Features of Innovation

1. New

The first characteristic of innovation is novelty. Everything that comes from this innovation never existed or was done. This new concept was born from a strong idea to maximize the utilization of available natural resources without reducing their function or role. New innovation also means that the idea is pure and has not been used by anyone. It already exists, but that means it will be adopted because it’s a good solution.

2. Planning

Plan innovation according to the desired conditions. This is important because it will affect the future. Deliberately, innovation is carried out with a thorough, clear and planned process and preparation so that there is no rush in the process. Of course, anything can be disappointing if you don’t plan for it.

3. Typical

The third characteristic of innovation is distinctiveness or uniqueness. As something new, innovation has its own characteristics. Even the adoption must have a unique personality. With applications in new locations, innovation creates its own uniqueness, even if it starts with adoption.

4. Have Clear Goals

The hallmark of innovation is the existence of clear goals. There are certain objects that need to be researched and developed based on clear findings. In this way, the direction and goals of the innovation are clarified in advance. Without clear objectives, innovation can be misdirected and poorly implemented.

Innovation Goals

1. Save time

Innovation makes it easier to manage time. Innovation aims to enable people to use their time more effectively and efficiently. For example, cookware makers have successfully developed ovens and toasters that can cook food in less than 10 minutes. Sinaumed’s may take 30 minutes to do this. Thus, we can use my time very effectively.

2. Increase Productivity

Innovation aims to increase productivity. By implementing innovation, we can do a lot of things and produce results in a short time. For example, if Sinaumed’s has a copier, there is no need to copy notes onto a sheet of paper, just load them into the copier and make multiple copies.

3. Increase Efficiency

Of course, innovation also helps us work more efficiently. High efficiency enhances the performance we produce, but without undue cost or expense.

4. Repairing and Enhancing the Quality of Products or Services

Business keeps changing from time to time. In this case, innovation aims to help society continuously adjust the quality of its products and services to meet the needs of the times.

5. Convenience Creation

Innovation aims to make things easier for customers. For example, not having to line up in front of the Immigration Office early in the morning to get a passport, but with innovation, the general public can fill out forms via the internet quickly and easily.

6. Meet Customer Needs

Human needs are unlimited, but innovation helps us slowly but surely meet human needs. For example, experts are trying to find effective anti-cancer drugs for cancer patients today. If customers have had satisfactory or excellent service experiences with our products or services, they are more likely to remain loyal to our business. Innovation makes it easy to create an enjoyable customer experience through technological developments.

7. Reduce Risk

Innovation also aims to mitigate business risks that were often exposed in the past. For example, the risk of frequent collisions when parking a car. Innovation helps develop parking warnings that help avoid accidents and other risks in parking lots.

8. Accelerating Individual and Employee Performance

Innovation should also help accelerate the performance of our day-to-day operations. Innovation allows us to get work done faster.

9. Develop Knowledge

The more innovation that occurs, the more our knowledge will increase. For example, learning a foreign language could have been difficult in the past. But technological development innovations have helped us learn online.

10. Our Business Is Becoming More Competitive

With the help of innovation, it is undeniable that our business will be more competitive and extraordinary.

11. Ensure Future Life Sustainability

Innovation enables people living today to work hard to ensure the survival of their children and grandchildren in the future. Innovation, for example, helps researchers find alternative fuels that they can use in the future.

12. Improving the Quality of Life

The ultimate and important goal of innovation is to improve our lives, such as creating an eco-friendly city map where people and nature are more balanced in the future.

Types of Innovation and Examples of Innovation

1. Products

This product is an important sector found in economic institutional research. This product helps meet the needs of both primary and secondary communities. For example, a real example of this product is using water instead of gasoline.

2. Education

In terms of educational innovation, this can be seen in the introduction of an anti-corruption curriculum in schools. This curriculum did not exist in the early days of Indonesian independence. That’s because of the serious problem of high levels of corruption. The KPK, in collaboration with the Ministry of Education and Culture, has finally developed a curriculum for eradicating corruption in schools.

3. Public Service

Regarding innovation, it can be seen in public services that used to be manual, now they can be online. This online implementation is designed not only to balance forms of social change in society with the emergence of new technologies, but also to reduce bureaucracy like a ghost that is frightening to the general public.

4. Entrepreneurship

It is the entrepreneurial segment that can benefit from this innovation and with this step the state and society directly reduce the impact of unemployment. One of the entrepreneurial products that has just been considered is the establishment of Markobar owned by Jokowi’s son.

Marco Bar is a Murtabak that used to be considered cheap paper, and has no potential value. According to businessmen like Jokowi’s son, there is news that Markobar can now spread its wings in various parts of Indonesia and will be launched in Southeast Asian countries.

5. Technology

To do detailed research from an innovation perspective, focus on technology, particularly social media. At the beginning of Indonesian independence, social media was not as fast as it is today, but globalization and advanced inventions have made social media such as Facebook, bloggers, websites, Twitter and Instagram a place for social communication and interaction.

6. Culture

What can be taken is the nature of the culture and the cultural values ​​associated with the life of the Indonesian people at that time it was interesting to study in other countries. For example, cultural festivals and batik festivals are held to introduce Indonesian culture.

7. Transportation

Social movements must be challenged to face life hard, and strategic steps want to find forms of innovation that continue to occur. This is related to transportation, for example with online motorcycle taxi applications such as Gojek.

Gojek is actually part of an innovation that connects online motorcycle taxi drivers with people in need. Of course, to take advantage of this system, any city can easily receive services and avoid high costs. On the other hand, ojek drivers don’t have to wait long in one area because the links are interconnected.

8. Fundraising

Crowdfunding can be seen as one of the innovations in the social field by making funds open to the public directly. This is the case, for example, if we are members of a non-profit organization. This organization works to save abandoned stray cats.

The good intention of caring for abandoned cats costs a lot, so we can open donations on digital donation platforms such as Kitabisa and NUCare. Part of online financing is actually a strategic innovation.

9. Governance

Certain ideas, ideas and objects that exist in the social system of government are also closely related to innovation. This can be in the form of efforts to solve problems that arise. Finding innovative ideas in government is not always accepted by society, which ultimately requires an important and long process. For example, when making a NPWP online or updating a SIM online. Saves time and does not interfere with bureaucracy.

10. Health

The medical field for innovation and new discoveries in society, such as government programs dealing with the problem of the corona virus outbreak. Therefore, in order to recognize someone’s journey, they will immediately open the Care for Protect application so that they can immediately track any signs of Covid.

Benefits of Innovation in the Business World

1. Provide Solutions To Solve Problems

One of the benefits of innovation is the ability to solve problems. You can replace the old one with the problem with the new one. The existence of new ideas and ideas helps to solve existing problems better. Especially if there are old products that can no longer be sold due to product problems, innovations must be created to stimulate public interest in these products in the market.

2. Increase Productivity

Coming up with new ideas and innovations means people are taking the time to use their extraordinary minds. When one is experimenting or researching, not only thoughts but also innovations grow. Through innovation, it means that the person has also spent time working and remains productive at work. Many can do it, including bosses, employees, students, teachers, and more.

3. Increase Toughness

Innovative people tend to use their intelligence. In short, it’s hard because people have to adapt to new problems and find solutions to these problems in order to innovate.

4. Can Make Something Unique

Innovation can create and even make something unique and valuable. Innovative people, among others, are classified as quality people. In addition, the successful implementation of the innovations that he has developed means that he can create something new that is different from what already exists.

• Inventor of Google, the World’s Largest Search Engine
• Inventor of Electricity and the History of the Discovery of Electricity
• Train Inventor You Need To Know
• Inventor of Radio: History and Biography of Guglielmo Marconi
• Inventor of Morse Code, Who Is He?
• Gap Year: Perspectives, Benefits, Pluses and Minuses, and Tips

So, that’s an explanation of what innovation is and examples of innovation. Is Sinaumed’s interested in innovating? To do this, you need a lot of references and understanding. You can visit sinaumedia’s book collection about various types of innovation and types of innovation at www.sinaumedia.com , such as the following book recommendations: Happy learning. #Friends Without Limits.

Characteristics, Elements and Forms of Social Structure – In living life in society, every human being must have their own roles and status. Differences in roles and status in humans indicate that there is a social structure in them.

In society, these statuses and roles are very important because they can form a system that can create harmony and order. If humans can carry out their respective roles and statuses, it will create harmony and order in society.

For some people, they really want to create a good social structure, but they don’t know about the basics of social structure. Therefore, people’s understanding of social structure needs to be improved. One way is to know what social structure is, the characteristics of social structure, elements of social structure, forms of social structure, and examples of social structure itself.

A. Definition of Social Structure

Meanwhile, in the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI) “social structure” has the meaning of the concept of the formulation of the principle of inter-individual relations in community life which is a guide for individual behavior.

Basically, the social structure is very diverse. This is because society is a heterogeneous group of people. Thus, every human group, lives guided by certain values ​​and norms and upholds the members of the group.

1. Social Status

In the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI) is a person’s position in society that is related to and determined by other people. In simple terms, social status can be interpreted as a person’s position in a community group. The level of social status possessed by a person is influenced by the position of that person, such as the social status of students and teachers, the social status of the head of the RT and head of the RW.

Not infrequently there are some who have more than one social status. In sociology, social status can be categorized into three categories. The following are three categories of social status.

a. Natural social status ( ascribed status )

Natural social status is a social status that is owned by a person from birth regardless of one’s talent or character and to get this social status does not require effort. Examples of this social status are gender, lineage, gender, nobility status, and others.

b. Achieved social status

The social status achieved is the social status that is obtained by doing business or working hard to get it. Examples of this social status are being a Civil Servant (PNS), being a doctor, TNI, and many more.

c. Given social status ( assigned status )

The social status given is the social status that is pinned or given to someone thanks to the services or achievements that have been made. Examples of this social status are awarding honoris causa titles , awarding honorary titles to Indonesian freedom fighters, awarding medals to winning athletes, and many more.

2. Social Role

Social roles are the obligations that everyone has for their social status. In other words, someone who has obtained social status must carry out their respective social roles. For example, a doctor has a different social role than a teacher.

Basically, status and social roles cannot be separated from one another. That is because a person will not have a social role if he does not have a social status.

Broadly speaking there are three issues related to social roles. Here are some problems of social roles.

a. Social roles are governed by norms

The problem of this social role is a problem that arises when an individual carries out his social role, at the same time he must obey the norms or rules in that social status. An example of this problem is someone who serves as a teacher, he must maintain behavior that is in accordance with applicable norms and regulations.

b. The social role that must be carried out because of the demands of society

The problem of this social role is a problem that occurs when someone who has social status must carry out his role in accordance with the expectations of society. An example of this problem is a student who has entered school must get good grades to be considered a smart student.

c. Social roles are an important part of the social structure

The social role is an important part of the social structure because with a social role, a person will undergo a social structure well. An example of this problem is someone who has a position as a teacher will carry out his role or duties in educating his students.

B. Characteristics of Social Structure

In general, every society is divided into three groups, namely simple society, middle society, and modern society. Therefore, the characteristics of the social structure in each community group are also different. The following are the characteristics of social structure in each community group.

1. The characteristics of the social structure of a simple society

• Having a social group based on hereditary traditions
• Having social group ties based on local customs or traditions
• Having belief in things beyond reason or supernatural powers
• Still maintaining the values ​​of kinship and gotong royong
• Has an unwritten law that still applies

Broadly speaking, this simple community group is a group that still adheres to the values ​​and norms instilled or taught since childhood. Usually simple people live in a place that is rarely visited by other people who are not their group.

2. The characteristics of the social structure of middle society

• Began to accept a new culture that comes from outside the group
• Began to accept the social changes that occur
• Having a family relationship that is not as tight as a simple society
• Written law begins to coexist with unwritten law

After knowing the characteristics of middle society groups, it can be said that social roles and status in these community groups are still influenced by the values ​​of rationality. Usually these people live somewhere on the outskirts of the city.

3. The characteristics of the social structure of modern society

• Have the nature of openness to culture and new things
• Every social relationship will always be influenced by the knowledge and technology possessed by a person
• Someone who has expertise and knowledge will be more appreciated.
• Belief in supernatural things has begun to be abandoned

In general, modern society groups more often see someone and something with science and technology. The values ​​of rationality in modern society are highly respected. Usually these modern people live in the middle of the city and every day is always filled with busyness.

After knowing the characteristics of social structure based on community groups, then the characteristics of social structure in general. According to Elly M. Setiadi, there are four general characteristics of social structure.

• Social structure is a system that regulates various forms of relationships that occur between individuals in society. Thus, the social structure is part of the regulation of behavior and patterns of public relations

• Social structure has an abstract nature. This means that the social structure cannot be seen clearly, only members of the group are able to see the social structure.

• The social structure will always develop and change along with the times

• Social structure is divided into vertical and horizontal dimensions. The vertical dimension is the level of social status of the community. While the horizontal dimension, the whole society is divided into social groups that have the same values.

C. Elements of Social Structure

1. Social groups

The element of a social group has a meaning, namely a unit which consists of several people. Each social group has a behavior that they have agreed with the aim of maintaining the unity of its members. If the role of each individual is carried out well then social groups can be maintained properly too.

2. Social institutions

The element of social institutions has a meaning, namely a set of norms and rules to maintain the rules of conduct or patterns of community behavior. With social institutions, people will not be careless in doing things.

3. Rules or social norms

Elements of social rules or norms have a meaning, namely a guideline or guide used by the community in carrying out social interactions in their environment.

4. Social stratification

The element of social stratification has a meaning, namely the grouping of people based on stratified social classes. This social stratification system is closely related to the formation of class and social status in society.

The definition of social status is the position or rank of a person in a community group which is closely related to certain rights and obligations.

5. Culture 

The cultural element means all the knowledge possessed by humans as social beings that are used to study and understand their environment and experiences.

While social class has a meaning ( social class ) has the meaning of grouping people based on certain levels or criteria, such as politics, economics, heredity, and education.

D. Forms of Social Structure

1. The form of social structure based on its nature

Based on its nature, the form of social structure is divided into three, namely rigid social structure, flexible social structure, formal social structure, and informal social structure.

a. Rigid social structure

Rigid social structure is a form of social structure that cannot be changed or people experience difficulties when they want to transfer status or position.

b. Flexible social structure

Flexible social structure is a form of social structure whose patterns and arrangements are more dynamic. In general, this social structure is owned by an open society.

c. formal social structure

The formal social structure is a social structure that is official and recognized by the authorities based on applicable law.

d. Informal social structure

Formal social structure is a social structure that has a function in society, but there is no legal provision.

2. Forms of social structure based on communication patterns

Based on the pattern of communication, the form of social structure is divided into two, namely open social structure and closed social structure.

a. Open social structure

An open social structure is a social structure characterized by smooth communication at all social levels. Smooth communication occurs because each individual is aware of the equal rights and obligations in embracing that position.

b. Closed social structure

A closed social structure is a social structure characterized by a lack of smooth communication at the social level. This lack of communication is caused by every status and social role of a person tends to be static or fixed.

3. The form of social structure based on the identity of community membership

The form of social structure based on the identity of community membership is divided into two, namely homogeneous social structure and heterogeneous social structure.

a. Homogeneous social structure 

Homogeneous social structure is a social structure in which members of the social group have the same background. For example, similarities in religion, race, ethnicity, and nation.

b. Heterogeneous social structure

Heterogeneous social structure is a social structure in which group members have diverse backgrounds. For example, there are differences in ethnicity, race, religion, and nation.

4. Forms of social structure based on social inequality

Based on social inequality, the form of social structure is divided into two, namely social differentiation and social stratification.

a. Social differentiation

Social differentiation is individual or group differences within a community group that does not show a level. Forms of social differentiation, such as gender differences, ethnic differences, religious differences, and racial differences.

b. Social stratification

Social stratification is a level that exists in a community group. Forms of social stratification are usually judged by the size of wealth, honor, knowledge, and wealth.

E. Social Structure Functions

1. Identity function

The social structure functions as an affirmation of identity in a community group. Each region has a diverse culture so that a social structure is needed so that the identity of a group becomes clear.

2. Control function

The social structure functions as a control system for a group of people so that they behave according to the norms and rules that apply in society.

3. Community learning function

Social structure can serve as a basis for instilling social discipline in groups or communities. With this learning function, each member of the community group is expected to act and behave according to the norms and rules that apply.

F. Example of Social Structure

Basically, there are many examples of social structures. Here are some examples of social structures.

1. Giving honorary titles to the heroes who contributed to liberating Indonesia
2. The application of the caste system that occurs in Balinese society
3. Owners of business capital have a higher position than workers
4. A person is appointed as village head for his services in developing and improving village governance
5. Placing the 1945 Constitution as the highest legal basis in Indonesia

G. Conclusion

Basically, the social structure is very diverse. This is because society is a heterogeneous group of people. Thus, every human group, lives guided by certain values ​​and norms and upholds the members of the group.

The existence of a social structure in society will be able to create or produce relationships for each individual and each group to become more orderly and organized. It is important for humans to carry out the social structure properly because if the social structure is not running well then harmony and order in society will not be created.

Also read the article “Social Structure” :

• Definition of Social Change
• Definition of Social Institutions
• Definition of Social Structure
• List of Ethnic Nations in Indonesia
• Definition of Social Differentiation

 

Characteristics and Types of Advertisements – What is the meaning of advertisements? Advertisements are one of the products or goods that many people use to display something. There are many purposes for advertising. Before getting there, first know the meaning of advertising. This article will discuss the meaning of advertisements, the characteristics of advertisements, the types of advertisements and the functions of advertisements.

Definition of Advertising

There are several definitions of advertising based on the media. Even so, it still has the same meaning. Here are some definitions of advertising:

• The definition of advertising is an action taken to invite other people. This action is performed repeatedly. The goal is for the person to be interested, then do or follow what is in the contents of the advertisement.
• The definition of advertising is a means or tool. These facilities or tools are used to convey information. In addition, billboards are also used to offer or promote a service or product to the public. You do this by using an interesting picture and words.
• The definition of advertisement is a visual media that uses an image display. In addition, advertisements also use short writing to convey a message. The message conveyed is addressed to the general public.

In general, the notion of advertising is a medium used in conveying information. The information presented is brief information. The aim of the delivery is the general public on an ongoing basis.

Either through text media, image media, or audio media. In general, advertisements contain striking images. The image relates to the product being promoted.

In addition, there are also other messages that actually want to be conveyed. The main purpose of this advertisement is to cause a reaction from the crowd. In addition, to invite them to do various things that actually want to be conveyed.

Definition of Advertising According to Experts

KBBI (Big Indonesian Dictionary)

The definition of advertisement in KBBI is a notification to the public regarding merchandise. This notice is done using catchy words, as well as pictures. The purpose of using these interesting pictures and words is to sell.

Durianto

The definition of advertising is a communication effort. The effort was made to persuade the public. The goal is to be able to buy and use the goods or products being promoted.

There are several forms of advertising that are often encountered. Either indoors or outdoors. Such as billboards, advertisements, billboards, posters and so forth. The physical form of the advertisement generally has audio-visual content and visual content.

Barata

The definition of advertising is an activity. The activities carried out aim to convey several things. Such as information, goods or services, as well as interesting ideas. The goal is to attract the attention of many people regarding the products or ideas and services that are being informed in the advertisement.

Kriyantono

Kriyantono said that the notion of advertising is a form of communication. Communication is done without personal. In addition, the goal is to convey a message in selling a product, service or goods. As well as making the parties from consumers to buy the goods offered. In addition, to pay for various media that have been used by these advertisements.

Banner

The definition of advertising according to Panji is any form of activity that has a purpose. the intended purpose is to introduce a product or a service. In addition, advertisements are also used to attract the attention of many people.

Berkhouwer

The definition of advertisement according to Brouwer is a statement that is consciously intended for the public. The statement is submitted in any form. Moreover, this statement is made by a trading participant. As well as directed at the target or market share. The aim is to enlarge the level of sales of goods or services entered.

WH Van Baarle and FE Hollander

Advertising art is an attractive force and is aimed at certain groups to buy it. Advertising art is an attractive force and is aimed at a certain group to buy what is offered. WH Van Baarle and FE Hollander conveyed the definition of the advertisement.

Advertising features

1. Advertisements use attractive images

The first characteristic of a billboard is the use of images. Images used in advertisements are attractive, large and generally striking. The image on the billboard is larger than the text. This is useful for attracting attention from the public.

Images in billboards generally use striking colors. Apart from that, you can also use iconic and easy-to-remember image props. The images used are of course related to the characteristics of the service or product being offered.

2. Use clear, short, and easy-to-understand sentences

The second characteristic of advertisements is to use clear, concise and easy-to-understand sentences. This is because billboards are generally placed on the side of the road. So that people will only see at a glance.

If the information is too long, then the information you want to convey may not be conveyed. Readers will find it difficult to read if sentences are too long.

3. Contains honest information

The information contained in the advertisement is honest information. Honest here means that the information is a real fact of existing or promoted products or services. Of course, this information can be accounted for as correct.

4. Do it repeatedly

The characteristics this time are in accordance with the definition of advertising. Advertisements are made to attract public attention. Therefore, advertising must be done repeatedly.

If you put up an advertisement only once, then the reach of people who know the product is only a few. However, if you want to put up a billboard once but reach a large number of people, then you can use billboards on the roadside. Billboards on the side of the road are considered strategic. In addition, it is also commonly rented.

Advertisement Types

1. Based on the procurement

a. Commercial Advertisements

The definition of commercial advertisement is a type of advertisement made for business purposes. The purpose of this advertisement is to get an increase in sales.

b. Non-Commercial Advertisements

The definition of non-commercial advertisement is a type of advertisement that is used for non-commercial purposes. Examples include appealing, inviting, and conveying information. The goal is that the reader wants to follow the message that was delivered late. Examples include appeals to comply with paying taxes, orderly traffic, blood donations and so on.

2. Based on its nature

a. Warning Advertisement

The definition of warning advertisements is a type of advertisement that has a warning tone. This warning tone is aimed at road users. Like through the pictures in the striking billboards.

b. Advertising Information

The definition of an advertising advertisement is an advertisement that has informative properties. This means that this advertisement will provide important information to its readers.

c. Advertisement Solicitation or Request

The meaning of this solicitation advertisement is a type of advertisement that has a solicitation tone. This advertisement will ask the reader or the crowd to be willing to follow a request and an invitation. In addition, the aim is also to invite the community to care for each other. This advertisement will display attractive images.

3. Based on the place of installation

a. Indoor Advertising

The definition of indoor billboards is a billboard that will be placed indoors only. This type of advertisement has a relatively small or medium size. Materials that do not have to be waterproof. Serti does not have to withstand sunburn. Examples of this type of advertisement are pamphlets, leaflets, brochures, labels and so on.

b. Outdoor Advertising

the meaning of outdoor billboards is a type of billboard that is placed outdoors. This advertisement must be large in size, the goal is so that people can see this advertisement, especially on the side of the road. The material used in the manufacture of this billboard must be resistant to sunburn. In addition, it must be resistant to rainwater. Examples of this billboards are billboards, signboards and so forth.

This book describes the main principles that must be understood by every observer of business and marketing. The discussion covers the marketing environment; marketing ethics; corporate social responsibility; consumer behavior; segmentation, targeting, and positioning; branding; product; pricing; distribution; integrated marketing communications; as well as global marketing and e-marketing. Apart from that, this book also presents 15 short cases specially written to facilitate discussion in the process of learning the basics of Marketing, Marketing Management, and/or Marketing Theory and Practice.

4. Based on the medium

Types of advertisements based on the media are divided into three. Audio advertising, visual advertising and audio visual advertising. Here’s the explanation:

a. Audio advertisement

The definition of audio advertisements is advertisements that are realized through sound media. Media voice can be done directly or indirectly.

c. Visual advertising

The definition of visual advertising is advertisement that has an attractive image in it. There are several types of visual advertising, including:

1.) Posters

Posters are a type of visual advertisement. This advertisement has an image in the form of an object or item that looks attractive.

2.) Banners

Banners are a type of visual advertisement in the form of letters and pictures. Both will be poured on a long cloth. This banner looks like it’s made of plastic.

3.) Placards

Placards are a type of visual advertisement. This plaque is in the form of pictures in the form of goods and services. For example drawing letters and printed on paper.

4.) Etiquette

Etiquette is a type of visual advertisement in the form of a name on a product. Both goods and services. This label is accompanied by a complete and interesting description.

5.) Leaflets

Leaflets are a type of visual advertisement in the form of images in the form of goods or objects. This leaflet is equipped with letter pictures. The purpose of the letter pictures is as another description.

6.) Brochures

Brochures are a type of visual advertisement that only use letters. The letters will be used as the main elements.

7.) Logos

A logo is a kind of visual advertisement in the form of a symbol or symbol. An example is the BUMN or BUMS logo.

8.) Nameplate

Signboards are a type of visual advertisement in the form of pictures and letters. In addition, there is also an image of the logo on the nameplate.

i.) Billboards

Billboards are another type of visual advertisement. This type is in the form of images in the form of goods or objects. This billboard is accompanied by a large font image.

d. Audio Visual Advertising

Audio visual advertising is a type of advertisement that utilizes sound media. In addition, this advertisement will display attractive images.

Advertising Function

Advertising has several functions. The advertising function can also be seen based on two things. It is based on the business world and a social movement:

Advertising functions in the business world:

• Inviting and persuading potential customers to use the products or services offered.
• Provide brief and clear information to potential customers regarding the products or services offered.
• Give a good impression to consumers in a brand or product goods and services offered.
• Providing satisfaction to consumers for the products and services offered.
• As a medium of information and communication between sellers and consumers.

The function of advertising in a social movement:

• Invite the community or people to obey and follow a rule. Or a warning according to the appeal mentioned.
• Increase a public awareness. Regarding a warning, hazard, event or other important information. Examples include banners related to the prohibition of littering, maintaining environmental security and other matters.

That is an explanation of the meaning of advertisements, the characteristics of advertisements, the types of advertisements and the functions of advertisements. Find more information at www.sinaumedia.com . sinaumedia as #FriendsWithoutLimits will always present interesting articles and recommendations for the best books for Sinaumed’s.

Source: from various sources

• Fleece Material: Definition, Characteristics, Strengths & Weaknesses
• Understanding Mood Swing and How to Overcome It
• Poster Characteristics: Definition, Types, and Functions
• Ceruty Ingredients: Definition, Characteristics, Strengths & Weaknesses
• Polyester Material: Definition, Characteristics, Pros and Cons

Characteristics and Characteristics of Flat Shapes – What Sinaumed’s will come to your mind when you hear about flat shapes? Yes, of course it will be related to one of the subjects at school, namely mathematics.

A flat shape is a two-dimensional shape of figures that has a flat surface in terms of area, length, width, and circumference.

Then, what shapes are included in flat shapes, right Sinaumed’s? There are various kinds of flat shapes, including squares, rectangles, circles, triangles, parallelograms, rhombuses, kites, trapezoids, pentagons or pentagons, and hexagons or hexagons.

You can also read one of the following book recommendations if you want to know more about flat shapes that you don’t know yet.

In this article, we will discuss some of the characteristics and properties of flat shapes that were previously mentioned. Therefore, let’s refer to the article below.

The following are some of the characteristics and properties of flat wakes, including the following.

1. Square

A square is a two-dimensional shape that has four sides that are the same length and has four right angles of 90 degrees.

Look at the example image below.

Source: detik.com (Google)

The characteristics and properties of a square flat wake, among others:

• Has sides that are the same length.
• Has two diagonals that are the same length (both of which intersect and form a perpendicular and divide it into two equal parts).
• It has four right angles that are equal in size, which is 90 degrees.
• Has four fold axes of symmetry.
• Has four corner points.
• Has four axes of rotational symmetry.

2. Rectangle

A rectangle is a two-dimensional plane shape that has two pairs of sides that are the same length and parallel, has four right angles with opposite sides of the same length.

Look at the example image below.

Source: detik.com (Google).

The characteristics and properties of a rectangular flat wake, among others, are as follows.

• Has four sides (where the two sides are opposite each other in length and parallel).
• It has four right angles that are equal in size, which is 90 degrees.
• It has two diagonals (crosses) that intersect into two equal parts.
• Has two fold axes of symmetry.
• Has two axes of rotational symmetry.
• It has rectangular sides that are perpendicular to each other.

3. Circle

A circle is a flat shape composed of curves with the same distance or it can be said to be a perfectly curved line that has a center point.

Look at the example image below.

Source: Cilacapklik.com (Google)

The characteristics and properties of a circular flat wake, among others:

• Has a distance on the edge of the line to the center point which is commonly referred to as the radius or denoted by r
• It has an infinite number of folding and turning symmetries.
• It has a total circle of 360 degrees.
• Has one central point.
• It has a diameter that divides a circle into two equal sides.
• Has a radius that connects to the center point with a circle arc point.
• Has a constant diameter.

Sinaumed’s can also read one of the following book recommendations to get to know how other circular shapes work in order to understand flat shapes in school subjects. Just click below!

4. Triangle

A triangle is a geometric flat shape that has three sides in the form of straight lines with three angles. Triangles have several forms, namely isosceles triangle, equilateral triangle, right triangle, arbitrary triangle, obtuse triangle, and acute triangle.

Look at the example image below.

Source: Rumushitung.com (Google)

The characteristics and properties of a triangular flat wake, among others, are as follows.

• Equilateral triangle 

• It has three angles that are the same size, namely 60 degrees.
• Has three sides that are the same length
• Has three fold axes of symmetry.
• Has three axes of rotational symmetry.

• Isosceles triangle 

• Has one fold axis of symmetry.
• It has two opposite sides that are the same length.
• Has one axis of rotational symmetry.

• Right triangle 

• Has one slanted side.
• It has no fold axis of symmetry.
• It has two sides that are perpendicular to each other.
• It does not have a rotary axis of symmetry.
• One of the angles, namely a right angle of 90 degrees.
• Use the Pythagorean theorem to find the length of the slanted side.

• Any Triangle 

• Has three unequal sides.
• It has three angles with different magnitudes.
• It has no fold axis of symmetry.
• Has one axis of rotational symmetry.

5. Parallelogram

A parallelogram is a quadrilateral or two-dimensional shape that has the shape of two pairs of edges that are the same length and parallel to its partner and has two pairs of angles (not right angles) that are the same size as the angle opposite it.

Look at the example image below.

Source: Rumuspintar.com (Google)

The characteristics and properties of a parallelogram flat wake, among others:

• It has two diagonals that are not the same length.
• It does not have a folding axis of symmetry and a rotational axis of symmetry.
• It has two pairs of opposite sides that are equal in length and parallel to each other.
• It has four opposite angles that are equal and paired (two obtuse angles and two acute angles).
• Have adjacent angles of 180 degrees.

You also read one of the book recommendations on this one to find out more about flat shapes or basic mathematics that you don’t know or master. Just click below Sinaumed’s!

6. Rhombus

A rhombus is a type of two-dimensional flat shape that has the same length on its four edges and sides and has two pairs of angles that are not right angles as big as the angle opposite it.

Look at the example image below.

Source: Cilacapklik.com (Google)

The characteristics and properties of a rhombus flat wake, among others, are as follows.

• It has four vertices that face each other and are the same size.
• It has two diagonals that are of different lengths.
• Has two fold axes of symmetry.
• Has two axes of rotational symmetry.
• Has sides that are not perpendicular.
• Has two adjacent angles that add up to 180 degrees.

7. Kites

A kite is a geometric shape that has a quadrilateral shape of two isosceles triangles whose bases coincide with each other and have diagonals that are perpendicular to each other.

Look at the example image below.

Source: Advernesia.com (Google)

The characteristics and properties of a kite’s flat wake, among others:

• Has one fold axis of symmetry.
• It does not have a rotary axis of symmetry.
• It has four paired sides that are the same length.
• It has four vertices (a pair of opposite angles are equal).
• It has two distinct diagonals that are perpendicular to each other.

8. Trapezoid

A trapezium is a flat shape that has the shape of a quadrilateral with a pair of parallel opposite sides.

Look at the example image below.

Source: Mathematical Formulas.blogspot (Google)

The characteristics and properties of a trapezoid plane include the following.

• Trapezoid has various forms, namely arbitrary trapezoid, right-angled, and isosceles.
• Has four sides (two parallel sides).
• Has four angles (two adjacent angles add up to 180 degrees).

9. The pentagon

A pentagon or pentagon is a type of two-dimensional plane shape that has five straight sides and five angles with a total of 540 degrees.

Look at the example image below.

Source: Roboguru.ruangguru.com (Google)

The characteristics and properties of a pentagon or pentagon flat wake, among others:

• Has five axes of symmetry.
• Has five angles that are the same size.
• It has five sides that are the same length.

10. Hexagons

A hexagon or hexagon is a flat shape that has six sides with straight lines and six angles.

Look at the example image below.

Source: Broexcel.com (Google)

The characteristics and properties of a hexagon or hexagon are as follows.

• It has six sides that are the same length.
• Has six angles that are equal in size
• Has six axes of symmetry.

Book Recommendations & Related Articles

 

So, that’s the discussion in this article about the characteristics and properties of plane shapes . Hopefully, after reading this article, you can add insight and knowledge about flat shapes that are not yet known.

If Sinaumed’s has an interest in finding some other information about flat shapes, you can look for references to related books which are only available on the sinaumedia.com website , which are ready to become #Friends Without Borders in accompanying you in developing and moving forward every day. Happy learning and hopefully useful!

Author: Elsya Islamay

Characteristics and Impact of Modernization in Various Fields – Along with the times, all parts of society will develop as well. Things like this cannot be avoided because if we don’t follow them, we will be left behind. Therefore, everyone must be able to advance and change themselves in a more advanced direction. This process is known as modernization.

However, do you know what modernization is and what its characteristics are? Let’s look at the explanation of modernization below.

Definition of Modernization

What exactly is modernization? Modernization is a process that makes us feel that there is a change from an undeveloped civilization to a much more advanced civilization.

Modernization itself is often equated with westernization. Even though the two are two different things, westernization is a process of imitation by a society of cultures originating from the west because they are considered cooler and better than the culture they already have.

With the modernization of a society, the community has achieved achievements because it has succeeded in turning into a developing, quality, advanced, and prosperous society.

Based on Soerjono Soekamto’s thoughts, he defines modernization more complexly, according to him modernization can be defined as changes that occur in people’s lives. These changes include changes in social norms, institutional arrangements, social behavior, social values ​​and also all things or aspects that exist in social life.

Unlike Soerjono Soekanto, Anthony Giddens defines modernization in a different way. For Anthony Giddens, modernization must be seen from various perspectives and fields. In his book entitled The Consequences of Modernity, Anthony Giddens divides modernization into four parts.

Definition of Modernization Based on Anthony Giddens Thought

The division of modernization is divided into capitalism, industrialism, increased control capabilities, and also military strength.

1. Capitalism

Capitalism, marked by the emergence of production from commodities, then more and more assets which are only owned by some people, then there is labor without owning property and then there are social castes which are sorted by ownership of capital.

2. Industrialism

Then if modernization is seen from the industrial sector, when all production practices that use natural resources (SDA) are processed using machines, it can be called modernization. This industry also includes various fields, including the transportation industry, the household needs industry, or also the information and communication industry.

Supervision Capability

Furthermore, modernization is seen from the field of supervision of its citizens. With the CCTV system then there is also camera and satellite traffic, so this condition can be called modernization.

Military Strength

Finally, modernization is viewed from the side of military strength and also the sophistication of a government’s security device. The formation of experts to secure a country such as the TNI and Polri with sophisticated military equipment is also a form of modernization.

Features of Modernization

1. Individualism

One of the characteristics of modernization is the primacy of individual victory. Modern people in the modern era tend to have a major role in a system of social life compared to communities, groups or the life of the nation and state.

In the modern era, individuals are always free from the bonds and pressures that exist within a group, they are also free to choose and move towards the group or community they want. Each individual has the freedom to determine his caste or social status.

Every individual who lives in the modern era has freedom and responsibility for what he wants. Their success depends on what they do, as well as the failures that they must be responsible for according to what they do.

2. Differentiation

The hallmark of the next modernization is differentiation which is very important in the field of labor. In the modern era, in the professional world, of course we are no strangers to professions that have specialization. This specialization will later give birth to diversity in skills, knowledge and skills.

3. Rationality

The hallmark of modernization is a rational society. Efficient management and decision-making based on critical thinking are the hallmarks of modernity.

Modern people tend to think critically in the work system and institutional governance. Compared to holding on to myths, modern people prefer ideas that arise based on facts and data using logic.

This is what causes modern people to think far ahead because the thinking they use is also not old-fashioned. Rational also means visionary-minded, modern people are much better at management and planning for life or future needs.

4. Economism

The next characteristic of modernization is the concentration of energy and thoughts on economic activities, namely production, distribution, and consumption of both goods and the need for services. Money is the main medium of exchange in the process of economic activities and transactions.

This economic activity will later give birth to a consumer culture in the midst of modern society. Modern society tends to be preoccupied and complacent with economism activities and put aside preoccupations with family or family ties.

They also put aside their social life which is far different from what is done by an agrarian society or a society that has a life that is not yet modern. Therefore, economism is one of the striking features of the life of modern people and people in the modern era.

5. Development

Modernization means development and progress. Of course development is the main characteristic of modernization because modernization itself means development. If there is development, then there is modernization.

With modernization, the range of this development is wider and its reach will continue to grow. In fact, it can cover space and time that is far away and different. It was this development that ultimately gave birth to a worldwide process of globalization and developed massively in all parts of the world.

Causes of Modernization

How? Do you understand what modernization is? If you already understand what modernization is, then we must also be aware that modernization is not something that comes without a cause.

Human nature itself is basically never satisfied and always wants to get and discover new things. Therefore, modernization exists because every human being wants it.

Soerjono Soekanto besides defining what modernization is, he also explains the conditions for modernization to occur. The conditions for modernization include:

1. Administration System

The administrative system in a country has been well organized so that a good bureaucracy is formed as well. A good bureaucracy will provide convenience and comfort for the people in the country.

2. Data Collection System

Next, modernization occurs if the data collection is neatly arranged and organized. The data collection system is collected at the center of an agency or institution. In Indonesia, we can see that there is a data collection system, starting from BPJS, Indonesia Smart Card, Social Security and others.

3. Mass Media Communication

The existence of a pleasant climate in the mass media is a condition for modernization. In this case, the mass media does not get pressure from anywhere and is neutral.

4. High Discipline

The application of self-discipline is at a high level as well as at the organizational level. With disciplined behavior, everything will be completed properly, correctly, and on time.

5. Centralization

The next requirement is the existence of centralization of authority in the formation of social planning by not prioritizing personal interests or the interests of certain groups.

Every authority that is taken for the common good can be said to be the cause of modernization. Thus, development and progress will be felt collectively, not just for certain individuals or groups.

6. Think Scientifically

Scientific way of thinking or also called scientific thinking . This kind of thinking must have been ingrained in the minds of the people. Both in the ruling class and in ordinary society.

With scientific thinking that is already attached, the education and teaching system will also be well planned and neatly arranged. Things like this will make education more advanced and develop in a better direction from time to time.

7. Favorable climate

Then lastly there is a favorable climate . In the modern era, Favorable is a source of modern society for communication media, mass media and mass communication media.

This climate must be adjusted step by step because later it will intersect with the beliefs that are already trusted by the community or also known as the belief system.

Positive Impact of Modernization

1. There is a Change in Attitude Values

With modernization, people’s way of thinking tends to be open and appreciate new thoughts and things. So that in the end, modernization creates a new plan that promotes positive norms for future development and also the world.

2. Development of Science and Technology

Another positive impact of modernization is the development of science and technology, science and technology. Modernization creates rapid technological developments, these developments support human life and activities to become more sophisticated and practical. Modernization itself can never be separated from digitalization and technological developments.

3. Increasing Effectiveness and Efficiency

Next, modernity creates success, creates effectiveness and efficiency. Effectiveness means bringing people precisely towards their goals, objectives and desires.

While efficiency is a condition where modernization can provide precise, accurate, and useful results with the use of not many resources.

This effectiveness and efficiency is related to individual work. Work done with modernization is more effective and efficient. This influences and has a positive impact on the country’s economy. In fact, it can make the country far more advanced and profitable.

4. Strengthening Integration in Society

With modernization it will create an increasingly open mindedness. This is also influenced by the rapid development of communication. Humans can easily connect with anyone anytime and anywhere. This condition causes humans and society to have a strong and great integration.

5. Increasing Political and Democratic Awareness

Modernization creates an increase in the political consciousness of a society. Modern society tends to be literate in political issues and demands the upholding of democracy. With people who care about politics, of course a system of government will also improve.

In addition, modernization also creates a democratic society, which is willing to express its opinions and ideas about the system and governance of a government. The people are increasingly critical, they will make their country progress with their bold thoughts and ideas towards the government.

6. The Society Is Demanded to Leave the Old Ways

Why does modernization need to be maintained and it needs to be a commitment? Because modernization can bring a positive influence on society. With modernization, people are required to leave the old ways of life that tend to be old-fashioned, especially the patterns of relationships that have a high probability of being toxic .

Modern society is required to abandon old traditions or traditions that bind a person in traditional family relationships. Not only that, every custom that harms someone and puts a burden on him must also be abandoned. For example, a patriarchal society will experience opposition.

7. Demanded to Make Sacrifices for the Interests of the Nation’s Economy

For the sake of progress and civilization of the nation, modern society will strive to grow the economic life of its nation. They tend to make sacrifices, even sacrificing their personal interests for the sake of building the nation and state because of their critical and open thinking.

For example, the childfree trend that is being discussed a lot today, young people living in today’s modern era, many of them decide to be childfree in order to keep the population booming.

8. Transfer of Technology

Modernization makes the scope of communication and information expand, not limited by space and time. Therefore, technological advances and digitalization that have been carried out earlier by developed countries will more easily spread to other countries, including developing countries.
Modernization makes technology transfer easy, practical, and massive. We can see how YouTube easily provides information about tutorials, experiments or other things, this is very beneficial and has a huge influence on the progress of development and the nation’s economy.

9. Overcoming Various Diseases

Modernization increases the advancement of technology and medical devices. The existence of modernization is able to create vaccines for various diseases, be it viruses, smallpox, polio, tuberculosis and others.

This advancement in health technology has indirectly increased life expectancy and of course the quality of life of the community has also increased and developed rapidly.

10. Open New Jobs

With modernization, new industries are also born, so new jobs are also opened. Some of these new types of jobs are assembling various kinds of electronic equipment, IT, digital marketers, and so on. In general, these jobs were born because of globalization.

11. Increasing Quality Food Production

Modernization can increase the production of quality food. This is because, technology is able to fertilize the soil. This technology is known as biotechnology.

Biotechnology is able to create pesticides such as pesticides that can repel insects, pests and fungi. In addition, biotechnology is also able to create quality food from bacterial fermentation. Farms are also much more productive with the help of technology.

In Indonesia itself there is a technology called the green revolution which increases food production. With modernization the amount of food production is much more effective and efficient. In other words, with little utilization of natural resources, it can generate many benefits.

The Development of Modernization in Indonesia

Indonesia itself is a country that is already in a modern stage. Because the transfer of technology is much easier, the Indonesian people are now able to create many practical and efficient advanced technologies to help and support the lives of their people.

Indonesian people are also open-minded about the lives of people who are sensitive to issues of patriarchy, mental health , feminism, politics, and democracy. The community has dared to express opinions freely with social media. With social media, it makes anyone free to express and express their opinions.

Indonesia also cooperates with many countries to complement each other on the needs needed in each country. Indonesia has progressed quite rapidly in terms of modernization and technology. Currently, Indonesia is in a transition period or Indonesia is adapting and adjusting to modernization and globalization.

• Definition of Social Change
• Definition of Social Institutions
• Definition of Social Structure
• List of Ethnic Nations in Indonesia
• Definition of Social Differentiation

Characteristics and examples of solid objects – Sinaumed’s needs to know the shape or elements of objects, from solids, liquids, to gases. In everyday life, we often encounter these three forms of objects. However, Sinaumed’s needs to know that the objects of all these elements have the characteristics, types, and characteristics of all other types of objects. This is why the three forms also have signs of their own changing nature. For example, the properties of solids undergo state changes that are different from those of liquids and gases.

Sinaumed’s needs to understand each of the three types of elements because each of them has its own symptoms. Sinaumed’s may have studied material about elements of matter from elementary school to high school and then designed it using more complex physics and chemistry material. These material forms become the basic materials and theories for studying various types of changes in physics and chemistry.

To understand this, Sinaumed’s can begin to recognize the characteristics and examples of solid objects, including their meaning, properties, and changes in their shape in the surrounding environment, as explained below:

Recognizing Solids

It should be noted that the solid objects that we often encounter everyday have constituent elements that can be explained theoretically in the study of physics and chemistry. Including how the characteristics, properties, and changes in the existence of these elements in nature. Then what exactly is a solid object?

A solid object is a form of object that has a solid mass and occupies space or is in a certain volume. The most obvious feature of solids is that they are fixed in shape and size before actions to make changes are taken. A solid also has very strong intermolecular forces, so that the shape of the solid can have a fixed volume with a large molecular density.

When a solid object is placed in a container or container. After that, the shape remains the same as before and does not follow the shape of the container unless it is changed to a liquid or gas by applying energy or heat. Of course this is very different from the properties of liquids and gases. The shape of a liquid or gas follows the shape of the container when it is placed in a particular container.

Characteristics of Solids

After getting to know a little about the solid objects above, we can already describe some of the characteristics of solid objects that distinguish their properties from the elements of other objects. Sinaumed’s can observe the characteristics and examples of solid objects that Sinaumed’s often encounters every day, such as the following:

1. Solid Shape

The most visible feature of solids is their shape. It is always constant under certain conditions in a container or open space. The shape of the remaining solids is affected by the density of the molecules they contain, so they can survive and maintain their shape under certain conditions. Its fixed form also requires certain species or processes to change it.

This means that with certain solid materials such as plastic, wood, iron and metal, it is naturally difficult to modify solids. In order to change it, we need heat or thermal energy to change its shape or form. However, there are also fixed objects that can be easily modified, such as ice cubes.

2. Fixed Volume

Solids have the characteristics of a fixed shape and volume. This is influenced by the fact that the volume of a solid object is less likely to change under certain conditions, because its shape is fixed and its mass tends to remain the same. If a solid object is transferred from one container to another, the volume of the solid remains the same. To change the volume of a solid object, we need a way and a way to change the shape or form to increase or decrease the volume. The conversion results to solids also determine the volume of solids.

3. Can Change Shape

As with the properties of other objects, solid objects can change shape and other forms, namely liquid or gas. Normally, its shape and volume stay the same, but solids can change shape and form in certain ways. It can change the shape and form of solids with many symptoms, such as discoloration and odor, when they melt and sublimate.

Modifying solid objects can go through different processes or paths, so it requires time and special tools. For example, processing wood into paper, chairs, cabinets, tables, etc. requires time and methods. However, there are solid body changes that can be easily changed. For example, if you melt ice cubes or place camphor in an open space, the solid will change over time.

4. Has Mass

All shapes or forms of matter require mass, including solid objects which also have the property of mass. The size of this mass can then affect various phenomena of solid matter elements that we encounter in our daily lives. For example, when the shape of a solid changes, the mass of the object changes. We can prove that a solid has mass when it supports and supports it.

Some are light and some are heavy. If Sinaumed’s recognizes this, it means that solid objects have mass. The mass of solid objects is usually measured in grams, kilograms, and so on. Examples of solid objects that clearly have mass are stone, wood, metal, iron, earth, sand, and so on.

5. Incompressible

There are some solids that are incompressible. This means that it is difficult to compress solids because the density or density of molecules is very strong in the elements of solids. Some solids are void and difficult to compress. Such as stone, metal, wood or plastic. There are softer solids, but many solids have the property of being difficult to press and compress. Therefore, matter is inherently difficult to compress, so it is not surprising that solids have a fixed shape and volume.

6. Not Flowing

Solids don’t flow like liquids do. That is, solid objects are also difficult to spread. Solids have a fixed shape and volume and cannot flow. This can affect the flow process, because flow is a process of changing the shape and volume of objects that tend to follow their containers, such as water and other liquids.

7. Has a Three-dimensional Shape

Solid objects have a three-dimensional shape which is the main characteristic of the density element. The elements in solids are also real, in the sense that we can actually see, touch, feel, and carry them.

8. Space Placement

A solid also occupies the space in which it is placed. The space occupied by a solid includes its length, height, and width. So every solid object must have a place.

9. The distance between the particles is very small

The elemental particles that make up a solid are composed of closely spaced particles. Particles are placed close to each other.

10. Arrangement of Organized Particles

Also, the arrangement of organized particles in a solid is orderly. It also determines the shape of the solid.

11. The Gravitational Force Between Particles Is Very Strong

The gravitational force between particles is found in all objects and is one of the characteristics of the solid itself. The gravitational force between the particles is also strong and the particles in an object can move due to their volume or mass. The gravitational pull of the particles is so strong that they cannot move freely.

Changes in Form of Solids

Like other forms of matter, solids can change shape, although their shape and volume are always the same. Changes in solid objects can be in the form of shape and shape changes, after that the color and smell of solid objects can change. Therefore, changes in shape and form must be followed by changes in color and smell of these solid objects.

Changes in the state of solids can occur naturally or also with physical and chemical changes. Changes in solids can be detected based on change processes such as melting, sublimation, and freezing. This requires energy or heat in the process of change. Below is a description of the changes in solid objects along with examples of changes in the objects that we often encounter in everyday life.

1. Shape Change

Deformation shift is the change of one solid object into another solid object with a different shape. Changing the shape of a solid object into another solid object requires a special way to change it, and also change the molecular structure of the solid object. Therefore, both physical and chemical changes can occur in the form of solid objects that can replace the chemical elements present in solids.

Changing the shape of a solid doesn’t allow you to chemically return it to its original state before the change occurred. The following are examples of deformed solids:

a. Plastic

Plastics are included in solids because they have high density or molecular density, flexibility, slightly dense and slippery properties. When plastic undergoes a heating process, these items turn into various forms of goods, such as buckets, sinks, chairs, tables, cabinets, plates, glasses, and various other items made of plastic.

Plastic materials are considered easy to find and cheap, so solid plastics are easy to find. Because the chemical elements of plastic are the same, there is no chemical change in this deformation, only the shape is different. That is, there is an increase and decrease.

b. Paper

Paper exists in solid form which is the result of changes in solids. That is, pulp or wood that is cooked into pulp. The paper material then goes through several screening processes to form paper that can be used for writing.

2. Change of Form

A change in state is a change in a solid object that not only changes in shape, but also changes in its form or particle elements. This change of state shows how much an object changes from one solid to another, liquid or gas. Changes in the form of liquids can go through a process of physical changes that can return to their original form, or chemical changes that occur when a chemical element changes and cannot return to its original form. Below is an example of a solid undergoing a change of state that Sinaumed’s needs to pay attention to.

a. Ice

Ice Cubes are solid objects with rapidly changing properties. These objects have the density and size of objects that are stored under certain conditions, but can change very easily when exposed to energy or heat. Sinaumed’s was able to observe the process of changing the form of ice to liquid, namely the process of melting, when left at room temperature which contains heat energy.

The ice cubes will then turn into water. Its properties are different from the previous solid objects, namely liquid objects whose mass and volume are not fixed according to the shape of the container. However, the change of ice cubes into water is a physical change, the chemical elements do not change, only the shape changes, so no chemical changes occur.

b. Margarine

Margarine has a softer form but contains solids. When this object undergoes a heating process, it changes shape and becomes more fluid. Melted margarine changes shape, but does not change chemical elements, so it is involved in physical changes. The elements that make up a solid are the same even though it turns into a liquid.

c. Camphor

Camphor is contained in a solid object which when placed in an empty space can change shape until it disappears. Camphor does not disappear, but changes from a solid to a gas as it sublimes into the air. This can be caused by changes in pressure and temperature which can change the shape of camphor.

The solid nature of camphor also becomes a gaseous object, depending on the shape of the container or the influence of air in a particular space. The changes that occur in camphor are chemical changes because the chemical elements of camphor mixed with air turn into gas.

Solid Example

Solid objects can be found very easily in the everyday environment around us. Examples include wood, paper, iron, table, chair, pen, television, fridge, door, bone, coins, spoon, glass, nail, earthenware, soil, sand, corn, rice, iron, copper, teeth, foamed styrol, gold , nuku, aluminum, sand, stone, cube, glass, rubber, charcoal, wax, plastic, rice, coconut shell, gravel, and so on. Here is the full explanation:

1. Stone

There are two types of stones: cobblestones and flat stones. There are stones like black, red, gray and white. The shape of the surface can be smooth, rough, or porous.

2. Wood

Wood itself comes from wood which, among other things, is durable, durable, brittle, flammable and has properties commonly used for equipment such as tables, chairs and cabinets.

3. Iron

Iron is made from iron ore and has properties such as being strong, durable, non-flammable and heavy. Iron can also be used in the manufacture of motorcycles, cars, trains, building materials and others.

4. Clay

Clay is made of earth, is well shaped, reddish-brown in color, wet and sticky, and dries out when exposed to heat or burned.

5. Tile

The form of tile that is commonly used for roofing houses

6. Ceramics

Ceramics used for walls or building houses

7. Cotton

A collection of cotton or foam that is commonly used for mattress bedding

Other solid examples:

• Broom-shaped material for cleaning the room
• Wooden, cement, or ceramic table for placing various items
• To store clothes or certain objects Wood or metal cabinets
• Aluminum or metal pot for boiling water or cooking utensils
• Cookstoves of iron or metal
• Pouring glass, ceramic or ceramic for drinking mouth containers
• Glass, ceramic, iron or aluminum utensils used for food
• Natural stone or sand found in rivers
• Spoon, fork, plate, and many other solids A metal that can be made into solid materials.

Well, that’s an explanation of the characteristics and examples of solid objects that we can encounter everyday in our environment. Can Sinaumed’s identify it? Getting to know the characteristics and properties of solid objects is also important to be taught by children from a young age. Sinaumed’s can introduce examples of objects to children through sinaumedia collection books at www.sinaumedia.com , such as the following book recommendations: #Friends Without Limits.

Book & Article Recommendations

Characteristics and examples of gas bodies – Is Sinaumed’s looking for references on gas bodies? Exactly, gas objects are one of the elements that are familiar to our lives, including the main needs of living things, namely oxygen or air which is included in the gas element. Based on the example of the gas object, it shows that this element needs to be well known for its characteristics or characteristics.

Starting from elementary school, maybe we have received lessons about gas objects. However, is Sinaumed’s sure that he can identify the characteristics and examples of gas objects well in our daily lives? So, to understand it further, Sinaumed’s can see the article below about the characteristics and examples of gas bodies in full:

Recognizing Gases

Gas is a form or element of matter whose volume and shape always change depending on the container, even though it is difficult to see with the naked eye. Not only are they invisible to the human eye, but also gaseous bodies cannot be held in the same way as solids or liquids. That is why gas objects have special characteristics or characteristics that are different from other objects.

Since gas is air in the form of oxygen which is found in every corner of the world, we can find gaseous matter everywhere. Air and oxygen are examples of the gases we breathe every day that we need to survive. When air and oxygen gas disappear from the earth’s surface, humans die and even become extinct, including animals and plants. That is why oxygen is the largest gas on the planet and can be found everywhere.

Gaseous matter is constantly moving everywhere, so its shape is not fixed. That is, follow the shape of the container. In contrast to solids and liquids which are more stable in shape and volume, their volume is also constantly changing. Due to the freedom of the molecules and their movement, air can also be easily converted into other substances naturally without human intervention.

Characteristics of Gases

Based on the introduction above, it shows that gas objects have characteristics for the presence of elements on earth. Based on these characteristics we can identify and utilize gas objects for daily needs. In more detail, here are some characteristics of gas objects which also show different properties from elements or other objects, such as solid or liquid objects:

1. Filling the Entire Space It Occupies

Air is a mixture of various invisible, colorless, odorless or odorless gaseous substances. However, air still occupies space and follows the shape of the space or container. Sinaumed’s was able to prove the nature of this gaseous body. This is because when we blow air into a balloon, it will be filled with air gas which compresses the rubber layer of the balloon, changing the shape of the balloon and making it bigger.

The harder the balloon is blown, the more gas is added to the balloon. The balloon is formed into a gas form by adjusting the shape of the balloon. For example, a balloon in the shape of an animal’s head, the gas will follow the shape of the balloon.

2. Can Be Found Anywhere

Gases can be anywhere, so we can find them anywhere, such as at home, on the street, or in any environment. Even empty space or space still contains air or gas. It is a colorless and odorless gaseous form that is neither visible nor detectable, but it is still there and we can taste it. The properties of gaseous bodies that exist in all these places prove that humans are very dependent on the presence of oxygen.

3. Pressing in All Directions

Gaseous matter can push in all directions across all forms of space, so it cannot be filled or compressed in only one direction. Sinaumed’s was able to prove these properties in bodies filled with gas. For example, the shape of a balloon that expands, there is a gas element that pushes the balloon in all directions, causing the balloon to expand more than its previous size.

The gas fills the entire shape of the balloon and pushes all of the rubber material away. This can happen because gaseous substances have molecules that can move freely, and can exert pressure on a certain space from all sides. The movement of gases in all directions is also caused by the chemical elements of the lighter gases in the air.

4. Gas appears light, but still has heavy mass

The matter of gases is not shown, but it has been found that gases also have mass or weight of matter. The mass or weight of a gas is clearly different from the mass of solids and liquids. Even the calculation of gaseous substances is different from calculating the mass of carbon dioxide with the dry mass of biomass and calculating the ideal gas equation.

Determination of the mass of a gas substance is also influenced by the amount of pressure, volume, and temperature around the substance. For example, the gaseous mass of Earth’s air is roughly 68% molecular nitrogen, 21% molecular oxygen, and 1% other gases, including molecular carbon dioxide.

5. Distance Between Particles Varies.

Like solids and liquids, gases also have their own particles and molecules, but at a different rate than solids and liquids. The distance between the particles and molecules that make up the gas changes, making the gaseous object unstable.

Unlike solids and liquids, particles and molecules tend to be at rest. Changing the distance between gas particles allows the gas to move freely and fill empty spaces or form containers in all directions. Solids and liquids can also contain gases. This is possible because the density of gas particles and molecules is very independent and can be neglected.

6. Irregular Particle Arrangement

If the distance is not constant, the arrangement of gas particles under certain circumstances will not be uniform. Since the arrangement of particles is easily changed, it is also easy to change gaseous bodies to different types of matter or simply by reducing particles and molecules. Due to their precise arrangement, the particles of gaseous substances easily change mass or volume.

In general, the particles that make up a gas are highly ordered. Naturally, gaseous substances are not easily recognized by the human eye what their chemical constituents are. The chemical elements of gases also differ in the content of their chemical elements, so they are difficult to distinguish from one another due to their various characteristics.

7. Weak Attraction Between Particles

Gases have weak attractive forces of attraction between particles. In fact, many scientists say that there is little attraction between particles of gaseous matter. The particles that make up gases are very light and irregular, so they easily become unstable. As a result, there are also no forces between particles of gas like other objects.

8. Very Free Particle Movement

The most obvious characteristic of a gas is its ability to move freely because it is influenced by the properties of other gases. This means that the particles are not stationary, but are arranged unevenly, allowing them to move freely in all directions to fill the void. That is why gaseous bodies can be propagation media for certain energies, such as sound energy, light and heat energy.

Freely moving gases easily form or produce large amounts of energy. Sinaumed’s was able to find the characteristics of free-moving gas bodies by observing wind gusts that occur under natural conditions when the gas moves non-uniformly according to the pressure or temperature of a certain room or area. We can’t see it, but we can feel the gas moving back and forth around us.

9. The shape of gas varies according to its container

By virtue of its nature which presses in all directions and fills all empty space, the shape of a gas object depends on the container holding it. If solid objects can be square, spherical and so on, then gas objects can also take that shape, that is, follow the container they occupy. For example, in a solid box, if it is filled with gas, then the gas will also be in a box shape. In contrast to solid objects that do not follow the container that holds it.

10. Volume Varies According to Container

As previously explained, gas objects also have volume or heavy mass, but the calculations also vary according to the container that contains them. So the volume of a gas object is not fixed and will always change according to the place or container.

11. Gas Cannot Be Touched and Seen

Even though it has a heavy volume or mass, gas objects cannot be held like solid objects or liquid objects. In addition, most gaseous forms are also invisible. For example wind, fart, LPG gas and so on. But in some examples of gas objects there are also those that look like smoke.

Examples of Gases

After knowing the characteristics of gas objects above, the following are examples of gas objects that Sinaumed’s may often encounter in everyday life:

1. LPG Gas

LPG gas is an example of a very important and everyday household gas to meet cooking needs. LPG gas is usually packaged in cylinders of 3 kg, 5 kg and 12 kg. In order for LPG gas to work, we need a hose and regulator to start the stove. One of the characteristics of LPG gas is that it has a quite pungent odor.

2. Pump Tool

If Sinaumed’s has a car or bicycle at home, he definitely needs a gas pump. One day, if a bicycle or car tire punctures, we will not be able to ride it and the tires may swell. This tool works by producing air or gas that was previously contained in the hose and letting it flow into the tires of our vehicles. The gas will then be fully filled according to the space or shape of the vehicle’s tires.

3. Muffler

If Sinaumed’s has a motorbike or car at home, you must be familiar with the gas that comes out of the exhaust, right? The function of the muffler is to change the carbon from the rest of the combustion and reduce engine noise. As a warning, Gramesd needs to note, don’t turn on a vehicle with an exhaust in the room. Gas trapped in the room can be toxic to our bodies.

4. Air conditioning

Nowadays, many people install air conditioners in their homes to increase air circulation and make their rooms feel cool. Because the air conditioner contains Freon, cold air can be blown. Freon is a compound in the form of a gas that helps absorb the load on air conditioners and places that require temperature control. Unlike the gas in LPG cylinders, Freon is colorless, invisible and odorless.

5. Refrigerator

The refrigerator is a household item that is needed as a storage place so that food lasts longer. Like air conditioners, refrigerators need Freon to produce cool air. If Freon is damaged, the refrigerator will definitely be damaged and the food in it can quickly become rotten.

6. Perfume

Most people need to store perfume in their homes or use it every day, be it men’s or women’s perfume. The function of perfume is to make the body smell better. So when going to work, parties or outside activities, we must be more confident. Perfume is actually a liquid because it does not change the state of the substance. After the perfume is sprayed, the liquid comes into contact with the ambient temperature and turns into a gaseous element.

7. Oxygen Cylinder

Oxygen cylinders have become one of the most important items in the home these days, especially if Sinaumed’s has a sick relative. This tube is filled with fluid that can turn into oxygen when it flows through the airways such as the nose and mouth. Oxygen cylinders are widely used to help Covid-19 patients who are suffering from shortness of breath during the pandemic. In addition to oxygen cylinders, Covid 19 million patients need to consume various vitamins and medicines during independent isolation.

8. Wind

Wind is an example of a gaseous object that is invisible but can be felt. In some cases, we may be able to see the wind carrying dry leaves or fine dust. So we can see the shape of the wind from what it has carried or touched.

9. Farts

Almost similar to wind, farts can’t be seen either. But his service farts have an odor. Fart is even called a natural gas that is owned by humans. Fart is an example of a gas object that we definitely encounter candy, right?

10. Smoke

Smoke is an example of a gaseous state that can be seen and smelled. In some cases, the presence of smoke is dangerous due to the elemental content in the gas. Sinaumed’s needs to remember again that there are many types of gases that are dangerous on this earth. Including one of them smoke which also has various types of content in it.

11. Water Vapor

Water vapor is an example of a gaseous object which is the result of a change in matter. This means that water vapor occurs due to changes in matter, namely liquid objects to gas because they are heated. For example, when Sinaumed’s boils water, when it boils, the water turns into gas which evaporates into the air.

Well, that’s an explanation of the characteristics and examples of gas objects. Can Sinaumed’s identify it in everyday life? At first glance, the characteristics and examples of solid objects may be easy, but these types of objects have unique characteristics and play an important role in the life cycle. Both types of useful gas objects, as well as harmful or toxic gas elements.

• Recognizing the Types of Sculptures as Art Products in the Fine Arts Branch
• Types of Wood and Their Characteristics and Benefits
• Inventor of Gravity Force, Who Is He
• The Discoverer of Electrons, Particles That Are Around Us
• Benefits of Petroleum As a Natural Resource

More broadly gas objects have many elements that make them have many studies, including studies that fill the universe. If Sinaumed’s is interested in learning about gas objects more broadly and deeply, then you can visit sinaumedia’s book collection at www.sinaumedia.com , such as the following book recommendations: Enjoy learning. #Friends Without Limits.

Characteristics and Examples of Ferns – Is Sinaumed’s a fan of plants? Studying the characteristics and examples of ferns can be an interesting experience. Sinaumed’s may also be familiar with fern plants which can be called a type of fern plant. This type of fern also needs to be understood, especially in biology lessons or other plant studies. Ferns are one of the unique plant species and have characteristics in their habitat, including their benefits for other living things.

Is Sinaumed’s interested in knowing the types of ferns? The following is an explanation of the characteristics and examples of ferns that need to be known to identify them in the wild or as ornamental plants.

Getting to Know Nail Plants

Ferns ( Pterophyta ) are a division of the plant kingdom whose plant structure has roots, stems, true leaves, and carriers or vessels. Nail plants come from the word ” Pterophyta”  which means feather wings and ” python” which means plant . Thus, ferns or pterophyta are included in the combus spore plants which produce spores and generally have leaf arrangements that form the shape of wings.

That is, shoots that have wings. Ferns are also often referred to as sporogenic cormophytes because they are associated with asexual reproduction by true roots, stems, leaves, and spores. Pterophyta are also known as vascular plants.

Pterophyta are the simplest bulbous and vascular plants. There is a protective layer of cells (sterile envelope) around the genitals of plant species, which is an internal transport system that lives in moist places. Fibrous roots in the form of rhizomes with root tips protected by calyptra. The root cells of these ferns then form the epidermis, cortex, and central cylindrical layers which contain xylem and phloem .

The stalk of this fern is on the ground, very short, and invisible as it reaches 5 feet high, like a dowel or stake. When young, the leaves curl and ripple. Based on the shape and size of the composition, fern leaves are divided into microphiles and macrophiles. Microfills are small or scaly, do not have stems, do not have veins, and do not show cell differentiation. Chlorophyll is distinguished by large leaves, stems, leafy bones, and differentiated branching cells.

Ferns can also be called a type of plant with horns, aka its body can be divided into three main parts, namely roots, stems and leaves. The main reproductive organs of plants, ferns, are spores. Therefore, taxonomists divide the world’s plants into two groups, which are named cryptogams and fanerogamae . Cryptogam (spore plants) includes pterophyta, pterophyta, moss plants, and pterophyta.

The habitat of ferns is on land, especially in the subsoil of lowlands, beaches, mountain slopes, or 350 meters above sea level. Especially in humid areas, some of them are epiphytes (related to other plants). Basically, ferns are photosynthetic organisms. There are ferns that swim in water (eg Azolla pinnata and Marsilea crenata ). However, ferns are generally terrestrial plants (terrestrial plants).

The following factors affect the growth of ferns:

1. Soil Water Content
2. Water content in the air
3. The content of mineral nutrients in the soil
4. Light component for photosynthesis
5. Optimum temperature
6. Protection against angina
7. Protection from excessive light

Not all of the factors above play a role, but have an important role for the plant seeds. The survival of ferns in an area depends on the survival of gametophytes , whether they occur naturally in that environment or not. Like higher plants, ferns grow in their own environment (usually in damp places).

Some ferns can survive in extreme environments such as dry and hot environments. Various types of this plant can live in desert areas. The ferns can then position themselves according to their niche, moist soil, moist air, light intensity, and more. Pterophyta rarely live outside the niche.

This plant can reproduce asexually (vegetatively) with stems that produce echoes (shoots). The echo is the part of the leaf vein or leaf foot that contains the spur. Sexual reproduction (generative) with the formation of male and female gametes through the genitals (gametes). Male gametogenesis ( Anseledium ) produces sperm, while female gametogonium produces eggs (ovaries), and ferns cause metagenesis (change of offspring).

In fern metagenesis, the principle is the same regardless of whether it is a homosporous fern, a heterophoric fern, or a transitional fern. As the spores fall into place, they develop into the prothallium , commonly referred to as the gametophyte generation, or gametophyte generation, which soon forms the sperm-producing ancellia and ovule-producing archegonia.

When the sperm and egg cells meet, a diploid zygote is formed and quickly grows into a fern. So, ferns are one of the descendants of the sporophyte because the plant structure can form sporangia and produce sporophytes for the reproductive process. The sporophyte phase in fern metagenesis has dominant characteristics compared to the gametophyte phase.

If you look at fern leaves that make spores (sporophylls), there are special organs that form sporophylls. Spores are produced and formed in a vessel called a sporangium . In ferns, the sporangium usually gathers on the underside of the leaves.

Characteristics of Nail Plants

The characteristics of ferns have their own uniqueness compared to other plants. Pterophyta are often found as wild plants along roadsides, ditches and walls of old buildings. The characteristics of ferns form special characteristics that distinguish them from other plants. The characteristics of ferns can be seen from the roots, leaves, breeding to their habitat. Recognizing the characteristics of ferns helps to identify the types of plants in the area. The unique nature of ferns makes them easy to find.

1. Living Place 

Where ferns live can be spread across the tropics near the North Pole and Antarctica. The distribution of this fern plant starts from primary forest, secondary forest, open nature, highlands and lowlands, moist, damp, shady environments, plantation gardens.

2. Morphology Or ​​Shape

Ferns can be mostly unbranched trees, shrubs, epiphytes, vines, aquatic plants, aquatic plants, or herbs with soil-spreading and decaying rhizomes.

3. Carrier Blood Vessels 

The blood vessels of ferns are in the roots, stems and leaves which are quite good. Anatomically, ferns have helped to circulate the results of photosynthesis to all parts of the plant, as well as a means of transport, namely xylem, which helps transport water and mineral salts from the roots to the leaves for photosynthesis.

4. Roots 

Fern roots generally have adventitious roots. Roots grow horizontally on the surface or underground. Epiphytic rhizome spines on this plant species will climb up the branches and stems. The first root that appears is not dominant, but other roots follow and all come out of the stem.

5. Stem 

Stems of ferns branch (split) or form side branches, and no new branches emerge from the leaf axils. Fern stems have many leaves and can grow continuously for a long time. Pterophyta stalks are mainly underground or creeping.

6. Leaves 

The leaves are the most prominent part of a fern plant. Generally, ferns are known to have leaves that curl and grow from shoots with fine hairs. The stem of the entai (leaf) is called the stem (stipe) is a term to distinguish it from the stems of other plants. Pteridophyta stems are usually scaly or hairy, flat or rectangular. The shape and color of the scales and feathers help to differentiate the different types of ferns. The flat part of the leaf is called a thin layer and some are single or divided into several or many separate leaflets.

7. Sorus 

The sorus is the part of the claw under the fern that belongs to the sporangia group. The sori open and haploid spores will begin to appear after germination. These spores are only a few millimeters in size and mostly grow into an amphoteric gametophyte. The sporophytes of ferns differ greatly in structure and size.

8. Breeding Or Reproduction Process

The most distinctive feature of ferns is that they do not produce flowers or fruit, but produce spores for reproduction. Pterophytes can be propagated vegetatively by the formation of gemmae and sexually by the fusion of male and female gametes. Vegetative propagation is carried out by stems that produce echoes (saplings). Echoes are sticks on the veins or leaf legs that contain spurs.

Reproduction in ferns is the formation of male and female sex cells by the genitals (gametogony). Male gametogenesis (Anseledium) produces sperm, female gametogonium produces moss-like eggs (eggs), and ferns cause metagenesis (change of offspring).

9. Life Cycle of Ferns

Pterophytes go through two stages of their life cycle, namely the sporophyte and gametophyte. The sporophyte phase is the phase in which ferns produce spores. The spores produced by ferns then spread through the air, fall onto a moist surface, and grow into prothallium which is then called a leaf. Prothallium is a green leaf shaped like a kidney.

Due to the shape of the fronds, the leaves of ferns do not have true roots, stems or leaves. It measures 12 centimeters and lives only a few weeks. Entering the gametophyte phase, the prothallium will form male reproductive organs called annelids and female reproductive organs called archegonium . Annelids produce sperm and archegonium produce eggs, the zygote is formed from the egg fertilized by the sperm. After that, the zygote grows into a new fern.

Well, that’s an explanation of the characteristics of ferns. If Sinaumed’s is familiar with the anatomy of other plants, he will definitely find many striking differences. In order to understand more about the anatomy of plant species, Sinaumed’s can read the following sinaumedia book recommendations.

This book describes the parts of a plant, the cell structure and function of each organelle, and the various tissues that make up a plant. This book also discusses in detail the organs that make up plants: roots, stems, leaves, flowers, as well as primary and secondary growth and overgrowth. Presented in simple language and with comprehensive examples, this book is an excellent guide for undergraduate students in biology, agriculture, forestry and pharmacy education. This book provides many illustrations referenced from standard books, making it easier to recognize the anatomy of vascular plants with their supporting files.

Examples of Ferns

After knowing the characteristics of ferns, Sinaumed’s can also recognize plants from the examples, maybe even he has often encountered several types of ferns around the environment, both in the yard of the house or in the gardens behind the house. So to better understand it, here are some examples of ferns that come from several types or species of ferns:

1. Homospora Nagel

This fern plant produces spores of the same shape and size. Homospores are also called monosyllabic because the spores grow on the prothallium and form alopecia and alkegonia.

2. Foreign Spores

This type of fern produces two types of spores with different sizes. Foreign ferns are also known as dioecious . The large spores or female macrospores that grow into the macroprothallium form the archegonium. Male microspores or microspores grow into microspores and form microspores.

3. Transitional Ferns

Ferns that are the same size but produce different types of spores, such as males and females. Spores can grow into the prothallium, which forms one of the genitals.

4. Microphile Affinity Fern

This micro-affinity fern has small leaves. Microphilic ferns are characterized by a leaf structure without bones, and these plants usually do not have cell differentiation during growth, and have a leaf shape like scales or hairs, and have leaves without a stem structure.

5. Macrophile Fern

Macrophile ferns are ferns with very broad leaves. The characteristics are that the leaves are branched and have veins and are in the shape of large leaves, macrophile leaves already have cell differentiation for reproduction, and leaves have stems.

6. Ancient Nail Plants

This type of fern has been found for a long time. That is why it is called ancient nails. The ancient fern is now nearly extinct. This type of fern is branched and covered with fine hairs. Ancient ferns have fibrous roots and also serve as glue for other plants. The ancient fern lives in tropical and subtropical climates such as Hawaii and Japan.

In addition, this fern has micro-affinity leaves, chlorophyll stems, and no true leaves. An example of ancient ferns is Psilotum .

7. Wire Nails

The characteristics of the wire nail are the leaves are small, not stemmed, and the stem is shaped like a wire. Sporangia collect in the axillary cones of the leaves. Examples of this wire nail plant are Isoetes and Lycopodium.

8. Horsetail Fern 

A distinctive feature of the horsetail fern is that it has one small leaf. The stems are segmented and green. The sporangium is conical in shape. This type of fern likes high and humid places. Examples of horsetail ferns are Caramite and Equisetum (horsetail).

9. Real Nails

The original fern is one of the fern plants that we often encounter today. There may be native ferns in your garden. True ferns have large, hairy stems and leaves. When young, the leaves curl. This fern has many soles under its leaves. This plant can be found in the shade and in damp places.

Well, that’s an explanation of the characteristics and examples of ferns. Can Sinaumed’s identify it? Actually, the type of fern itself has many species, but their characteristics are almost similar. The shape or anatomy of this fern plant differs from other types of plants.

If Sinaumed’s wants to learn more about the characteristics and examples of ferns or other types of plants, then you can visit sinaumedia’s book collection at www.sinaumedia.com. Have a good study. #Friends Without Limits.

Book Recommendations & Related Articles

Author: Lala Nilawanti

Also Read!

1. Let’s Get Closer to the Network in Plants!
2. Kinds of Leaf Bones in Plants
3. Definition of Spores and Examples of Plants
4. Order of Plant Taxon From Largest to Smallest
5. What are Tallophyta Plants?
6. Understanding What is the Angiospearme Plant
7. Definition of Gymnosperm Plants and Examples

Chakras Are – Are Sinaumed’sHave you ever heard of the term “chakra” which is usually associated with yoga philosophy? Discussion of this chakra rarely occurs because not everyone understands the true meaning of yoga. What’s more, there aren’t that many people who take yoga classes or read books on yoga philosophy. In fact, not infrequently, the term chakra is often considered as part of the deepening of a science that not everyone can follow. Yep, the discussion about chakras is more or less centered on Hindu religious philosophy which is defined as the center of metaphysical energy in every human body. So it can be said that every human being living in this world has their own chakra, it’s just that they don’t know how to “get it out”. So what exactly are chakras? What is the structure and types of chakras? What are the basic chakras in the human body? Now,Sinaumed’s understands these things, let’s look at the following review!

What are Chakras?

Basically, every human body has energy centers called chakras. The term “chakra” comes from the Sanskrit word meaning ‘wheel’ or ‘circle’. Yep, the shape of the chakra when seen looks like a spinning wheel. This image of a wheel also appears because the chakra actually consists of several rotating “leaves” (the number of which varies for each chakra in the human body). Generally, the number of chakras that exist in all layers of the human body is 365 and then they are divided into 3 groups, namely the main chakras, ordinary chakras, and mini chakras. Therefore, the term chakra often refers to the meaning of “Wheel of Life”.

Meanwhile, when it comes to the philosophy of Hinduism, chakras are considered as centers of metaphysical and/or biophysical energy that exist within every human being. The presence of chakras is always associated with the aura. As with fingerprints, the aura of each human being is also different and unique. Just a little trivia, aura in general can be defined as an energy vibration that covers the entire human body. If the human body is likened to planet earth, then this aura is the layer of the atmosphere. The aura also has layers (similar to the layers of the atmosphere) namely the astral, mental, and spiritual layers.

So, what is the relationship between chakras and aura? Well, chakras can be considered as generators, aka “generators” that produce vibrations to form an aura within humans. This discussion refers to the statement that the human body is believed to have an extraordinary energy field. This energy field arises because of the earth’s gravity which is then absorbed by humans into their physical bodies. Through that, humans can emit electromagnetic waves, it’s just that not everyone can see them.

Where are the Chakras?

This question will often arise, especially by those who are just learning about chakras. The chakras that are in the physical body cannot be seen with the naked eye, especially if the human body is dissected, they still cannot find the location of the chakras. This is because, chakras are located in the bioplasmic body.

The bioplasmic body is a mold of the human physical body that truly resembles the physical body. There are parts of the head, arms, legs, body, and others. It is called “bio” because it is ‘alive’, and “plasmic” because it comes from the term ‘plasma’. The term ‘plasma’ is different from the term blood plasma.

The term ‘plasma’ refers to the mention of the 4th ‘material’ in the formation of a physical element, apart from solid, liquid and gas. It is this bioplasmic body that appears on the surface of the human physical body and is called an aura.

Chakra Types

Previously, it was briefly explained that there are 3 groups of chakras, namely the main chakras, ordinary chakras, and mini chakras. Well, here is the discussion.

1. Main Chakra (Major Chakra)

Namely a chakra that has a source of energy in it. It can be called an energy driving chakra so that its characteristics are different from the other 2 groups. In this main chakra, contains 7 characters, namely:

• Basic Chakra (Muladhara): has a very gentle energy with large and unbroken energy lines. This is a depiction of the concept of spirit energy.
• Sex Chakra (Swadisthan): has energy that is almost similar to the Basic Chakra, only the amount of energy is smaller. This is a depiction of the concept of soul energy.
• Chakra Solar (Manipura): has an energy that when viewed like a graph of grass. This is a depiction of the concept of human physical energy.
• Heart Chakra (Anahata): has a very complex energy. This is a depiction of the concept of divine energy.
• Throat Chakra (Visuddhi): in the form of soul awareness.
• Chakra Ajna: in the form of awareness of the universe.
• Crown Chakra (Sahasrara): in the form of Divine consciousness.

2. Normal Chakra (Super Minor Chakra)

Namely the chakra that accompanies the Major Chakra. Usually, have a “specialization” as a supporter of the Major Cakra so that it can be useful as it should.

3. Minor Chakras

Namely the chakras that are all over the human body and act as reinforcements of the Major Chakras. Therefore, this type of chakra will channel its energies into human veins and energy out of or into the body.

Chakra Functions

For adherents of Hinduism or those who often study yoga philosophy, they must know what the functions of the chakras are in every human body. Following are some of the functions of the chakras.

1. As a Place to Accommodate Energy

Yep, chakras can function as reservoirs of energy, both internal and external energy (the universe). Chakras have an enormous capacity to store energy, but they still have limitations. These limitations are caused by how much chakra each human has. The concept of chakra function as a place to accommodate energy is in harmony with the types of chakras, namely:

• The Major Cakra, accommodates energy that aims to cultivate the power that is in it.
• Super Minor Chakra, accommodates energy that can empower chakra function so that it is optimal.
• Minor Cakra, accommodates energy to expedite the process of energy flowing through human veins.

2. As a Place of Exit Energy Sources

Previously, it was explained that the chakra which is the source of energy is the Major Chakra. Therefore, to “activate” the energy in the Major Chakra, one must use the Major Chakra as his energy center. As an energy source, each chakra will have a different type of energy, aka adjusting to the concept of each chakra.

3. As an Energy Driver

In addition to functioning as a place to store energy and a place for energy sources to come out, chakras can also be used as energy drivers between chakras. It usually occurs from the Major Chakra to the Minor Chakra. The movement of this energy is determined by how the chakra rotates and how it rotates.

Chakra Structure

In general, the chakras in the human body have several parts and each part has its own function.

1. Chakra Cover (Filter)

This chakra filter section is at the very top and is useful for filtering positive and negative energy. Each chakra will generally have 2 energy filters, each of which functions differently, both for energy entry and energy output.

a) Inward Energy Filter

This filter will function to filter out energy coming from outside, so that the “dirt” energy coming from outside will not contaminate the chakras. This filter has only one-way flow, that is, it only channels energy from the outside into the chakras. Therefore, the energy that enters the chakras is only positive energy.

b) Energy Out Filter

In this filter, it will function as a filter for energy coming from the inside to the outside. This is so that the energy from within will not come out. As a result, energy blocking often occurs .

2. Chakra Wall

Furthermore, the chakra walls will function to hold or accommodate the energy in the chakra. Therefore, the larger the shape of the chakras in us, the thinner or even invisible the walls of the chakras, but on the contrary, are more elastic.

3. Chakra Core

Almost in line with the types of chakras, the core of this chakra also contains the Minor Chakra, the Super Minor Chakra, and the Minor Chakra.

a) Minor Chakras

In this core part, it does not only function as an energy “valve” related to energy sources, but can also be used as a base or partition between the energy in the chakras and the energy source. Now, to open and close this section is by meditation.

b) Super Minor Chakra

In the form of a partition between the super minor energy space and the Major Cakra.

c) Minor Chakras

This part can serve as a base or cover at the bottom of the chakra.

Get to know the 7 Main Chakras

The existence of this chakra is believed to have 365 points in the human body, it’s just that there are only 7 major chakras. The seven main chakras are considered capable of representing the existence of hundreds of chakras spread across the meridian points of the human body. These meridian points are often referred to as acupuncture.

1. Crown Chakra (Sahasrara)

This chakra can be called the center for the entry of divine energy into all layers of the human body and consciousness. Someone who has this chakra can later develop perfectly so that they will know a lot of nature’s secrets. The existence of this chakra must be kept clean so that it can continue to receive spiritual energy. If the crown chakra is wide open, then one can travel astral easily. That was why, its existence would always be related to spiritual energy.

• Color : Violets
• Position: on the side of the top of the head, the area of ​​the brain and nervous system (fontanel).
• Element: thought
• Astro signs : Capricorn, Pisces
• Gland : Pineal (actively aligned with pituitary)
• Organs: Cerebral cortex, central nervous system
• Function : Integration and Understanding
• Dysfunction: depression, isolation, inability to learn and understand

2. Third Eye Chakra (Ajna)

The Ajna chakra can provide energy to the eyes, nose and pituitary gland (a small organ under the brain). This chakra is called so because it can develop actively and cleanly, thus providing clairvoyance, aka psychic power. In addition to clairvoyance, the Ajna chakra is also the focus point and regulator of the other chakras. The Third Eye Chakra will always be related to worldly and heavenly (spiritual) knowledge.

The Third Eye Chakra is located between the eyebrows and is indigo in color. That is why the Ajna chakra greatly influences all parts of the head cavity, including the five senses. In worldly knowledge, this chakra deals with creativity, intuition, and instinctual sharpness.

• Color: indigo blue (indigo)
• Position: between the eyes (forehead)
• Element : light
• Astro signs : Sagittarius, Aquarius, Pisces
• Gland : Pituitary (active in harmony with the pineal)
• Organs: eyes
• Function: Vision, intuition, unification
• Dysfunction: headaches, nightmares, visual disturbances

3. Throat Chakra (Vishuddha)

The Throat Chakra aka Vishuddha has 16 “leaves” which can physically provide energy, especially to the thyroid and parathyroid glands. If humans have the ability to express verbally, then it is because of the influence of this chakra. If this chakra is clean, it will make a person able to express his whole heart well. The qualities associated with this way are surrender, success, abundance & well-being and the development of worldly knowledge.

The existence of the throat chakra will increase one’s energy, especially in interacting, communicating, and socializing with the surrounding environment. In fact, this chakra will be the center of creativity and human relations.

• Color : Light blue
• Position: throat
• Element : Ether
• Astro signs : Gemini, Taurus, Aquarius
• Glands: Thyroid and Parathyroid
• Organs: neck, shoulders, arms, hands, ears
• Function: communication, expressive energy, the will to combine symbols into an ideal form (power and power to choose)
• Dysfunction: thyroid problems (goiter), hearing, neck, and throat problems

4. Heart Chakra (Anahata)

In the heart chakra, there are 12 “leaves” which are of course important spiritually, especially as a symbol of love and healing. Physically, this chakra is located in the heart and thymus gland. The existence of the heart chakra is the center of all subtle feelings, such as affection and love. If a person has a heart chakra in a dirty, small, or impeded state, then he tends to be selfish, bigoted, arrogant, greedy, and hypocritical. Meanwhile, if the state of the heart chakra is well developed, then he will be full of love, compassion, and empathy for fellow human beings.

• Green color
• Position: mid chest
• Element : Air
• Astro signs : Leo, Libra
• Gland: Thymus
• Organs: heart, lungs, arms, hands
• Functions: self-love, love for others, fulfillment of life’s needs, mental energy, awareness and healing
• Dysfunction: heart, asthma, and lung disorders

5. Navel Chakra (Manipura)

This navel chakra has 10 “leaves” and is related to efforts to maintain one’s vitality. The meaning of one’s vitality is the characteristics that bring tendencies, such as envy, shame, dissatisfaction, depression, hatred, and fear (of security). Well, someone who has a clean navel chakra, then he will be able to overcome these things so he can turn them into positive things, for example feeling safe, happy, satisfied, and confident.

• Yellow
• Position: waist, abdomen (navel/solar plexus)
• Element : Fire
• Astro signs : Leo, Sagittarius, Gemini
• Glands: pancreas, adrenals
• Organs: stomach, liver, gallbladder
• Functions: growth, healing, receiving and expending energy, energy for the will, personal energy
• Dysfunction: indigestion, ulcers, diabetes, hypoglycemia, liver disorders, metabolism leading to obesity

6. Sex Chakra (Svadhisthana)

The sex chakra has 6 “leaves” and is closely related to the throat chakra, especially in terms of creativity or ideas. The sex chakra is also related to reproduction and greatly influences one’s sexual activity. Humans who have a sex chakra in a clean state, then their thoughts will be more positive and confident. Conversely, if his sex chakra is in a dirty state, it will make him a person who doesn’t care, is rude, and his thoughts will always be negative.

• Orange
• Position: under the stomach, abdomen (on the pelvic bone)
• Element : Water
• Astro signs : Cancer, Sagittarius, Scorpio
• Glands: ovaries, testicles
• Organs: uterus, genitals, kidneys, bladder, circulatory system
• Function: assimilation, sexual, pleasure, desire, lifestyle that indulges emotions.
• Dysfunction: bladder and kidney disorders, genital disorders and sexual problems, waist disorders.

7. Basic Chakra (Muladhara)

This basic chakra is located between the anus and the genitals, so the representative color is red. The existence of this chakra greatly affects the health of the spine and muscles in the human body, to be precise in the perineal glands. The basic chakra has 4 “leaves” which are the energy centers of the physical body, material life and the will to live.

Through this chakra, it can later provide energy for hope, optimism, and zest for life. That is why if a person’s basic chakra is very active, then he will be full of enthusiasm and motivation. Conversely, if the basic chakra in him is small and dirty, then his life will be lazy, spiritless, hopeless, and even have a tendency to commit suicide.

• Red
• Position: between the genitals and the anus (tip of the coccyx)
• Soil element
• Astro signs : Aries, Taurus, Scorpio, Capricorn
• Glands: adrenal and suprarenal
• Organs: thighs, legs, bones, large intestine
• Function: survival, a lifestyle that prioritizes physical energy
• Dysfunction: constipation, hemorrhoids, obesity, lumbago, arthritis, knee disorders, anorexia nervosa

Well, that’s a review of what chakras are and the 7 main chakras that are found in every human being. Is Sinaumed’s interested in studying this chakra philosophy more deeply?

Also Read!

• Function, Anatomy, and How It Works on the Retina of the Eye
• Understanding What is Identity
• What is an Eccedentesiast?
• 15 Yoga Movements For Beginners That Are Worth Trying
• History, Meaning, and Stages of Vesak Day
• Definition, History, and Order of Events in Debus
• Figures, Views, and Branches of Philosophy
• 10+ Ways to Eliminate Lazy Feelings
• Definition, History, and How Pasteurization Works

Central Java Traditional Clothing – Indonesian batik was crowned as a Masterpiece of Oral and Intangible Heritage of Humanity in 2009, encouraging UNESCO to emphasize to Indonesia to preserve this heritage. As a province famous for its batik, Central Java has traditional clothing in the form of batik. But Sinaumed’s, Central Java’s traditional clothing is not just batik, you know. Anything? Now, it’s our turn to discuss the traditional clothing of this area.

Central Javanese Culture

Central Java has a culture that is closely related to Javanese culture (Kejawen). The Surakarta Palace is the center of culture in Central Java. Therefore, the Surakarta Palace is the destination for art and cultural performances in this province.

Broadly speaking, Central Javanese culture is divided into two types, namely Banyumasan Javanese and Coastal Javanese. Banyumasan Javanese culture is the result of a blend of Javanese, Cirebon and Sundanese cultures. Meanwhile, Coastal Javanese Culture is the result of a fusion of Javanese and Islamic cultures.

Although divided into two types, the culture of Central Java has many similarities to Yogyakarta and East Java. In terms of language, community habits, norms and dialects are not much different from the two regions. Naturally, the traditional clothes worn are not much different and mutually influence one another.

Central Java is one of the areas whose people are known to be steadfast in protecting their ancestral heritage. This long lasting tradition is maintained and harmonized with the progress of the times, even technological advances are used by the population to introduce their culture. Batik is one of them.

Although many regions have their own types of batik, it is undeniable that Central Javanese batik is the batik that is often shown to the public.

Regarding ethnicity, it cannot be denied that the Javanese ethnic group has the largest number in the country. And in ancient times, many of the centers of Javanese glory were in Central Java. Call it the Mataram Kingdom, both Hindu Mataram and Islamic Mataram. Both are in Central Java. Therefore, it is not surprising that Javanese culture, especially Central Java, has inspired many other regions in terms of culture, including traditional clothing.

Types, Meanings, Philosophy, and Explanations of Traditional Clothing

We will discuss several types of traditional Central Javanese clothing below, Sinaumed’s. Get ready.

1. Batik Fabrics

It is undeniable that Central Java has a variety of batik. This batik cloth, which has various motifs, is used as a raw material for traditional Central Javanese clothing. Batik has been made hundreds of years ago, history even records that for the first time batik was traded in 1586 in Surakarta.

What makes batik more expensive is the hand-written method of making batik. Therefore, someone whose handwriting is good and long is said to be “making batik”.

To make it easier to understand Central Javanese traditional clothing, it’s a good idea to get to know the Central Javanese batik cloth motifs first.

• Sido Wirasat Batik

Used by the parents of the bride and groom in weddings. This cloth means that parents and in-laws can give good advice as well as pray for their children and in-laws so that their households run well, reach high degrees, and all expectations are fulfilled.

• Chicken Claw Batik

Used by parents when the Mitoni, Siraman, and Tarub events are held. This batik represents the hope that the child who is getting married can make a living and live independently after marriage, not only for the bride and groom but also for their offspring.

• Grageh Wuluh batik

It can be used by anyone and at any time because this batik cloth is usually used for daily activities. This motif reminds everyone to always have clear aspirations and goals in life so that they are always enthusiastic about living life.

• Parang Kusumo Batik

Batik, which can only be used by the nobility, represents the hope that the wearer can gain nobility, position, and be kept away from all harm by God Almighty.

• Batik Kawung Picis

This batik is also devoted to people who come from royalty. Its meaning is that humans never forget where they come from, guide the four cardinal directions, and in order to control their passions, humans should always use their conscience in all their activities.

Apart from the above batiks, there are many other types of batik. And what needs to be remembered is, each motive has a meaning. Nowadays, not many people wear batik according to the role and purpose of choosing the motif. Because not many people understand that every motive turns out to have a different philosophy.

2. Central Java Kebaya

Many areas use kebaya as their respective traditional clothes which are specifically for women. Call it the Rancongan Kebaya from Madura, the Sundanese Kebaya from Sunda, the Betawi Kebaya from Betawi, and others. Meanwhile, the term kebaya itself actually comes from the Arabic word abaya which means clothing.

Central Java kebaya certainly has its own uniqueness. With a classic yet classy appearance, the Central Javanese kebaya has a bit of a mysterious impression. Central Javanese kebaya is often used by brides at weddings.

In order to look luxurious and appear like a queen’s aura, the material chosen is velvet or silk. Meanwhile, for daily activities, the cloth used is cotton or even thin, rather transparent nylon cloth decorated with embroidery or embroidery.

However, this kebaya is also often used for graduation ceremonies, traditional events, welcoming guests, and commemorating holidays.

In general, this kebaya is black. To ensure that the chest is covered safely, Central Javanese women use a tank as an undergarment. The beauty of the kebaya is in harmony with the shape of a woman’s body which is pleasing to the eye, so stagen is needed to tighten the abdomen and waist. So that the stagen is not visible from the outside, a cape is needed.

At the bottom, Central Javanese women wear a long cloth called jarik. This jarik cloth has a batik pattern.

To make it look more elegant but firm, a woman’s hair is arranged in a bun with jasmine flowers on it. In order for all this beauty to be more perfect, it is very necessary to add jewelry such as earrings, necklaces, rings, bracelets, and sometimes one more accessory, namely a fan.

The explanation above is a traditional kebaya according to the kebaya in the early days. For today, there are not a few kebaya which are designed with various colors and are more trendy because of the high public interest. Especially now that there are many kebaya that are intended for women who wear hijab, of course, they require adjustments so that they can cover their genitals perfectly.

Culture has its own philosophy regarding the use of kebaya. Patience and gentleness are the meanings stored in the kebaya. If observed closely, kebaya pieces always follow the shape of the body. This means that Javanese women are required to be able to adapt and take care of themselves wherever they are.

3. Surjan

This attire was once reserved for members of the royal family who came from the nobility or royal courtiers (civil apparatus). So that not just anyone can wear Surjan’s clothes. Generally, Surjan’s clothes are used when official events take place.

Surjan’s shirt looks similar to a beskap with a brown and black striated pattern with a pocket on the front. The bottom is a long, batik-patterned cloth wrapped around the waist and extending to the ankles.

As a head covering, men can use a blangkon made of batik cloth. The cloth is wrapped around the head and then tied. For now, ready-made instant blangkon can be found, making it easier for men to wear it.

In Javanese tradition, it is said that it is a disgrace for men to have long hair, so they must be covered with a blangkon. On the back of the blangkon you can find a bulge called mondolan.

Meanwhile, if Sinaumed’s looks carefully, you will find two ties on the back which symbolize the two sentences of the creed that are tightly tied together. That is, someone who wears a blangkon should hold fast to a strong bond, namely Islamic teachings.

4. Kanigaran

In the past, Kanigaran was a garment that was often worn by kings. From his appearance alone already reveals majesty and power. But now it is often used for weddings.

For men, this traditional Central Javanese dress is in the form of a beskap with a collar made of fine velvet and decorated with gold embroidery on the front and both cuffs of the sleeves. To make it look luxurious and elegant, a shiny impression is added. Meanwhile for women, they also wear the same color as the men but without a collar.

The bottom of the kanigaran is Dodoran or Kampuh which is different from the usual jarik cloth. Compared to regular jarik, dodotan is relatively more colorful. Dodot use is not enough just wrapped around the waist, but also slung over the hand.

5. Wet

Apart from Kanigaran clothes, Basahan clothes are also often worn by brides during their weddings. This suit is a legacy from the Mataram Kingdom which became a major kingdom in Java.

Basahan’s appearance is very striking because he doesn’t wear a top to cover his upper body. The makeup used when wearing Basahan is called Paes Ageng Kanigaran. The men do not use shirt alias shirtless.

On the chest there is a kind of necklace that symbolizes luxury. For subordinates, the men use dodot cloth that covers the navel. As a head covering, the groom wears a kuluk which has several colors. Do not forget the men carry weapons in the form of keris to show strength.

Meanwhile, the women leave the shoulders and upper chest exposed. To remain polite, women use kemben to cover the other upper body. While his subordinates, women also use Dodot.

The hair is styled into a bun and decorated with flowers on it. Around her neck also dangles a beautiful necklace. Both men and women, at the base of the arms there is an ornament.

Overall, the philosophy contained in this outfit is very deep. By wearing this dress, the bride and groom are considered to have surrendered to God Almighty. This meaning is symbolized through the clothing and make-up used.

Basahan Clothing contains the hope that the bride and groom can live in a harmonious, prosperous, happy household and can walk in harmony with nature.

A book that will add to your insight about the traditional clothing of Central Java and the Archipelago

 

6. Long Jawi

It can be said that the official traditional clothes of Central Java are Jawi Jangkep clothes. This outfit is dominated by black on the top and is used by men. The partner of this outfit is the Central Java Kebaya. So that women who accompany their partners during official events wear Jawi Jangkep clothes.

This outfit is in the form of a black beskap accompanied by a golden floral pattern in the middle. This beskap has a rather high collar and has no folds. Around their necks, Central Javanese men wear garlands of jasmine flowers worn around them.

The front and back of the Jawi Jangkep shirt are deliberately asymmetrical. The front is made longer than the back in anticipation of storing the keris. Putting the keris on the back means that humans can resist all kinds of temptations by Satan and the keris is a symbol of resistance.

The Jawi Jangkep shirt is aligned with the long jarik cloth that is worn by wrapping it around the waist. As a complement, a head cover is used in the form of a blangkon. The meaning of using blangkon itself is to show that the man who wears it is a man who covers his disgrace.

Jawi Jangkep’s black clothes are used for formal occasions. Meanwhile Jawi Jangkep Padintenan clothes have colors other than black and are usually used in everyday activities.

As additional information, Jawi Jangkep clothes are also known as Piwulang Sinandhi. The buttons attached to the beskap give a sign that Central Javanese men always act carefully and with full calculation in doing everything.

7. Beskap

At first, the beskap and clothes of Jawi Jangkep were one unit. In other words, the beskap is part of Jawi Jangkep clothing. But as time goes by, beskap is often worn by men separately.

The color of the cloth that is often used to make beskap is plain or black. With a simple design and a straight collar without folds, the beskap model is made asymmetrical as a precaution to store the keris.

So far, there are four types of beskap known in Central Java. First, Beskap Gaya Jogja is oriented towards the Yogyakarta Palace standard. Second, Beskap Landung with a longer front. Third, Beskap Gaya Kulon which is often used in the Purwokerto, Tegal, Banyumas areas and other areas close to West Java. Fourth, Beskap Gaya Solo which refers to the standard of the Surakarta Palace.

8. Kuluk

It has the same function as blankon, namely as a head cover for men. It’s just that the shape of the kuluk is higher and the structure is more rigid. The use of Kuluk is aligned with the wearing of Basahan or Kanigaran clothing and was formerly worn by kings or sultans. Currently, this head covering is used during weddings by the groom.

9. Kris

Just like East Java and Yogyakarta, one of Central Java’s traditional weapons is the keris. The handle of the keris is facing to the right as a symbol of a tendency towards truth. Then the tip of the hilt seemed to bend downwards to signify the humility of the human who carried it. Even though he carries a weapon, a man who uses a keris must have humility.

Sinaumed’s, finally we have finished our discussion regarding Central Javanese traditional clothing. If you are looking for #Friends Without Limits to refresh your thirst for knowledge, then sinaumedia is ready to be at the forefront because we have prepared the best books for you.

Book Recommendations & Related Articles

Author: Nanda Iriawan Ramadhan

 

Inventor of cells – Does Sinaumed’s know that the term cell actually comes from the Latin word cella which means small room. The first person to discover cells in the world in 1665 was Robert Hooke.

History of Cell Discovery

Robert Hooke, the discoverer of cells, made observations on cork slices using a magnifying glass microscope. From his observations, Hook saw that there was a small room that made up cork. Then, the small room he named Sel. Meanwhile in 1831, Robert Brown revealed that the cell is a small room but limited by a membrane. Where in it there is also a liquid that is named protoplasm. The fluid consists of cell plasma or also commonly called cytoplasm and cell nucleus (nucleus). Then inside the cell nucleus, there is a nuclear plasma called the nucleoplasm.

Several years later, in 1839, a physiologist from Germany, Theodor Schwann, stated that all organisms are composed of cells. Then a related question arises, where do these cells come from? Then a German physicist named Rudolf Virchow revealed that these cells came from cells that had previously existed. The theory of “cells come from cells” was later strengthened by various studies by a microbiologist from France, namely Louis Pasteur. Where he did it from 1859 to 1861.

The size of the cells themselves vary greatly. Ranging from 1 to 10 microns, for example, bacteria. Then there are also those measuring 30 to 40 microns, for example Protozoa. Some even reach several centimeters, for example, cotton fibers. In addition, cells also have various shapes. Despite its very small size, its structure is very complicated and each part of the cell has a different and special function. For example, mitochondria in cells are useful for producing energy, while lysosomes function as a digester. But please note that the parts in the cell cannot stand alone. So that these parts must be in the cell unit so that it can function normally. Between parts of the cell will definitely be interconnected and dependent. Therefore,

What Are Cells?

The cell is one of the smallest units of living things that can sustain life like living things in general. It is called the smallest unit because it can be divided into smaller parts and each part can stand alone. Cells can carry out a life process such as carrying out an overhaul, respiration, arrangement, cell division, reproduction, and are also sensitive to a stimulus.

Structurally, a living body must consist of cells. So that the cell is often referred to as the structural unit of living things. The body of a living thing can carry out life if the cells that are arranged in it can function properly. So that the cells are called the functional units of living things. Where all living cells can reproduce with the aim of multiplying themselves.

The reproduction is done by means of cell division. Where division will be carried out either by single-celled organisms or multi-celled organisms. Cells contain a number of genetic material or material that will later be tasked with determining the characteristics of these living things. With the existence of genetic material, the characteristics of a living thing can be passed on to their offspring. Usually, the properties of living things depend on the properties of individual cells.

Theory About Cells

With the development of cell discoveries, it has encouraged the development of perceptions about cells. From this then came the theories about the cell. The following are some theories about cells that need to be understood.

# Cell Is Unitary Or Structural Unit Of Living Things

This theory was put forward by someone named Jacob Schleiden around 1804 to 1881 and also Theodor Schwann around 1810 to 1882. In 1839 Schleiden, a botanist from Germany, conducted a microscopic observation on plant cells. At the same time, Theodor Schwann also made observations on animal cells.

From the results of both observations, draw a conclusion as follows:

a) All living things are made up of cells.
b. The cell is the smallest structural unit in living things.
c. One-celled organisms consist of only one cell. Meanwhile, organisms that consist of more than one cell are called multi-celled organisms.

# Cells As Functional Units of Living Things

Max Schultze (1825-1874) said that protoplasm is the physical basis of life. Protoplasm is not only part of the cell structurally, but also includes an important part of the cell which acts as a place for the chemical reactions of life to take place. Because of this statement, the cell theory emerged which explained that the cell is the functional unit of life.

# Cells As Units of Heredity of Living Things

In science and technology has encouraged the discovery of a number of inheritance units that exist in the nucleus, namely chromosomes. In the chromosome there is a gene which is the carrier unit of this trait. Through this discovery, the theory emerged that the cell is the unit of heredity of living things. The following are some of the discoveries that support the development of the cell theory, including:

a.Robert Brown (1812), a Scottish biologist, found a small object floating in the liquid cell called the nucleus.
b. Felix Durjadin (1835), considered that the most important part of a cell is a cell fluid known as protoplasm.
c. Johannes Purkinje (1787-1869), he was the first to propose the term protoplasm which is used as the name of the embryonic material of the egg.

Cell Inventor and Cell Concept

Cells, of course, are not all bricks. Where a cell is actually more than a brick against a house. It could be said that cells can live separately from other cells. For example, bacteria are unicellular organisms. Every activity carried out by organisms, basically can be carried out by cells. There are many cell organelles that have special functions as well as the functions of organs in the human body.

Evolution of the Cell Concept

The concept of the cell began to develop and was studied by Robert Hooke in 1665 to 1836 by Theodor Schwann and Matthias Schleiden. Then they said that the cell as the smallest structural and functional unit of living things.

1. Robert Hooke

Robert Hooke was the first person to observe cells in 1665. The cells he observed came from a thin slice of cork and viewed through a microscope. Hooke discovered that the thin strips of cork had a hollow, hexagonal shape.

2. Latest Theory

The theory expressed by Hooke was then continued by Matthias Schleiden and also Theodor Schwann in 1836. Then from this theory it proved that the cell is not an empty cavity but instead contains protoplasm which is useful for supporting all activities of living things. From the observations and research they did, it can be concluded that a cell theory states that living things are made up of cells. The theory was developed again with a new opinion that every cell comes from other cells. Then the cell is the smallest structural and functional unit of living things.

3. Cells As Structural Units

As the smallest structural unit, the cell is the smallest unit that can stand alone. That means, there are no smaller parts than cells that can be said as one unit of living things. Therefore, the cell is the basic constituent of the body of a living thing.

4. Cells as Units of Heredity and Functionality

All activities of living things basically occur at the cellular level. Cells are respiration, synthesis, response, transportation, reproduction, and many other activities of living things. Therefore, the cell as one of the smallest functional units means that all activities of living things are carried out at the cellular level. Meanwhile, as a unit of heredity, it means that all cell characteristics can be inherited from one generation to the next.

Two Kinds of Cells

In general, there are two types of cells, namely prokaryotic cells and eukaryotic cells. Here is a full explanation:

1.Prokaryotic cells

This type of prokaryotic cell has a characteristic that does not have a nuclear membrane. Whereas eukaryotic cells have a nucleus. The DNA of prokaryotic cells has a circular shape and also has another circular DNA called a plasmid. Then, what similarities are there between the two? So, prokaryotic cells and eukaryotic cells both have a plasma membrane, ribosomes and cytoplasm. Even though it looks simple, all life activities can be carried out by prokaryotic cells. In prokaryotic cells, cell activities occur in the cell membrane and cytoplasm. Meanwhile, eukaryotic cells have more complicated activities.

2. Eukaryotic Cell

Eukaryotic cells have more complex properties than prokaryotic cells. Where eukaryotic cells consist of three major parts, namely the cytoplasm, cell membrane, and cell nucleus.

Cell Theory According to Experts

In its development, cell theory continues to experience development from various scientists who are trying to find cell theory studies. The following are some brief explanations for understanding cell theory from several experts:

1. Schleiden Cell Theory

In his theory, Scheilden revealed that the cell theory is every form of living things. This includes plants that are made up of cells. Schleiden’s statement was later supported by Theodor Schwann who also said that all living things are composed of cells. With this support, the two of them finally formulated a cell theory. In their opinion, the cell is the smallest unit of life or the living thing itself.

2. Max Schultze’s Cell Theory

In his theory, Max Schultze revealed that the cell is a form of the smallest functional unit of living things. In a cell there will be a form of cooperation between tissues and also cell organelles properly. So that the process can help living things to carry out activities properly.

3. Rudolf Virchow’s Cell Theory

The last cell theory is Rudolf Virchow’s cell theory. In this theory he revealed that the cell is the smallest growth unit of living things. That means, every living thing in it has cells that will later grow and develop from small to become a larger organism and have a function. This theory is known as “Omne Cellula e Cellula” which means that every cell comes from cells that previously existed and will continue to grow.

Cell Function

After understanding the cell theory described above. In the following, the author will provide a brief explanation of the function of the cell itself.

1. Metabolism

Everything that occurs in chemical reactions will certainly create living things that carry out activity is a form of metabolism. Each of these chemical reactions will later occur in the cell. Metabolism that occurs in a cell can take the form of catabolic reactions. Where it is the overhaul of chemical compounds that function to produce energy. Then the reaction will be used as material for the formation of other compounds. In addition, existing cells can also take the form of anabolic reactions. Where the reaction is a reaction to the preparation of cell components. One of the catabolic processes that convert food and produce energy in cells is cellular respiration. This process will continue in the eukaryotic mitochondria or what is commonly called the prokaryote cytosol and produce ATP.

 

 

2. Cell Communication

The ability of a cell to make communication is a process of receiving and also sending signals to and from other cells. This shows that there is a reaction between unicellular organisms to regulate the function and development of the multicellular organism’s body. For example, in bacteria that communicate with one another in the quorum sensing process. It aims to determine whether the number of cells is sufficient before finally forming a biofilm. While the cells in the animal embryo will communicate to coordinate the process of differentiation into various other types of cells.

3. Cell Cycle

It should be understood that each cell originates from the division of previous cells. While the process of cell life to carry out cell division to the next cell division is called the cell cycle. Generally, the cycle is composed of four coordinated processes. Among them are cell growth, separation of DNA that has divided and then becomes daughter cells, DNA replication, and subsequent division.

4. Cell Differentiation

This cell differentiation will form various types of cells that will emerge during the development of a multicellular organism that occurs from a single fertilized egg. For example, in mammals, where they come from one cell that develops into an organism with hundreds of different types of cells, namely nerves, muscles, skin, and others. Cells in the embryo then provide cell signals to influence the gene expression of other cells. That’s what makes the process of cell differentiation occur.

5. Programmed Cell Death

Cells in multicellular organisms can experience death due to controlling the cell population in a way that offsets the development of cells that are not going well. For example, to prevent tumors, we have to kill cells to remove some parts of the body that are not needed. In addition, during the formation of the embryo, namely the toes or human hands will be together. This happens because there is awareness of cell death between fingers. It could be, the time and place of death of a cell is the same as growth and also cell division.

That was a brief explanation of the history of cell discovery and various in-depth explanations about cells. Is Sinaumed’s interested in learning more about cells?

Cell Division – Cell division is the process when a cell divides into two or more. In 1858, a German doctor named Rudolf Virchow put forward a theory about cells, namely “omnis cellula e cellula” .

That is, each cell comes from other cells, so cells have the expertise to divide or reproduce themselves. Then, how can cells divide? Biologists distinguish the process of self-division into three types, namely amitosis, mitosis, and meiosis. See a more complete explanation of cell division below, Sinaumed’s. Check these out!

A. Definition of Cell Division

Cell division is an event where a cell divides into two or more to become new cells. Cell division is a way for cells to reproduce themselves or what is called reproduction. The cell is the smallest part that makes up the body of a living thing.

The growth and development of living things is closely related to this process of cell division. However, the function of cell division in multicellular and unicellular living things is very different even though the essence is the same, namely cell multiplication. Cell division is very important for the survival of all beings. Cells themselves undergo division to:

• Growth : Living things can grow because their cells multiply. The more cells in a living thing, the bigger the size of that living thing.
• Repair: When the body is injured, after some time the injured body part will close as before. In the injured part of the body, tissue damage actually occurs. Repair of tissue damage in the body is the result of the process of cell division.
• Reproduction or breeding: One of the characteristics of living things is to reproduce to preserve their offspring by giving birth, laying eggs, and so on.

In studying cell division and the development of other living things, you can use the Cell Molecular Biology book as a reference because it will explain various information about cells that you should know.

 

B. Function of Cell Division

Unfortunately, these cells do age. Like red blood cells that can only live for 120 days and will die after 120 days. This is where the role of cell division is, namely replacing cells that have died or been damaged.

In an adult organism, the number of cells in each organ must be kept constant. That is, there should not be an organ with an excess or decrease in the number of cells.

For example, the number of red blood cells in an adult woman’s body ranges from 4-5 million cells in one microliter of blood. If the number of cells in the body’s organs exceeds the number that should be, a disorder called a tumor will occur.

• The function of cell division in unicellular or single-celled living things is as a way to reproduce. Examples of living things that reproduce by dividing include Protozoa, Amoeba, and others.
• The function of cell division in multicellular living things or multi-celled living things is as a way of multiplying body cells so that the living things concerned can grow and develop. Cells that divide are called parent cells, while cells that result from division are called daughter cells. Basically the process of cell division is divided into direct cell division and indirect cell division.

The process of cell division is a way for cells to grow and develop. Cells that divide are called parent cells, while cells that result from division are called daughter cells. Basically the process of cell division is divided into 2, namely: direct cell division and indirect cell division.

C. Types of Cell Division

According to the cell theory, all living cells come from pre-existing cells (omnis cellula e cellula) . This theory was stated by Rudolf Virchow in 1855.

In studying the various types of cells that exist and how they function in the body, Sinaumed’s can read the All Cells book below.

The formation of new cells or daughter cells from pre-existing cells can occur through the process of cell division. There are two types of cell division, namely mitosis and meiosis. These two types of reproduction will be explained in detail as follows:

1. Mitosis

Mitotic division occurs in body cells (somatic cells) of living things. In this division, daughter cells are produced which have the same number of chromosomes as the parent cell.

Mitotic division is a type of cell division that produces 2 daughter cells. These daughter cells are genetically identical to the parent cell.

This means that the two daughter cells formed have the same genetic makeup, including the same number of chromosomes as the parent. The number of chromosomes possessed by daughter cells is 2n or is called diploid. Diploid cells are cells with paired chromosomes (2n).

Mitosis is a process of cell division that produces two daughter cells, each of which has the same characteristics and number of chromosomes as the parent cell.

This division itself aims to replace or repair body tissue that has been damaged or worn out. Growth is to multiply cells so that both the quantity and quality increase.

It forms a network because the product of this division is the chromosomes or the nature of the parent is the same as the nature of the offspring, meaning that because it forms a network, both new and old cells are the same.

Mitotic division has a character: it takes place in somatic cells to produce 2 daughter cells that are identical to the parent. They divide once. One division with the second is interspersed with interphase (rest does not divide).

The daughter cells have the same number of chromosomes as the parent, have the same characteristics as the parent, have the ability to divide again, this does not occur in the daughters resulting from meiosis.

In organisms it can occur at a young age, in adulthood, or in old age, in which the division of meiosis can only occur in adulthood, not in organisms that are young.

The stages are IPMAT interphase first, then PMAT again. Mitotic division is a continuous process consisting of five phases, namely:

a. Prophase

The longest division phase in which the cell is preparing for synthesis of proteins, lipids, and others. The centrioles then invade the nucleus. Microfilaments extend from the base of the centrioles and attach to chromatin at the kinetochores.

At this stage the nucleolus and nuclear envelope begin to disappear. In this phase, the stem cell that is about to divide shows symptoms of the formation of two centrioles from the centrosome, one of which remains in place, while the other moves towards the opposite pole.

Each centriole emits fibers in the form of filaments called cleavage spindle threads (spindle threads), which connect the centrioles to one another. The nuclear membrane, which is still visible in the early prophase, is soon fragmented.

Chromatin granules elongate into chromatin threads. The chromatin threads then shorten and condense into chromosomes, with the contiguous portion called the centromere.

The centromere is the part of the chromosome that cannot absorb dye. Each centromere contains a kinetochore, which is where microtubules attach. Furthermore, the chromosome is duplicated longitudinally into two parts, each of which is called a chromatid. Simultaneously, the nucleus (nucleolus) shrinks and is not visible or disappears.

Thus, the chromatids of the spindle fibers extend outwards in all directions, referred to as asters. At the end of pophase, the nuclear envelope ruptures and each chromatid attaches to several spindle fibers at the kinectors. Duplicated chromosomes then leave the polar regions and align at the equator. In plant cells that do not have centrioles, the spindle threads of division are formed between two points called the poles.

b. Metaphase

Chromatin that has become chromosomes gathers at the nuclear equator, the nucleolus then breaks into granules.

c. Anaphase

The most rapid part in which the cell is pulled to the two polar bodies by the two centrioles.

d. Telophase

End of division in which the cell divides into two and separates along with the division of cell organelles which then occurs cytokinesis (division of the cytoplasm) at that stage.

e. Interphase

This phase is an intermediate phase which is a period between one mitosis and another. this phase is not a resting phase, but a phase in which active cell metabolism is carried out. In the interphase phase, cells will experience three stages, namely the Primary Growth Phase (Gap 1 or G1), the Synthesis Phase (S) and the Secondary Growth Phase (Gap 2 or G2).

 

2. Division of Meiosis

Meiosis division only occurs in the sex organs, meiosis division functions to produce gamete cells (egg cells and sperm cells). Through this division will produce daughter cells that have half the chromosomes of the parent cell. Meiosis is a cell division that produces 4 daughter cells, each of which has half the number of chromosomes as the parent cell.

The number of chromosomes owned by daughter cells is n or is called haploid. Thus, meiotic cell division is known as reduction division. The phases of meiosis are similar to those of mitosis. Meiosis division takes place in 2 stages, namely meiosis I and meiosis II.

a. Meiosis I phase

This phase begins after the replication of the parent chromosome to produce identical chromatids in S phase. At the start of prophase I, the chromosomes shorten, thicken, and duplicate.

Then in the middle of prophase I, the centrosomes move to opposite poles. Chromosomes also carry out crossing over or crossing over. At the end of prophase I, the ends of the spindle fibers attach to the two kinetochores. In prophase I there are also various stages, namely leptotene, zygotene, pakitene, diplotene, and diakinesis.

Leptotene is the process by which chromatin shortens and thickens to form homologous chromosomes. Zygotene occurs when homologous chromosomes come close together and pair up.

The next stage is pachytene, namely the occurrence of doubling or replication of chromosomes. Then, there is a diplotene or crossing over and the place of crossing between the two chromosome arms is called a chiasm. Finally is the stage of diakinesis, which is when the spindle or spindle threads are formed.

b. Meiosis II phase

This phase is the second cycle of the process of meiosis and is similar to the process of mitosis. The difference is that cells that undergo division are haploid, not diploid. In this phase II, the number of chromosomes is kept constant during sexual reproduction. This process also results in genetic variation due to crossing.

3. Amitotic division

Amitotic division generally occurs in unicellular organisms, namely organisms composed of only one cell such as bacteria and cyanobacteria. Amitotic division is a spontaneous division in which the cell immediately divides into two. Occurs spontaneously because unicellular organisms such as bacteria and cyanobacteria are prokaryotic cells that do not have a nuclear membrane.

Therefore, cell division can occur directly because there is no nucleus to divide. How do bacterial and cyanobacterial cells divide?

• The first step, the chromosomes in bacteria or cyanobacteria must multiply first. The trick is to stick to the plasma membrane and carry out a doubling process called duplication.
• At the same time, the bacterial or cyanobacterial cell also elongates and the center bends inward, dividing the cell into two.
• After that, each chromosome will be divided into each new cell candidate.
• Finally, a partition will form and the two candidate cells will separate. Finally, the bacterial cell becomes two cells that are exactly the same with the same number of chromosome arrangements which is called the daughter cell, while the initial cell that forms the two daughter cells is called the parent cell. In contrast to bacteria and cyanobacteria, multicellular organisms such as animals, plants and humans, have eukaryotic cells and have a cell nucleus. Thus, it must begin with the division of the cell nucleus first. This is what happens in mitosis and meiosis.

 

D. Examples of Cells Undergoing Mitosis and Meiosis

The process of cell division is carried out to form new cells, these cells will form tissues to organs. However, these cells have a lifespan that can die, for example red blood cells which only live for 120 days.

This is the reason why the process of cell division must be carried out by cells to replace dead or damaged cells. Especially in adult organisms, they must have a constant number of cells.

It should be noted that if the number of cells decreases, it will cause disease in the body of the living creature concerned. This is very important for the continuation of the life of the organism.

For example, an adult woman has about 4-5 million red blood cells in one microliter of blood. If the amount is excessive it will cause a tumor. In short, mitotic division is a division process that goes through several phases.

The division path starts from the protase phase, metaphase, anaphase and telophase. This process occurs in somatic cells, with the aim of growth, chest regeneration and wound closure. The result of mitotic division is in the form of two offspring that are identical to their parents.

The human body itself consists of millions of cells that can only be seen using a microscope. A complete explanation of cells in the human body can be studied by Sinaumed’s in the book Bio Series: Cells.

Mitosis occurs in somatic cells, body cells in both plants, animals and humans. Examples of mitotic divisions include root cells, stem cells, leaf cells, skin cells, liver cells, epithelial cells, and other somatic cells.

In contrast to mitotic division, meiotic cell division goes through more complex stages. Where there are 2 cell divisions, namely Meiosis I and Meiosis II, in the process there is no interphase phase.

In short, mitotic division is a division process that goes through several phases. The division path starts from the protase phase, metaphase, anaphase and telophase.

This process occurs in somatic cells, with the aim of growth, chest regeneration and wound closure. The result of mitotic division is in the form of two offspring that are identical to their parents. Mitosis occurs in somatic cells, body cells in both plants, animals and humans.

Examples of meiotic divisions include root cells, stem cells, leaf cells, skin cells, liver cells, epithelial cells, and other somatic cells. In contrast to mitotic division, meiotic cell division goes through more complex stages. Where there are 2 cell divisions, namely Meiosis I and Meiosis II, in the process there is no interphase phase.

Recommended Books & Articles Related to Cell Division

Find other interesting information about cells with this book

 

Meaning of Celebrity – Has Sinaumed’s ever used slang in everyday conversation? Slang is now something that is often used by various groups. So many collections of slang words spoken by the wider community, especially by young people.

Celebrity definition

According to the Big Indonesian Dictionary from the Indonesian Ministry of Education and Culture, the meaning of celebrity is a celebrity. Other non-standard forms that are similar to celebrity are celebrities and celeb. Celebrity itself means a person who is famous (famous, famous, well-known).

Celebrities or celebrities (English: celebrity) are famous people because they are too close to the world of news or the press. According to the 3rd edition of the Big Indonesian Language Center Dictionary, celebrity means a person who is famous or famous (usually about artists). The word celebrity in Indonesian is an absorption word from celebrity which comes from English. The word celebrity is the result of the root word celebrate which means ‘celebrate’, ‘celebrate’. Until now, people sometimes refer to the word ‘celebrity’ as ‘celebrity’ or ‘celebrity’.

Ordinary people can also become celebrities because of the mass media attention that is focused on lifestyle, wealth, controversial actions taken, or because of a relationship with someone who was famous first. However, the meaning of celebrity is often associated with the mention of the term “artist”, even though essentially celebrity and artist are very different.

Use of the Word Celebrity

Celebrity as slang is generally used as a title in front of someone’s famous name. Nowadays, the word celebrity is also often combined with social media platforms . For example, the word celebgram refers to celebrities who are famous through Instagram, celebtwit for Twitter celebrities, and celebtok for TikTok celebrities. In terms of meaning, celebrity is actually the same as the meaning of public figures and artists.

According to KBBI, Artists are art experts; artists, artists (such as singers, film players, painters, drama players). While public figures are community leaders. Celebrities may only be viral or famous, but they are not artists or cannot be used as role models. The reason is, there are also many celebrities who are simply famous for creating controversies or negative stories. However, in everyday reality, the word celeb is often used as a pronoun to refer to actors, actresses, singers, models, comedians and influencers.

Celebrity Category

Professions that can be included in the celebrity category include:

1. Singer

A singer is someone who sings a song by issuing a melodic tone through the sound of his mouth, whether with musical accompaniment or not.

Singers can work as single performers (soloists), or join groups, such as choirs, orchestras, ensembles, or acapella. Singers who join, have a popular music group, or band are usually referred to as vocalists.

2. Musicians

Musicians, musicians, or musicians are people who play musical instruments such as guitars, pianos, drums, and so on or people who sing.

A musician can also be someone who writes music (songwriter or songwriter), either for himself or for someone else. The person who creates music is known as a composer. Usually these parts are removed if they also play or sing the music they wrote, but they are still composers because they wrote the music.

Other things that musicians include:

• composer,
• music Coach,
• choir Coach,
• music Teacher,
• musicologist

Musicians can also group together to play songs. If the group consists of many people who play musical instruments simultaneously like Beethoven’s music, then it is called an orchestra. If it consists of many people singing, as in a flag ceremony, the name is a choir. If only a few people are together, it is called a band. Sometimes the band has a name that resembles the singer.

3. Model

A model (for women is called a mannequin) or a model is someone who is employed with the aim of promoting and displaying fashion clothes or other products as well as for promotional or advertising purposes or who poses for works of art.

4. Cast

Actors or also known as actresses (women) and actors (men) are people who play a certain role in a stage action, film or television show. Generally, actors are people who have studied or been specially trained to do plays through a school or course. Actors act in portraying a character so that it looks like a real character.

The term actor is often confused with artist. The word artist actually in English refers to artists. This is due to the similarity in sound with the actress which means, namely the female actor.

5. Athlete

An athlete (which is also often spelled as athlete) or sportsman is someone who is proficient in sports or other forms of physical exercise. According to the Big Indonesian Dictionary, athletes are athletes, especially those who take part in competitions and competitions (strength, speed, and agility).

In certain sports, athletes must have higher than average physical abilities.

6. Disjoki (DJ)

A disc jockey or disc jockey (in English called Disc jockey , abbreviated DJ or sometimes “deejay”) is someone who is skilled at selecting and playing sound recordings or music that has been recorded before. Generally, the recording media used is disc or disc media, and because of his skill in playing these discs, this profession is known as disc jockey, or who is more familiar with the disjoki (spelling in English disc jockey ).

Today, this term does not only refer to the ability to arrange songs or music on disc, but also in other forms of media.

7. Magician

Magic is a performing art that is in great demand by most people in the world, because in its presentation of foam magic it amazes and wonders the audience about the secret behind the performance. Magic is a combination of various existing arts, for example dance, music, visual arts, and so on and is the application of a combination of existing disciplines. For example physics, chemistry, biology, psychology, and so on.

Magic art is not a skill that contains occult or supernatural elements, because every magic trick can be explained. Magic is simply a game of “shrewdness” by the hand, manipulation, the work of a piece of equipment or equipment or the effect that arises from a chemical reaction and which has been trained to the best of its ability by a magician before being shown to others. Therefore, magic can be learned by everyone, as long as the person is willing to practice well.

It’s a shame that until now there are still people who equate magic tricks with magic and mysticism. Magic is considered a supernatural power because it is misled by unscrupulous magicians who only think about money and popularity. A true magician will not let others think too far that magicians contain magic.

8. Presenters

Host or pranatacara (English: master of ceremony which is usually abbreviated as MC, Presenter or Host) is a person who has the task of being the host and leader of events in stage entertainment, shows, weddings, and various similar events. The presenter brings narration or information in an event or activity, or in television, radio and film shows. Hosts usually read a prepared script, but they often have to provide unscripted comments or information.

The MC usually introduces participants or artists who will appear on stage soon, engages in dialogue with the audience, and generally tries to maintain the tempo of the event. Depending on the program being presented, an MC is sometimes required to be able to bring jokes or anecdotes like a comedian.

In an official state event, the MC sometimes acts as a protocol officer. Master of ceremonies In the world of hip-hop and electronic dance music, an MC is a term for a music artist who composes or performs an original song that he or she wrote. An MC is different from a DJ (disc jockey) who plays party music and mixes a variety of pre-recorded music.

Shock G of Digital Underground, in the book How to Rap, notes that the term ‘MC’ in hip-hop “comes from the phrase Master of Ceremonies”, which explains “the MC prefix to so many rappers’ names” (for example, MC Hammer ).

Television hosts are also involved in script writing when needed. Other tasks that are often carried out by emcees include interviewing characters, moderating discussions, and providing commentary on sporting events, parades, and other events.

9. Director

A director or filmmaker is a person in charge of directing a film according to a manuscript, filmmaker is also used to refer to a film producer. Screenplay scripts are used to control the artistic and dramatic aspects. At the same time, the director escorts officers or technical workers and actors to fulfill his directing insights. A director also plays a role in guiding the technician crew and film actors in realizing their creativity.

10. Music Arranger

The person who arranges the song is called a music arranger (English: arranger). The basic capital that must be owned by an arranger is the mastery of knowledge about harmony.

Arrangement (Dutch: arrangement , English: arrangement ) is the adjustment of a musical composition with the number of singers or other instruments based on an existing composition so that the essence of the music does not change.

In addition, arrangement is an effort made to a piece of music for a performance where the process is not just a technical extension, but also involves achieving the artistic value it contains.

11. Artistic Director

Art director (AD) is a designation for a similar range of professions in theatre, advertising, marketing, publishing, film and television, the Internet, and video games.

Individual fragments of art performances or scenes are generally done by different parties, but overall the function is managed by an artistic director. In particular, the artistic director is responsible for the overall visual appearance and how the visual communication is carried out, establishing a certain mood, elements of contrast, and psychological appeal in the audience. Art directors make decisions about the visual elements to use, the artistic style to use, and when movement is to be used.

One of the most difficult things that artistic directors face is how to translate moods, messages, concepts, and formulated ideas into visual form. During the brainstorming period, the art director, colleagues, and client engage in a process of imagining how the finished scene will look. Occasionally, the artistic director holds the greatest responsibility in unifying the views of disparate parties while reconciling conflicting agendas and inconsistencies in inputs.

12. Politician

Politician or politician is someone who is involved in politics. And also includes political experts. Politicians also include political figures who participate in government. Being a politician or politician means being a voice for the community, because a politician’s job is to carry out policies based on the aspirations of the people, we usually meet politicians as heads of government or as members of parliament at the level of the DPR RI, the Regional Representative Council of the Republic of Indonesia, Provinces, Regencies and Municipalities.

In Western democracies, the term is usually restricted to those in office or seeking to obtain it rather than being used to refer to the experts employed by the aforementioned persons. Such a difference is not so clear if you are guided by a non-democratic government.

Within a country, politicians form the executive part of a government and the office of the head of state as well as the legislature, and government at the regional and local levels.

• Connotation: Definition, Examples, Characteristics, Types and Differences with Denotation
• 50 Examples of Figurative Sentences and Their Meanings
• 50+ Examples of Imperative Sentences and Their Definitions and Differences with Persuasive Sentences
• Definition of Simplex Sentences and Examples of Their Proper Use
• Conventional Definition and Examples of Its Application in Society

Causes of Sudden Vertigo – Headache is one of the most common and common health complaints. Even dizziness or headache is a symptom that almost appears in various types of diseases. Not only minor illnesses, even chronic illnesses sometimes have symptoms of headaches or dizziness. Dizziness usually occurs in the form of a heavy head or pain in certain parts of the head or all of it.

Well, but there is a disease of dizziness or headaches that should not be underestimated, Sinaumed’s, namely vertigo. The symptoms of this disease are more severe than the symptoms of ordinary dizziness or headaches. Vertigo sufferers will feel the sensation of a spinning head or a room that is moving while he is not moving. Even sufferers will have difficulty standing or walking properly when these symptoms appear.

Vertigo does not occur suddenly, Sinaumed’s. There are several factors that trigger sudden vertigo. Paying attention to the things that trigger vertigo can help you prevent these symptoms from occurring. You also need to know about what actions you should take if vertigo symptoms appear.

The following is a complete summary of vertigo, what causes it and how to overcome it.

What is Vertigo?

Vertigo is a headache that is usually accompanied by a view or the room around like spinning. It can also feel like the sufferer is moving even though it’s just silent, and you will lose your balance. These symptoms can also occur suddenly.

Many people think that the term vertigo describes a fear of heights, but that’s not true. Vertigo can occur when a person looks down from a height but it usually refers to dizziness that occurs due to a problem in the inner ear called peripheral vertigo or in a part of the brain called central vertigo.

Mild vertigo that only occurs occasionally can be treated with a number of steps to handle independently at home. However, if vertigo often recurs or is caused by certain diseases, you need immediate treatment from a doctor.

 

 

Causes of Sudden Vertigo

Sudden vertigo generally occurs due to an imbalance in the inner ear and a problem with the central nervous system. In addition, the cause of sudden vertigo can be caused by the following diseases or disorders of the ear and brain.

1. BPPV conditions

Benign Paroxysmal Positional Vertigo (BPPV) is the most common cause of vertigo, the symptoms of this type of vertigo are causing a sensation like sudden spinning or dizziness. Dizziness can be mild, but can also be very strong or intense. Some of the symptoms are also accompanied by nausea, vomiting and loss of balance.

This condition can occur when you make a sudden change in head position. This condition can occur when you move your head up and down, lie down or when you turn your body or sit in a sleeping position.

The cause of this condition is not known with certainty. However, this condition is often associated with blows or even minor injuries to the head or disturbances that can damage the inner ear such as when performing surgery on the ear. In certain cases, people with BPPV usually experience periods of vertigo that last less than 60 seconds, but other symptoms can also occur, such as nausea.

2. Meniere’s disease

Another cause of vertigo is Meniere’s disease which is an inner ear disorder that can affect balance and hearing. Apart from vertigo, this condition is usually characterized by a sensation of ringing in the ears or tinnitus, temporary hearing loss or what is known as sensorineural deafness, and a feeling of fullness and pressure in the ear.

On the inside of the ear, there are tubes filled with fluid which, together with the nerves and skull, help with hearing and maintain body balance. This condition occurs when there is a buildup of fluid in the inner ear. This condition can trigger vertigo with ringing in the ears and hearing loss. This disease usually affects people aged around 40-60 years.

Several factors that may be a factor in the occurrence of excess fluid in the ear, such as fluid drainage problems, abnormal immune responses, viral infections, genetic disorders or a combination of these factors.

3. Labyrinthitis

Labyrinthitis is inflammation of the part of the inner ear called the labyrinth. The labyrinth consists of fluid-filled canals, which together with the vestibulocochlear nerve help control balance and hearing. If one of the nerves or labyrinths becomes inflamed, vertigo and hearing loss can occur.

These symptoms usually occur because they are caused by viruses or bacteria. Viruses that are known to cause labyrinthitis are influenza, herpes, measles, rubella, polio, hepatitis or varicella. But in rare cases, meningitis or head injury can also cause labyrinthitis.

4. Vestibular Migraine

Migraines and vertigo are indeed two different things. But if you already have a history of migraines, vestibular migraine can be the cause of the vertigo that is happening to you.

If regular migraines cause pain in the head, then vestibular migraines do not always cause pain in the head. The main symptom is a feeling of dizziness that appears and disappears, and can be caused by sudden head movements. This is also still related to the inner ear which regulates the sense of hearing and balance.

These symptoms can occur due to failure of the nerves in the brain which causes dilation of blood vessels in and around the brain, including the vestibular arteries in the inner ear.

5. Autoimmune inner ear disease (AIED)

The immune system has a function to work to eradicate germs and bacteria that are not good for the body. In this case, the immune system mistakenly attacks and thinks the cells in the ear are part of the germs.

This condition causes the appearance of an autoimmune reaction. Apart from vertigo, reactions that may appear include ringing in the ears (tinnitus), balance problems, or ears that feel full.

 

 

6. Vertebrobasilar TIA

This disease attacks the vertebrobasilar arterial system which is located at the back of the brain. These arteries have the function of supplying blood, oxygen and nutrients to the most important brain structures including the brainstem, occipital lobe and cerebellum.

In vertebrobasilar insufficiency, the arteries develop a condition called atherosclerosis which can block blood flow to the brain. This can be caused by the formation of plaque due to the accumulation of cholesterol and calcium in the blood vessels.

This disease has stroke-like symptoms and can be a cause of sudden recurrence of vertigo. People who are prone to vertebrobasilar insufficiency are usually the elderly or those who are at high risk of hypertension and hyperlipidemia (increased levels of fat in the blood).

7. Strokes

Problems with the brain, such as a stroke can be the cause of the sudden vertigo you experience. Stroke is a condition when the blood supply to part of the brain is interrupted or reduced. This condition causes the brain tissue to not get enough oxygen and nutrients, so that the cells in the brain begin to die within minutes and some symptoms such as dizziness and vertigo can appear.

8. Multiple Sclerosis

This disease is an autoimmune disease that attacks the central nervous system, namely the brain and spinal cord. This condition occurs when the immune system mistakenly attacks the protective sheath (myelin) that covers nerve fibers, thereby interrupting communication problems between the brain and the rest of the body.

This condition can cause various problems with body movements such as tremors. This condition can also be a cause of dizziness and vertigo in sufferers.

9. Brain Tumor

The next cause of vertigo is a brain tumor. This condition occurs when a tumor grows and develops in the cerebellum, which is the part of the brain that controls movement. This condition is usually characterized by balance problems, a spinning sensation or other symptoms of a tumor.

10. Acoustic Neuroma

This disease can also be known as vestibular schwannoma which is a benign (non-cancerous) tumor that grows on the vestibular nerve, the nerve that leads from the inner ear to the brain. Benign tumors in the area can affect your balance and hearing. So that it can cause hearing loss such as ringing in the ears to vertigo.

11. Use of drugs

Not only some of the diseases above, if you take certain drugs it can also be a cause of vertigo. Some of them are antibiotics, aminoglycosides, cisplatin, diuretics, or salicylates which affect the structure of the inner ear. Anticonvulsant drugs, aspirin to alcohol can be a cause of vertigo.

Apart from disease, vertigo can also be caused by several foods that trigger vertigo. The following are types of foods that can cause vertigo.

Foods that Cause Vertigo

The appearance of this vertigo can actually be caused by several foods. The following are foods that cause vertigo.

1. Caffeinated Beverages and Foods

Caffeine is usually found in chocolate, coffee, tea, soda and energy drinks. This is due to side effects that can increase the risk of dehydration and changes in nerve and brain performance. This makes people who often consume caffeine more often get vertigo.

Consuming caffeine in excess can also cause the risk of caffeine withdrawal effects or withdrawal symptoms of caffeine which can cause complaints of vertigo and headaches.

2. Foods high in salt

Actually, the recommendation for daily salt intake for adults is no more than 5 grams or the equivalent of 1 teaspoon per day.

If we consume salt in excess, it will trigger hypertension or high blood pressure. This can cause blood flow in the body’s balance organs to decrease and not run smoothly so that it can cause vertigo.

You need to reduce the amount of salt intake such as fast food, canned food, cheese, snacks and MSG.

3. Foods High in Sugar

In addition to foods high in salt, foods high in sugar can also cause vertigo. If you often and consume high amounts of sugar you can be at risk of developing diabetes. This disease is characterized by increased blood sugar in the body.

If you have diabetes, you are also at risk of experiencing nerve disorders including the nerves in the inner ear which can cause vertigo.

4. Food and drink containing alcohol

Sinaumed’s needs to pay attention to this, you need to pay attention to food and drinks that contain alcohol. If you consume it in large quantities and for a long time, it can cause side effects such as narrowing of the arteries. Foods that usually contain alcohol are tapai durian or alcoholic liquor.

When there is a blood vessel disorder in the balance organ in the inner ear, you can feel dizzy because of vertigo. Besides that, alcohol can have an impact on brain function which makes your body movements unstable, this happens when you are drunk because of alcohol.

So, those are some foods that can cause vertigo, if you are already experiencing vertigo, immediately check with your doctor and immediately reduce your consumption of foods with the ingredients above, Sinaumed’s.

 

 

How to Handle Vertigo Independently

If vertigo recurs suddenly, of course it can make you and those around you panic and worry. But to overcome this vertigo complaint, there are some tips that you can do independently at home. including:

• Try to stay calm
• If symptoms occur when you are standing, sit down immediately and close your eyes.
• Avoid lying on your side by leaning on the part of your head that is experiencing vertigo.
• Sleep with your head slightly raised or higher using two or more pillows
• Inadequate fluid intake by drinking water
• Use lighting when you wake up at night
• Don’t move your head suddenly
• Get enough sleep and don’t stay up late.

Movement to Overcome Vertigo Complaints

If your vertigo recurs, you don’t need to panic and immediately sit or lie down and close your eyes. You can also do some movements like the following.

The Epley maneuver

1. Take a sitting position in bed and tilt your head up to 45 degrees to the side experiencing vertigo.
2. Position a pillow to support your upper back, so that your head is slightly tilted back when you lie down.
3. Move your body slowly to lie down in bed with your head still tilted 45 degrees. Hold the position for 30-6- seconds until the dizziness subsides.
4. While lying down turn your head 90 degrees in the opposite direction and hold this position for 30-60 seconds until the dizziness subsides.
5. Position your body facing the side of your head that is tilted.
6. If the dizziness has subsided, try to sit up slowly.

Half Somersault or Foster Maneuver

1. Get into a kneeling position and stare at the ceiling for a few seconds
2. Bend down so that your forehead touches the floor and faces your knees, resembling a prostration. maintain for 30 seconds.
3. Tilt your head 45 degrees to the side that has the vertigo. maintain for 30 seconds.
4. Quickly raise your head until it is parallel to your back, while your knees and hands touch the floor. maintain at a 45 degree incline for 30 seconds.
5. Keep your head tilted to the side affected by vertigo and try to stand up slowly.
6. If you still feel vertigo, repeat for 15 minutes.

So that’s Sinaumed’s, the causes of vertigo and how to deal with it independently and movements that you can try to reduce vertigo symptoms. Thus the discussion about the causes of sudden vertigo to how to reduce the symptoms, I hope all the discussion above is useful, Sinaumed’s.

Definition of Catabolism   – Thanks to energy, humans can carry out all daily activities. But have you ever thought about how the body produces energy? Energy in the body is produced by a biochemical process called catabolism.

Catabolism is a metabolic pathway that breaks down a complex substrate of organic molecules into its constituent components while releasing energy, generally in the form of ATP.

In the catabolic pathway, large molecules such as polysaccharides, lipids, nucleic acids and proteins will be broken down into several smaller molecules such as monosaccharides, fatty acids, nucleotides and amino acids. Check out a more complete explanation of Catabolism below, Sinaumed’s!

A. Definition of catabolism

Through catabolic reactions, food that has been consumed and enters the digestive organs will be broken down by enzymes in our digestive system. Protein is broken down into amino acids.

This amino acid can be used as a source of energy when the body needs it. Amino acids can also be recycled to make proteins or oxidized to urea. In addition to breaking down protein, catabolism can also break down glycogen into glucose. These simple carbohydrates will then go through an oxidation process called glycolysis. It is from this reaction that energy is produced. Meanwhile, fat will go through a breakdown process called hydrolysis.

This process produces fatty acids and glycerol, which will then go through glycolysis and other biochemical reactions to form energy. The energy generated from the above processes is stored as the molecule adenosine triphosphate (ATP). Many aspects of cellular metabolism, both anabolism and catabolism, are closely related to the production and consumption of ATP as a source of energy, which also serves as fuel in all metabolic processes.

B. Catabolic Process

The main processes of catabolism include the citric acid cycle, glycolysis, oxidative deamination, breakdown of muscle tissue and breakdown of fat. We will briefly look at each of the main aspects of catabolism below.

1. Glycolysis

Is a very important process of catabolism, because it is the process that breaks down sugars (eg, glucose) into pyruvate, together with the production of ATP and NADH. Starting with one molecule of glucose, glycolysis is a 10-step reaction that will give two molecules of pyruvate as products.

Using a variety of enzymes, including kinases, mutases, dehydrogenases, isomerases and lyases, as well as the consumption of two ATPs, this basic glucose molecule can be broken down into 2 pyruvate molecules, 2 NADH (which are then used for the subsequent generation of ATP) and 4 ATP. Since two ATP are consumed during the energy consumption part of this process, the net gain from breaking down a glucose molecule is 2 ATP.

2. Citric Acid Cycle

Also known as the Krebs Cycle, the citric acid cycle uses several products of glycolysis for further energy production, starting with the pyruvate molecule. Again, enzymes play a key role in manipulating these pyruvate molecules and binding them with other molecules to release energy in a controlled manner and perpetuate the cycle.

The product of one turn of the citric acid cycle (using 2 molecules of pyruvate) consists of 4 molecules of carbon dioxide, 6 molecules of NADH, 2 molecules of FADH2, and 2 molecules of GTP. NADH and FADH2 will continue on to the electron transport chain for the production of even more ATP.

3. Oxidative Deamination

When it comes to breaking down proteins and amino acids, and accessing the energy within them, a lesser known process called oxidative deamination is required. Protein is usually broken down and used as a substrate for further molecular development (anabolic processes).

However, when there is a shortage of carbohydrates or normal sources of energy, the body will start breaking down proteins into their amino acids, through a process called proteolysis. Unlike other sources of energy, amino acids have nitrogen, so they require a different catabolic process – oxidative deamination.

When the nitrogen group is removed, the basic carbon skeleton is left behind, which is known as a ketoacid. Similar to normal glucose molecules, ketoacids can enter the Krebs Cycle to produce energy, or they can be further synthesized into free fatty acids.

Ammonia is a by-product of this type of deamination, which is fine in small amounts, but high levels are toxic. The body fights this by converting ammonia to urea in the liver, where it can be transferred from the liver to the kidneys and excreted in our urine.

Humans need energy in activities that can be fulfilled by the process of carbohydrate metabolism. You can learn about the series of reactions in this metabolic process in the book Biochemistry: Enzymes and Carbohydrate Metabolism for MIPA and Health Students.

4. Fat Breaker (Lipolysis)

Breaking down stored triglyceride fat stores in adipose tissue is another way to generate energy. Triglycerides consist of a glycol backbone, three fatty acid tails, and three ester bonds that link the two previous components. Three ester bonds must be broken to release their energy, which is done by a hydrolysis reaction. In three separate steps, each of these bonds is broken.

After each fatty acid is removed through the introduction of water (HO), the end products include a glycerol molecule, the two free fatty acids, and usable energy. Hormones that stimulate this process include cortisol, adrenaline and glucagon; insulin acts against this process, stimulating the anabolic processes that produce triglycerides.

5. Breakdown of Muscle Tissue

Although most people try to avoid degrading their muscle mass at all costs, it can often be difficult. Immediately after a workout, or in the morning after a long period without nutritional intake, the body may start catalyzing muscle tissue because it lacks the anabolic processes needed to build more muscle tissue. This definitely sounds counterintuitive, but this transformation of tissue into energy is in response to not providing the body with sufficient basic energy, either from protein or carbohydrate sources.

C. Catabolic Hormones

Did you know, sports such as running, swimming, and cycling are types of activities that are catabolic or cardio exercises. When doing this activity, heart rate, blood pressure, and breathing will increase. The process of catabolism itself plays an important role, with the energy produced, the heart can beat so that all body tissues receive blood supply. The function of the lungs, kidneys, digestion, and cell metabolism will also work optimally, to maintain the body’s survival and health. Hormones that play a role in the process of catabolism, including:

• Cortisol – This hormone helps regulate protein, fat and carbohydrate metabolism. This hormone, known as the ‘stress’ hormone, is produced by the adrenal glands.
• Cytokines – These are substances that regulate interactions between cells and play a role in regulating the immune system. Several types of cytokines function to stimulate the immune system, while several other types of cytokines function to suppress the activity of the immune system.
• Glucagon – This hormone is produced by the pancreas, and together with insulin it functions to maintain blood sugar levels.
• Adrenaline – This hormone known as epinephrine increases heart rate, strengthens heart contractions, and increases blood flow to muscles.

 

D. Catabolism Exercise to Improve Health

Exercise can help the catabolic process go well. Sports that can increase the process of catabolism are called catabolic sports. Catabolic exercise is known to reduce weight by burning more fat and building more muscle mass as well.

Sometimes, these catabolic processes are often used as a reference for whether the body can lose or gain weight quickly or not. Catabolic sports, such as cycling, swimming and running can be beneficial exercises for the health of the body, especially the heart.

Catabolic exercise is believed to increase heart rate and blood pressure. That way, the lungs and heart will also become healthier. In order to always be fit, follow the exercise guidelines with the following time settings: 150 minutes a week at moderate intensity, 75 minutes a week at high intensity, you can divide these exercise times into three to five days of training schedules in 1 week. If you have a history of certain health conditions, consult your doctor first before starting the sport.

During this catabolic exercise, heart rate, blood pressure, and respiration will increase. In this process, the body will break down glycogen (the result of breaking down carbohydrates) into energy to use as fuel during exercise.

If the carbohydrates in the body have been used up and nothing else can be converted into energy, the hormone cortisol in the body will use amino acids to create energy. This causes catabolism to run slowly. In addition, other factors that cause the body’s catabolism to run slowly.

Causes of Slow Catabolism

1. Lack of Activity

Catabolism is the process of producing energy. Exercise helps the process run more quickly. When you don’t move much, your body burns less (or slower) carbohydrates so that less energy is created.

2. Lack of Calories

Limiting the amount of intake is often chosen as a way to lose weight. In fact, eating too little can make catabolic and anabolic processes decrease. As a result, the body cannot produce energy as it should. When reducing total calorie intake to very little than usual, the body will assume someone is starving. In that condition, the body will slow down the burning of calories in the body.

3. Lack of sleep

Lack of sleep can increase the risk of various diseases and fatigue the next day. In addition, several studies have also shown that sleep deprivation can slow down metabolism and can lead to weight gain.

Research also proves that sleep deprivation can lower the resting metabolic rate of healthy adults in the morning. Lack of sleep can disrupt the metabolism of carbohydrates in the body so that when you wake up your body still has high blood sugar levels. High blood sugar levels indicate that glucose, which should be broken down into energy in the body, continues to flow freely in the bloodstream.

4. Stress

Stress can increase the production of the hormone cortisol. This then makes your appetite increase. If this happens continuously, you will experience weight gain because carbohydrates that are not broken down into energy are stored as fat. This weight gain can eventually cause a decreased body metabolism.

5. Consumption of certain drugs

Certain drugs can also slow down the metabolism in the body. Some of them are antidepressants, diabetes drugs, steroids, and hormone therapy. If you feel that you have gained weight after taking the drug, maybe the drug has an impact on your body’s metabolism. If this condition bothers you, immediately discuss it with your doctor.

Less Calories The Body Intakes When you lower your total calorie intake to very little than usual, the body will think you are starving. Under these conditions, the body will slow down your body’s burning of calories.

Therefore, in order to keep catabolism running as optimally as possible, you can do regular exercise as well as various other healthy tips that you can learn from the book 50 Healthy Tips to Prevent Disease with Exercise.

 

E. Stage Catabolism

Catabolism is the process when the body digests food into small molecules in the body to be used as energy or to break down carbohydrates. The large and complex molecules in the body are then broken down into smaller and simpler ones.

Examples of catabolic processes are the same as carbohydrates from rice that enter the body. Carbohydrates are then converted into disaccharides and further broken down into monosaccharides (glucose). The causes of slow catabolism are lack of movement and activity, lack of calories absorbed by the body, lack of sleep, stress and taking certain drugs.

In the process of catabolism there is a process of cellular respiration or cellular respiration. Cellular respiration carries out the process of breaking down complex organic molecules that are rich in potential energy into lower energy waste products at the cellular level. Cellular respiration has four stages namely glycolysis, oxidative decarboxylation, Krebs cycle and electron transfer.

Catabolism is part of the body’s metabolism, namely the process of breaking down complex molecules into smaller molecules to obtain energy. Catabolism occurs in the digestive process of food. Living cells carry out catabolism to get energy to move, warm the body, and also think. Catabolism in living things occurs in several stages, namely glycolysis, oxidative decarboxylation, the Krebs cycle, and the electron transport chain.

1. Glycolysis

Glycolysis comes from two words namely “glucose” which means sugar, and “lysis” which means the breakdown of glucose. Reporting from the Britannica encyclopedia, glucose or the six-carbon sugar group (C6H12O6) is the most important source of energy for the body. Glycolysis is the process of breaking down sugar that takes place in the cytoplasm of cells. The process of glycolysis breaks down sugar into pyruvic acid, NADH, and energy in the form of ATP.

2. Oxidative decarboxylation

Oxidative decarboxylation is the stage of catabolism after glycolysis. Reporting from the Britannica encyclopedia, pyruvic acid from glycolysis is oxidized by the pyruvate dehydrogenase (PDC) enzyme complex to produce acetyl coenzyme A and carbon dioxide. NAD is converted to a higher energy form namely NADH. Oxidative decarboxylation converts pyruvic acid to be processed again in the Krebs cycle, this is why oxidative decarboxylation is called a transition reaction. This transition reaction takes place in the mitochondria of living cells.

3. Krebs cycle

Krebs cycle or tricarboxylic acid cycle is a stage of catabolism to produce higher energy. The Krebs cycle is called a cycle because it continues in a closed loop. Reporting from BCcampus Open Textbooks, the Krebs cycle processes acetyl coenzyme A as a result of oxidative decarboxylation to produce energy. The image above was discovered in 1937 by the biochemist Sir Hans Adolf Krebs. The Krebs cycle consists of 8 stages and each stage is assisted by 8 different enzymes. Reporting from the Encyclopaedia Britannica, that the molecules resulting from the Krebs cycle transfer their energy to the electron transfer chain.

4. Transport Chain

Electrons Reported from thoughtco.com, the electron transport chain is a complex series of proteins and electron carrier molecules in mitochondria to. The electron transport chain aims to produce energy from NADH and FADH. The electron transport chain takes place in each stage of catabolism so that the energy produced is the accumulation of all catabolic processes, namely 30-32 ATP.

 

Most of us must often hear the castration law for criminals. The law of castration is considered appropriate to be given to people who commit sexual violence. Castration law is a type of punishment given to perpetrators of sexual violence and crimes.

Castration law is also known as chemical castration law. The law on castration is regulated in Government Regulation (PP) Number 70 of 2020 concerning Procedures for Carrying Out Chemical Castration, Installation of Electronic Detection Devices, Rehabilitation, and Announcement of the Identity of Perpetrators of Sexual Violence against Children.

In its implementation, castration law is carried out on perpetrators who have been convicted and sentenced to a medical procedure to remove the penis and testicles, or the male external sex organs. Castration law itself has been in force in Europe since the Middle Ages.

Launching from the Merdeka.com page, castration laws are still enforced in many countries around the world. The techniques of castration law are grouped into two, namely physical castration and chemical castration. Physical castration is carried out by amputating the external sex organs of the rapist. This will make the offender lack the hormone testosterone.

Meanwhile, chemical castration is carried out by injecting an anti-testosterone substance into the perpetrator’s body so that it reduces testosterone levels. This hormone is mostly produced by Lydig cells in the testicles. Anti-testosterone substances make sexual desire to be reduced.

Types of Castration Law

The castration law itself reaps the pros and cons. Those who are pro- castration law argue that sexual crimes are classified as extraordinary crimes that claim the future of the victim and cause severe trauma. Therefore, the perpetrators should be punished with castration law.

The opposing party considers castration law to be a violation of international agreements on human rights. Which stated that the state should not punish humans by degrading human rights and human values.

In practice, castration law consists of two types, namely physical castration law and chemical castration law. Based on the book Castration Law in Interdisciplinary Studies published on the Merdeka.com website, the following is an explanation of the two types of castration laws.

• Physical castration is carried out by cutting off the external sex organs of the perpetrator of the rape so that the perpetrator will be deficient in the hormone testosterone. When someone lacks this hormone will reduce sex drive.
• Chemical castration is carried out by injecting anti-androgen chemicals into the body so that the testosterone hormone will decrease. This will make sexual arousal go down. Chemical castration is not permanent. When antiandrogenic substances are not given to a person’s body, these effects will stop. Sexual arousal and erection ability will return to the body.

Legal Basis of Castration

Adam Yuriswanto and Ahmad Mahyani in their article entitled “Campus Punishment as Additional Crime in Sexual Crime Crimes” stated that the implementation of castration law for punishment is in accordance with the joint theory because it focuses on retaliation which creates a deterrent effect through a rehabilitation process.

Castration law in Indonesia does not apply without a legal basis. the legal basis used is Law Number 23 of 2022 concerning Child Protection. This legal basis is strengthened by Government Regulation Number 70 of 2020 concerning Procedures for Carrying Out Chemical Castration, Installation of Electronic Detection Devices, Rehabilitation, and Announcement of the Identity of Perpetrators of Sexual Violence against Children.

In Article 1 Paragraph 2 PP Number 70 of 2020 it is stated that the act of chemical castration is the administration of chemical substances through injection or other methods, which is carried out to perpetrators who have been convicted of committing violence or threats of violence forcing a child to have intercourse with him or with another person, causing victim of more than 1 (one) person, resulting in serious injury, mental disorder, infectious disease, impaired or loss of reproductive function, and/or death of the victim, to suppress excessive sexual desire, accompanied by rehabilitation.

Sexual violence may not be committed against anyone, including children, adults, women, men, young and old. They have the right to live life in peace and security. The prohibition against committing sexual violence against children is contained in Articles 76D and 76E of Law Number 35 of 2014 concerning amendments to Law Number 23 of 2002 concerning Child Protection.

In Article 76D it is stated that “Everyone is prohibited from committing violence or threats of violence to force a child to have intercourse with him or with another person”.

Meanwhile, Article 76E states that “Everyone is prohibited from committing violence or threats of violence, forcing, deceiving, committing a series of lies, or persuading a child to commit or allow obscene acts to be carried out”.

Procedures for Chemical Castration

Chemical castration is carried out by installing electronic detection devices and rehabilitation for perpetrators of sexual violence against children based on a court decision. In Government Regulation Number 70 of 2020 concerning the Implementation of Chemical Castration, Installation of Electronic Detection Devices, Rehabilitation, and Announcement of the Identity of Perpetrators of Sexual Violence against Children, it is also stated regarding procedures for chemical castration.

The following is an explanation of the legal procedures for chemical castration based on the government regulation.

1. Clinical Assessment

Clinical assessment is carried out by a team consisting of officers who have expertise in the medical and psychiatric fields. Clinical assessment includes clinical and psychiatric interviews, physical examination, and investigations. Meanwhile, the procedure for clinical assessment is as follows.

a. The ministry that organizes government affairs in the field of law submits a notification to the prosecutor.

b. Notification as referred to in letter a shall be made no later than 9 (nine) months before the convict has finished serving his principal sentence.

c. Within a period of 7 (seven) working days after the notification referred to in letter b, the prosecutor submits a notification and coordinates with the ministry administering government affairs in the health sector to carry out a clinical assessment.

d. Clinical assessment begins no later than 7 (seven) working days after receiving the notification as referred to in letter c.

 

2. Conclusion

The conclusion is the result of a clinical assessment to ensure that the sex offender deserves or is not subject to castration. This conclusion is conveyed to the prosecutor a maximum of 14 working days after receiving the notification from the prosecutor.

The perpetrators of intercourse deserve to be subject to chemical punishment with a maximum delay of 6 months. During the delay period, a clinical re-assessment and re-conclusion was carried out to ensure the feasibility of chemical castration.

3. Implementation

The procedures for implementing castration for perpetrators of sexual violence as stated in Government Regulation Number 70 of 2020 concerning Implementation of Chemical Castration, Installation of Electronic Detection Devices, Rehabilitation, and Announcement of the Identity of Perpetrators of Sexual Violence are as follows.

a. The implementation of chemical castration is carried out after the conclusion referred to in Article 8 states that the perpetrators of intercourse are eligible to be subject to chemical castration.

b. Within a period of no later than 7 (seven) working days after receiving the conclusion referred to in letter a, the prosecutor orders the doctor to perform chemical castration on the perpetrators of intercourse.

c. The implementation of chemical castration as referred to in letter b is carried out immediately after the convict has finished serving the principal sentence.

d. The implementation of Chemical Castration is carried out in government-owned hospitals or designated regional hospitals.

e. The implementation of the Chemical Castration Action was attended by prosecutors, representatives from the ministries in charge of government affairs in the field of law, ministries in charge of government affairs in the social sector, and ministries in charge of government affairs in the health sector;

f. The implementation of chemical castration is stated in the minutes.

g. Forcibly notify the victim or the victim’s family that chemical castration has been carried out.

Cases Sentenced to Castration in Indonesia

Indonesia has applied castration to several perpetrators of sexual violence. Summarizing from the Regional.kompas.com page, here is a list of cases of sexual violence where the perpetrators were sentenced to chemical castration.

1. Muhammad Aris

Muh Aris, the perpetrator of the rape of 9 underage girls in the Mojokerto Regency area. Muh Aris was sentenced to 12 years in prison and a fine of 100 million in subsidy for 6 months in prison.

Then, the judge added castration to his sentence. Even though Aris filed an appeal, the judge still gave him a castration sentence. Muh Aris raped with the motive of looking for female victims when the perpetrator returned from work.

2. Rahmat Santoso Slamet

Rahmat Santoso Slamet, a scout teacher in Surabaya, was sentenced to castration. This is because he raped 15 of his students. He invited the children to practice scouting at his home. Then, raped the male student.

The seduction given was to invite him to study scout material at his home so that he could become an elite scout team. It’s not only the scout students who are victims. His neighbors were also victims.

3. Father in Banjarmasin who raped his son

A father in Banjar still raped his son and was sentenced to 20 years in prison. He was also given an additional sentence in the form of chemical castration for two years. The perpetrator, AM, is alleged to have raped his biological child on January 12, 2021.

4. Dian Ansari

Dian Ansori, an official at the Integrated Service Center for the Empowerment of Women and Children (P2TP2A) in East Lampung, raped a 13 year old child. Worse, the child was a rape victim who was entrusted to the institution.

Dian Ansori didn’t just rape the child. He even sold victims to several men. This case began when the victim was entrusted to undergo a mentoring program in the context of psychological and mental recovery.

The victim has been receiving protection since the end of 2019. The victim’s trauma did not heal, instead she was sexually assaulted again. The perpetrators were sentenced to chemical castration, 20 years in prison, and paid restitution to victims of seven million rupiah.

 

Definition of Cash Equivalent Assets – Cash equivalents are assets owned by businesses. These are short term investment assets that can be converted into cash in a relatively short period of time.

Cash equivalents are liquid investments. Cash equivalents are assets that can be converted into cash without reducing their value. Short term investment under 12 months. This can be converted to rupiah for a certain amount.

Cash equivalent assets are all types of money, both paper money and coins. And applied at home and abroad. And every correspondence worth rupiah.

Understanding cash equivalents is a must for every entrepreneur. For this reason, this article will explain what cash equivalents are, their types, uses, characteristics, advantages and disadvantages.

Definition of Cash Equivalent Assets

Cash equivalent assets are short-term investments that can be quickly converted into cash. Examples include savings and checking account balances, short-term certificates of deposit, and short-term government bonds. Another example of cash equivalents is short-term securities ( negotiable notes issued by other entities).

Cash equivalents are a measure of a company’s financial position. Investors are advised to be aware of a company’s cash equivalents when deciding whether to invest in another company. This is because it lets investors know whether the company can pay its bills in the short term.

Cash equivalents are one of the most important indicators of the health of a company’s financial system. Analysts consider which particular company would be a good place to invest given its ability to generate cash and cash equivalents as it reflects how the company can pay its bills in the short term.

You can also determine if any companies with large amounts of cash and cash equivalents are prime targets for large companies planning to acquire small businesses.

When presented in financial statements, investing in this type of account is often equated with cash. Therefore, cash equivalents include investment vehicles that are similar to the entire cash balance of the enterprise.

Types of Cash Equivalent Assets

1. Currency

Currency is a unit of currency agreed upon by the government and citizens of a country. Countries have their own currency. For example, Indonesia’s currency is Rupiah, Japan uses Yen, and several countries, namely the United States, Cambodia, Ecuador and Panama, have the same currency.

Currency itself acts as a medium of exchange, and all currencies have denominations. For example, 1 USD is equivalent to 14,000 Rupiah in Indonesia. This is subject to exchange rates or currency exchange rates. This exchange rate can generally change at any time as the US dollar rises.

In addition, the exchange rate is also affected by the country’s inflation rate. Inflation is lower in more affluent countries. This right stems from the economic and political situation of the country. The political and economic situation of a country also affects exchange rates. Government control also contributes to exchange rate fluctuations in currencies.

2. Check

A check is a letter printed by a bank that a customer can use as an order to withdraw money. The amount to be deducted will be stated on the check itself. A checking account is required to receive checks. The checking account itself is a savings or deposit account for a customer or business person. You can also withdraw money at any time during bank opening hours.

Withdrawing money by check is not as easy as it sounds. There are several conditions for using checks. That is, the check name must be unique. The designation of the name of the prospective buyer and the location of the transaction must include the date of cashing of the check. Checks are valid for six months from the date the check is presented. There are various types of checks namely, blank checks, bearer checks, checks made on behalf of other people, and many other checks.

3. Bank Deposits

Bank deposits are deposits made by customers and have a certain time during which withdrawals can be made. If the customer withdraws before the specified time, the customer will be penalized by the bank.

There are many types of deposits, such as time deposits, certificates of deposit and deposits on call. Time deposits are deposits that have a choice of certain terms, such as 3 months 6 months 1 year to 2 years. While the certificate of deposit does not have the name of a person or an institution.

Because this certificate can be transferred later. You can also sell to other parties. And the interest from this deposit is given every month or at maturity. Deposit on call is a savings account with a minimum term of one week. This deposit is made on behalf of the customer. Interest is paid at the same time as the deposit.

In addition, a certificate of deposit is a contract with a financial institution for the bank to provide access to your capital for a certain period of time.

Instead of sacrificing the liquidity of money, financial institutions often pay higher interest rates on their capital. Savers are free to choose the term of the certificate of deposit (often from one month to five years).

4. Notes Receivable

In the accounting world, a note receivable is a formal written statement of the amount a customer owes. As long as collection is expected within one year, accounts receivable are included in the current assets group which are recognized in the balance sheet of financial statements.

Notes receivable can also be used to pay off customer receivables. Notes receivable are also called accounts receivable. Guaranteed statements have several other advantages over reports recorded as receivable.

By signing the note, the debtor acknowledges the debt and agrees to make payments according to the written terms. Therefore, the memo has very strong lawsuits.

A note receivable is a written promise to pay a certain amount of money upon request or at a time specified therein. This letter can be paid to the customer, the company or the guarantor himself.

This letter is signed by the person or legal entity that has signed the contract. The person entitled to receive these notes is called the payee or payee, and the person making the promise is called the glitcher.

The date of payment of this bill is known as the due date. The maturity date calculation for the period from the issue date to the maturity date of the short-term bonds can later be expressed in daily or monthly terms.

5. Mutual funds

Mutual funds are an alternative form of investment for people who like investing, especially small investments and investors who don’t have much time and expertise to calculate their investment risks.

Mutual funds are designed as a way to raise money from people who have the capital, the desire to invest but little time and knowledge.

In addition, mutual funds are also expected to increase the role of local investors who invest in the Indonesian capital market.

In general, mutual funds are defined as a medium used to raise capital from the investment community and then invest in securities portfolios by investment managers.

There are three things related to this definition, namely first, the existence of funds from the investment community. Second, the fund is invested in a securities portfolio, and third, the fund is managed by an investment manager.

Thus, the funds in a mutual fund are investors’ mutual funds, while the investment manager is the party entrusted with managing the fund.

6. Securities

Securities are assets and financial instruments that are easily converted into cash and therefore highly liquid. Marketable securities are liquid because their maturities are usually one year or less, and the speed of transaction has minimal effect on price.

These securities are often used as a means of payment in modern business transactions, especially among entrepreneurs. Many businessmen use this title as a means of payment for business transactions because it is considered more convenient, safer and also has its own credibility.

In addition to being able to facilitate various transactional activities, securities are also useful as legal documents because these letters are instructions to the sender of the letter, who is considered a party capable of exercising or exercising and waiving certain rights.

7. Acceptance of Bankers

A banker’s acceptance is a form of payment guaranteed by a bank appraiser and not by an individual account holder. Because banks guarantee payments, short-term banking issues are considered fairly close to cash.

Banker acceptances are often used to facilitate transactions with little risk for both parties. Banker acceptances are short-term financial instruments representing future payments promised by the bank with terms of 30 to 180 days.

The bank’s approval process is similar to that of a short-term loan and includes various credit checks and guarantees. After the bank receives the bank acceptance, the obligation to immediately transfer from the issuer of the bank acceptance to the bank.

Issuer accepts bank deposits for future payments with banks. Banks charge a small fee and issue term drafts on deposits, which represent future payments guaranteed by the bank.

After being received from the bank, the obligation passes from the issuer receiving the bank to the person in charge of the bank. Thus, a bank’s acceptance credit rating is generally the same as the credit rating of a bank that promises payment.

Because bank acceptances are short-term instruments, the process for applying for a bond guarantee is similar to that of a short-term loan. Current liabilities are defined as obligations that will mature within the next 12 months or within the current financial year.

The bank will assess the creditworthiness of the borrower using internally established criteria to ensure that the borrower has sufficient funds to cover deposits for future payments.

Depending on the size of the receiving bank, the borrower may or may not need to apply for collateral. The bank charges the borrower a fraction of the amount.

8. Bank Current Accounts

Giro is a type of savings issued by a bank and can be used by its customers. The term giro savings customer has a special symbol called giran. Giran can withdraw the money using a check issued by the bank. This is clearly very different from ordinary savings that can be disbursed through an ATM.

9. Short Term Government Bonds

Bonds are tradable medium and long term bonds. Bonds with the promise of the issuer of securities to pay interest (coupon) in the form of interest (coupon) for a certain period of time and to repay the principal at the end of the specified period, obligations to the buyer.

Bonds are one of the fixed income investments that aim to provide a relatively stable level of increase in investment value with a relatively stable risk compared to stocks.

Meanwhile, Government Bonds, namely bonds in the form of state securities issued by the government of the Republic of Indonesia. The government issued fixed coupon bonds (FR-Fixed Rate series), variable coupon bonds (VR-Variable Rate series) and Sharia principle bonds/State Sukuk.

Short term Government Bonds are provided by the government to finance government projects. It is issued in the national currency of the country. Investors are concerned about political risk, interest rate risk and inflation when investing in government bonds.

10. Petty cash receipts

Petty cash receipts are records of cash payments used to make small transactions. And the petty cash receipt is forwarded to the person in charge of office expenses.

Objectives of Accounting for Cash Equivalents

To meet the reporting needs of users to measure earnings power, accountants report large amounts of investment income separately from operating income.

To help users assess solvency, balance sheets present cash equivalents. This amount can be compared to bonds that require short-term settlement.

For this purpose, PSAK also calls for disclosure of restrictions on the availability of liquidity, the purpose for which it is applied, or the duration of investments.

A cash balance can also help measure the earning potential of any surplus available for investment, allowing the business to grow or take advantage of other opportunities that arise.

Functions of Cash Equivalents for Business

Companies hold their capital as cash equivalents for several reasons.

First, cash equivalents are part of a company’s net working capital (current assets minus current liabilities), which is used to purchase inventories, cover operating expenses, and perform other purchasing operations.

Cash equivalents can also serve as an emergency fund for businesses or investors. Again, instead of letting the value of silver fall due to bank account inflation, an investor can earn a little extra income.

Finally, a company may intentionally hold a higher cash equivalent balance if it is needed to finance an acquisition. Instead of locking capital into long-term or volatile investments, companies may deliberately choose to sit on a pile of cash equivalents if they need to raise cash quickly.

Advantages and Disadvantages of Cash Equivalents

There are certain strategic circumstances in which a company or investor must hold cash equivalents. However, the benefits of cash equivalents also come with some limitations.

Cash Equivalent Profits

Cash equivalents are often a more efficient use of capital than holding cash entirely. Cash equivalents usually earn more interest than cash, although cash equivalents usually do not sacrifice much of the functionality or accessibility of cash.

Cash equivalents are presented as current assets in the balance sheet. As a result, these assets remain highly liquid when short-term returns are expected.

Unlike other types of financial instruments or investments, which have no definite or very long term of holding, cash equivalents are not intended to be held for a long period of time.

Finally, many cash equivalents have a fixed interest rate. For example, a certificate of deposit locks investors into a fixed interest rate for a certain period of time, resulting in a steady income.

During this period, the investor is guaranteed this interest rate (without taking into account fees or penalties for early violations). This level of security may be desired by some investors.

Lack of Cash Equivalents

Although cash equivalents typically generate a higher return or appreciation than cash, they still have a much lower earning potential than other investments.

In general, an investor should strive to obtain cash equivalents. However, capital is more likely to grow and create business value if it is invested in businesses or invested in riskier products that offer higher returns.

Conclusion

Cash equivalent assets are short-term business assets that can easily be converted into cash in a predictable amount. Cash equivalent assets are listed on the balance sheet on the first line because these are the company’s most liquid assets.

To make it easier for you to learn and understand cash equivalent assets, you can buy books at sinaumedia.com, which provides many books on accounting.

So what are you waiting for? Come on, buy books at sinaumedia.com right now.

Author: Ziaggi Fadhil Zahran

Also read related articles:

Fixed Assets: Definition, Types, Characteristics, and How to Acquire Them

The difference between Financial Accounting and Management Accounting

Definition of Financial Accounting According to Experts, Functions, & Types

Definition of Cost Accounting According to Experts, Functions, and Types

Get to know the Financial Accounting Standards in Indonesia

Definition of Cash Account – Hello sinaumedia friends . This time we will discuss one of the terms related to finance, namely a cash account. Perhaps few people know the meaning of a cash account, although we may have used it.

In finance, this term has several definitions. The following is a brief explanation obtained from some literature. The discussion of cash accounts often also involves other terms, namely cash, accounting, and bookkeeping

You are probably familiar with cash in business. The definition of cash or cash in accounting is cash paid directly without debt. However, cash has a broader meaning in the basics of accounting or vice versa. It is one of the most liquid asset classes. The higher the nominal, the higher the nature of liquidity

In a general sense, cash can be thought of as a place to store money or to pay and receive money. You can say that it is cash that is used to exchange goods, debts or services

But speaking of accounting, the meaning is completely different. A cash account is a form of accounting that is based on recording the actual transactions that occur

In this article, the discussion will be focused on his understanding in accounting. In addition, the types will also be explained, examples of how to register and the benefits for existing businesses

Definition of Cash Account

A cash account is an account that contains details about incoming and outgoing money. This is recorded to show the remaining amount of cash that must exist (cash account). Another definition of a cash account is an account that is used to record activities in the form of changes in nominal currency due to receipts and expenditures

Accounts involving money or cash and the like which are classified as cash accounts, such as demand deposits, checks, etc., can be used according to the function of money even though time deposits are not included in cash accounts, it is very useful for business

Cash Account Criteria

Because of the impact on accounting, cash accounts are considered special bookkeeping. The cash account as usual functions as the general ledger and main book of entry in an accounting

There are two criteria for a cash account, namely:

• Availability: there must be cash available for the company’s daily expenses
• Free: if it is generally accepted as a means of payment according to its nominal value, then each item is classified as cash

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash is a free and available tender used to finance general business activities. Loans mean that the business must have sufficient cash available to cover unforeseen business expenses.

Free means that the business is free to use cash for expenses incurred by the business. Cash is also the most liquid asset. Liquidity of a company is important information for readers (users) of financial statements to make economic decisions

According to the Accounting Standards Report (2013), cash includes cash balances and current accounts. Cash equivalents are highly liquid short-term investments that can be quickly converted into certain amounts of cash without the risk of significant changes in value.

According to Sugiri and Sumiyana (2005), creditors are very interested in information about the company’s ability to pay off its short-term obligations. With this and other relevant information, lenders can decide whether to grant or reject credit applications

Investors also pay attention to liquidity information when deciding to maintain their investment, add or even withdraw from a business

Types of Cash Accounts

According to Rizal Effendi (2013), the notion of cash is anything (whether in the form of money or not) that can be used as means of payment or means of repayment of obligations.

Cash in the company can be divided into several parts according to their designation. Cash in the company can be divided into several synchronous parts using their designation. The several types of cash in the company are as follows;

1. Petty Cash

Petty Cash is cash in the form of cash prepared by the company to pay for various expenses which are relatively small in value and not economical if the payment is by check.

In recording mini cash flows, companies generally use 2 methods of recording, namely the permanent fund system method and the variable fund system method

This type of cash is reserved for expenses such as the daily operations of the company

Examples of the use of petty cash issued include travel expenses, minimum expenses and meals, transportation, internet costs, entertainment, and office supplies such as stationery. There are several ways to record petty cash, namely:

• Imprest method (fixed fund method), the amount is fixed every time it is filled or the small amount of cash returned will be the same as the nominal amount issued

• Fluctuation Method, the amount changes along with the expenditure and addition of petty cash

The purpose of establishing a petty cash is:

1. To avoid using uneconomical and unrealistic payment methods, petty cash should be used to make it more practical for the development of the company

2. Various activities related to operations are accelerated and sudden

3. If payment by check is not available, please provide assistance in person

4. Assist employees to provide the best quality service to customers

5. Pay the low price

2. Cash In Bank (Cash in the Bank)

Cash in the Bank is money that is kept competitively by the company in a private bank account, which is a relatively large amount and requires better security. In this case, the cash at the bank always includes the checking account of the bank’s company

Examples of expenses required to use large amounts of cash, such as purchasing assets, paying rent, paying debts, and other expenses. The purpose of the formation of large cash is as follows:

1. For direct or indirect payment of funds in large amounts, checks can be used

2. If the costs are relatively large, it will make the company’s business activities faster

3. Avoid unrealistic payment processes

4. As a means of payment of large amounts of money

3. Cash Equivalents

Cash equivalents are referred to as cash equivalents, referring to company assets held for less than 3 months. These cash equivalents will be useful in unstable monetary economic conditions, examples of cash equivalents are SUN or government securities and government bonds.

4. Restricted Cash

Restricted Cash or cash that is restricted in use is cash that is deliberately set aside for significant future obligations

5. Bank Overdrafts

Bank overdrafts are companies that issue checks with a value greater than the bank’s balance

Differences in petty cash accounts and large cash accounts

The cash account is without a doubt the account you will encounter most often when compiling financial statements, as every transaction will inevitably involve the use of cash, paper, metal or some other form, but you will notice that the cash account itself is divided into two categories.

Cash accounts are divided into two types, petty cash and compound cash. It could be that an idea that is new to you raises various questions in your brain, what are the differences between the two ideas? How for example?

Fortunately, by visiting sinaumedia you will get the answer because in the following review we will discuss the difference between a petty cash account and a large cash account along with examples.

Petty cash

Petty cash or petty cash  is a type of cash or fund set aside for current expenses or business operations in a relatively small nominal amount.

Examples of expenses that use petty cash, such as:

• Transportation costs
• Travel expense
• Food and drink costs
• Purchase of ATK or office supplies
• Entertainment costs
• Internet fees

The formation of petty cash has several objectives, including:

1.  Accelerate business operations that are sudden in nature.
2.  Petty cash can be used to avoid payment methods that are considered uneconomical and impractical for company development.
3.  Assist staff and employees in providing maximum quality service to customers.
4.  Can be used as bailout funds or direct funds if payments cannot be made by check.
5.  Paying expenses that require spending a little.

Big Cash

Big cash or cash in the bank  is a type of cash or funds prepared for occasional expenses or activities that require a higher nominal amount.

Examples of expenses that use large cash:

• Venue rental fee
• Asset purchase
• Acquisition
• Debt payments
• And other costs require an amount above IDR 1,000,000.

The objectives of building substantial cash flow are as follows:

Acceleration of business operations requires relatively greater costs. Large amounts of cash are used to avoid payment methods that are deemed uneconomical and impractical for business.

Can be used as direct or indirect funds for large payments and can use checks. Pay expenses with a higher nominal amount.

Cash Receipt System

The cash receipts accounting system is a record made to carry out fundraising activities from selling cash or receivables that are ready and free to use for company activities in general.

The cash receipts accounting system is a process in which cash flows that occur in the company run continuously throughout the life cycle of the companies involved. Cash flow includes cash inflows and cash outflows.

Based on this understanding, it can be concluded that the cash receipts accounting system is a unit that collects, records transactions, and can assist leaders in processing company receipts. The forms of cash payments from customers are:

1. Cash,
2. Check
3. giro
4. bank transfers,
5. Bank Orders

The way cash is received is that customers pay their own fees for approved transactions, invoice creditors, and reimburse for accounts payable. The cash receipts accounting system consists of two main systems, namely:

1. Cash Sales Cash Receipt System

According to Mulyadi (2008), the biggest source of cash income for trading companies comes from cash sales transactions. Based on a good internal control system, a cash sales cash receipt system requires:

1. Receipts of cash in cash must be deposited in full immediately and subjected to internal inspection by a party other than the cashier

2. Cash receipts from cash sales are generated through credit card transactions, which involve the credit card issuing bank recording the cash receipts

2. Cash Receipt System for Receivables

Mulyadi (2008) explains that to guarantee company cash receipts, a cash receipt system for receivables requires:

1. The debtor pays by check or transfer through a bank account (giro bilyet)

If the company only accepts cash in checks on behalf of the company, it guarantees that any cash received from the company will be credited to the company’s checking account. Bookkeeping also guarantees the receipt of cash into the company’s bank checking account

2. Any cash received in the form of a check from the debtor must be paid immediately and paid off to the bank

Cash Disbursement System

The withdrawal accounting system is a system for recording all cash withdrawal transactions, including a series of processes for receiving, storing, distributing, paying, depositing and disbursing funds in the company’s operations. The cash payment system consists of two main systems:

1. Cash Discharge Statement with Check, or Cash Disbursement Statement with Check, usually for high denominated fees

2. Cash disbursement accounting system with cash through the petty cash fund system. This is a petty cash system used by businesses when there is a small nominal payment. This system is implemented in two ways: floating balance system and counting system

Cash flow statement

A cash flow statement, also known as a cash flow statement, is an important element that provides information about the financial position of a business for a certain period of time. A statement of cash flows is a statement detailing the cash inflows (income) and outflows (expenses) of a company during a certain period.

What is typically described on a cash flow statement include cash amounts received, such as cash income by owners and cash investments, and cash amounts incurred by the business, such as issuance costs, debt repayments, and private fishing.

The statement of cash flows is prepared after the financial statements are prepared and is prepared based on the income statement for the current period and balance sheet data for the previous period. Cash flow statements for both goods and services businesses have a classification which is divided into three types of activities, namely operations, investments, and financing

1. Operational Cash Flow (Operational Cash Flow)

Operating cash flow is the cash flow associated with business activities during a certain period. Operating activities affect the income statement, which is presented on the accrual basis. While the statement of cash flows reflects the effect on cash. Usually the notion of operating cash flow is collecting money from customers or revenue from payment receivables

2. Investment Cash Flow (Investing Cash Flow)

Investment cash flows are cash inflows and cash outflows related to the investment activities of a company during a certain period of time. Investing activities increase and decrease the long-lived assets that companies use to carry out their activities.

Some activities that include cash flow investing are buying and selling of fixed assets, investing in stocks, and other forms of investment. For example, buying or selling fixed assets such as land, buildings or equipment is an investment

3. Financing Cash Flow ( Financing Cash Flow)

Financing cash flows are cash flows associated with the company’s financing activities (reducing capital and increasing capital) during a certain period. Financing activities include activities aimed at obtaining liquidity from investors and creditors needed for operations and continuation of business activities.

Some examples of financing activities are bank loans, issuing bonds, issuing shares through an IPO, issuing new shares through preference rights and others

Functions and Objectives of the Statement of Cash Flows

One of the primary functions and objectives based on the cash flow statement lies in the news presented regarding the disbursement and receipt of cash in a period. From this news the company can create financial tactics, for example valuing a company’s net assets, financial structure of a company (liquidity & solvency) and adjusting cash flows using changing circumstances and opportunities.

A company that has high net profit does not necessarily claim that the company can pay employee expenses and buy equipment. In particular, the statement of cash flows aims as;

1. Estimating cash flows in the next period from the current period’s cash flow financial statements,
2. Determine the ability or inability of the company to pay the company’s obligations,
3. The basis for making decisions to improve company performance
4. Report on the interaction of hygienic profit to changes in the company’s cash

Benefits of Statement of Cash Flows

Of course, financial reports, especially cash flow statements, provide benefits not only for the company but also for many parties, such as investors, creditors, company managers and other parties. Not only goods companies, service companies can also enjoy the benefits of cash flow statements. The following are the benefits based on the cash flow statement:

1. View financial position using easy,
2. Increase the company’s cash in the future,
3. Assess the company’s ability to meet obligations,
4. Looking at corporate financing & investment,
5. Distinguish hygienic profit using hygienic cash flow

Conclusion

From the explanation above, we can conclude that a cash account is an account or account that must be owned by a businessman for the ease of recording income and expenditure of funds. Cash is divided into several categories to work with according to the conditions that occur in the business

For example, using petty cash is most effective when a business needs to spend a small amount of money to make processes run more smoothly. Meanwhile, for needs such as buying property and paying rent, cash is best used to speed up the transaction process.

Author: Ziaggi Fadhil Zahran

Also read sinaumedia.com articles:

Frontliner Bank: Definition, Types, Qualifications, and Duties

Getting to Know Debit: Definition, Its Use in Accounting and How It Works

Get to know the Financial Accounting Standards in Indonesia

Public Sector Accounting: Definition According to Experts, Objectives, Types

Definition of Financial Accounting According to Experts, Functions, & Types

Case study – For those of you who are in college, the phrase “case study” must sound
familiar. One of these research methods is widely used by students at the Bachelor (S1),
Masters (S2) and Doctoral (S3) levels. However, for a long time, the case study was considered
a “weak” research method due to its lack of objectivity, research power, and rigor.

Surprisingly, the facts on the ground prove otherwise. Case studies generate a lot of new
knowledge in social sciences, such as psychology, anthropology, sociology, history, economics, political
science, education, and so on.

Despite the debate about the drawbacks of the case study research method, Sinaumed’s certainly wanted to
understand more about this method. For this reason, in this article we will discuss several
things, starting from the definition and types of case studies, to the steps for making case study
research.

What is a Case Study?

In short, a case study is research on a case in which each process is carried out in detail, sharp and in
depth. Cases here can be individuals, groups, organizations, or institutions. From
the case research, it is hoped that the researcher will gain in-depth knowledge about the case under
study.

The case under study usually has to be something that is happening now (actual), not something that has
passed and must be truly specific or “unique”. In other words, researchers are advised to
choose only one case, both very simple and complex.

So how can a case be called “unique”? Prof. Dr. H. Mudjia Rahardjo,
M.Si mentioned 6 signs that could be taken into consideration by researchers, namely:

1. The nature or nature of the case to be studied
2. The background or reason for the case arose
3. The physical setting of the case
4. The context that surrounds it, such as economic factors, politics, and so on.
5. Another case that can explain the case
6. Informants who really master the case to be studied

With these signs, it can be concluded that the case study is an appropriate research method for understanding a
phenomenon.

Case Study Objectives

Basically, case studies are designed to dig up information that can be learned from a case, because of that
researchers cannot choose cases that will be used as research themes.

Stake, in his book entitled The Art of Research (1995) explains that the main purpose of case study
research is to ” reveal the unique characteristics that exist in a case “.

Therefore, as already mentioned by Prof. Rahardjo, all matters related to the case must be
examined so that researchers can understand the case comprehensively.

Types of Case Study Research

Prof. Dr. H. Mudjia Rahardjo, M.Si, in CASE STUDY IN QUALITATIVE RESEARCH:
CONCEPTS AND PROCEDURE (2017) mentions five types of case study research, including:

1. Collective Case Study

Collective case study is a type of case study that examines more than one case. With the note
that these cases must be interconnected and researchers must master all of them. That way,
researchers can compare one case with another case.

2. Retrospective Case Study

A retrospective case study is a case study that allows for improvements or treatment in the case
under study. This treatment must be completed by other people who are truly competent in
that field, researchers only contribute input from the results of their research.

3. Prospective Case Study

Prospective case studies are generally used so that researchers can find out the direction of development
of a case. The follow-up to this case study is Action Research or Action Research
conducted by other experts.

4. Instrumental Case Study

Instrumental Case Study is a type of research that requires researchers to choose cases carefully.
That is, the researcher believes that he can gain in-depth knowledge of the case.

5. Intrinsic Case Study

In the latter case study, the intrinsic case study, the researcher may select cases based on personal
interest or interest in an issue. For example, juvenile delinquency, cyber
bullying , the single parent phenomenon , even the “ Citayam Fashion Week ”
phenomenon.

Sinaumed’s can learn more about these five types of case studies in the book Case Studies (Design &
Methods) written by Robert K. Yin.

Steps to Conduct Case Study Research

When Sinaumed’s chooses the case study research method, you must complete all the processes regularly and
continuously. The stages in the process of conducting case study research are:

1. Choose Themes, Topics, and Cases

In this stage, the researcher must be able to find cases that are part of the field being studied.
For example, currently you are completing your study in the Social Sciences major, then Sinaumed’s can
look for cases that occurred in government offices in the area where you live.

Why is that? Because logically, Sinaumed’s can only produce good research in the field you are
good at. You can get the case by reading books, scientific magazines, newspapers, or the
results of previous research.

It can also be through your own observations, based on the experiences you feel. For example
during an internship or taking care of administration in a government office or the results of discussions
with friends and supervisors.

If you want to find cases by reading books or previous research, then Sinaumed’s must first understand all of
its contents so that they can determine the main theme of the research. From this theme, it
will be narrowed down to several topics.

Furthermore, from the research topic, you can emphasize the object of study. That way, you
will get a case. From these three things, Sinaumed’s can formulate a research title.
So, the research title must be made after you get the theme, topic, and object of study.

2. Literature Review

Not only can this literature review broaden your horizons in the field that will be researched, it can also
sharpen the formulation of the problem that you will pose. Therefore, look for as much reading
material as possible. It can be in the form of relevant research and journals, scientific
magazines, books or newspapers related to the case.

In the process of collecting reading material, you must pay attention to two important aspects.
First, relevance to the case being studied and secondly, up-to-date. Ideally, the more
up-to-date the reading material is, the more you will know the most up-to-date developments in the field you
are working on.

3. Formulate Research Focus and Problems

The research focus really helps to focus Sinaumed’s’ attention on one point. Besides that, you
also have to be more careful when formulating the main problem to be studied. The problem is,
the formulation of this problem will make the problem you face clearer and avoid research results that are
“ordinary” or less in-depth or lacking in detail.

Therefore, case study research must be able to answer the questions “what”, “how”, and “why”.
The “what” questions aim to get you descriptive knowledge related to research problems, the “how”
questions get you to get explanatory knowledge, and the “why” to get explorative knowledge.

Simply put, this “how” question asks about the process of an event occurring while the “why” question looks for
reasons that cause an event to occur.

4. Data Collection

In case study research, the object of research must be able to describe himself in detail, so you get a
complete picture. In other words, the data that you collect will be studied as a unified and
integrated whole.

So, you can’t just understand the case being examined on the surface, but also on the inside.
That is why, the suggested data collection techniques in case studies are:

1. Interview
2. Documentation
3. Observation is involved
4. direct Observation,
5. Physical artifact.

In the process of collecting data, you also have to pay attention to three important things, namely
natural, holistic and in-depth. Natural here means that the process of collecting data takes
place naturally and in a real-life context. You don’t have to give any particular treatment to
the subject or the context in which the research takes place or you could say just let things happen
naturally.

Meanwhile, holistic means you have to be able to produce complete data from as much information or sources
as you can get. Then, depth means you have to be able to uncover the explicit and implied
meanings of all the data that has been collected.

For example, suppose you are compiling a research involving the Principal as a participant.
After conducting the interview, you will get information based on what the principal said.
Well, you should be able to catch the implied meaning of his words.

5. Completion of Data

After all the data that Sinaumed’s needs is collected, you have to refine it first. In that
sense, check all the data and see if you can answer the problem formulation that you specified or
not.

If so, then the data is considered perfect and you can proceed to the next stage. Conversely,
if you haven’t then you must return to the field and collect additional data to complete it.

6. Processing Data

Before doing the analysis, first process the data that is considered perfect. Check the
correctness of the data, arrange and classify based on the category that suits your research, and do coding
or coding, if necessary, correct interview answers that are considered unclear. The entire
process in this stage will help facilitate the process of data analysis.

7. Data Analysis

Data analysis can be regarded as the “core” of research. Therefore, it must be done correctly
and according to the instructions. Not a few researchers, both undergraduate, postgraduate, and
doctoral students, experience difficulties at this stage.

However, if done properly, data analysis will yield important information, namely research findings.
That is, if the data analysis fails, then the research is considered a failure. The
biggest difficulty faced by researchers in this stage is the data analysis ability of the researchers
themselves.

For your information , data analysis in case study research can only be done by the researcher himself
because only the researcher knows all the problems in depth. So neither friends, family, other
people, even the supervisor will not be able to complete this stage.

In order for you to complete this stage, you need broad theoretical insights, sufficient research
experience, clear lecturer guidance, and very strong interest. Without all of that, it is very
likely that your research will be difficult to complete or even fail.

Considering that this step is the essence of case study research, it is recommended that you read the book
Implementation of Case Study Research Methods with a Qualitative
Approach written by S. Arifianto as a complete guide.

8. Data Analysis Process

In principle, the process of data analysis is an activity that aims to give meaning to data by organizing,
grouping, sorting, coding, and categorizing it according to certain groupings. This needs to be
done so that researchers get findings from the formulation of the problem posed.

With so many processes going through, usually the data collected becomes scattered and must be simplified
again to make it easier to understand. Here are the steps that you can use as a guideline at
this stage:

1. Researchers must read the entire transcript to get general information
2. Collect all the general messages you get, then take the special (specific) messages
3. From the existing special messages, general patterns of data will be found, then the data can then be
   regrouped according to category, topology, and sequence of events.

9. Confirmability or Triangulation of Findings

So that the research findings from the data are not considered biased, then you have to do meeting
confirmation or triangulation. The trick is to report these findings to the people you
interviewed.

Many students who use the case study method skip this stage. Usually because of fear of
different confirmation results with research findings. In fact, a researcher must be honest so
that his findings can be scientifically accounted for.

10. Research Conclusion

There is one common mistake in this section that students keep making. Students often
summarize the statements in the previous sections. Ideally, research conclusions should contain
a synthesis or all of the statements previously described. Including descriptive descriptions
of the facts in the field that are in accordance with the research questions.

11. Research Report

The last stage of case study research is to make a research report. This report is considered
as a form of accountability for the research that has been done. Generally, this report is
written in a language that is easily understood by everyone.

One important thing that you should pay attention to when making a scientific report is to ensure that the
research that has been carried out meets the following requirements:

1. objective
2. Systematic
3. Follow the scientific method

Objective means that the data is actually obtained from the research subject, not from the researcher or
the view of the researcher. Systematic means the sequence or each part of the research must be
related to one another and become a logical continuity.

Meanwhile, following the scientific method means that all activities in the research that you carry out have
followed scientific procedures that have been agreed upon by scientists.

Benefits of Case Study Research

Even though it is considered weak, it does not mean that “case study” research has no benefits at all.
Lincoln and Guba, describe the benefits of this method as follows:

1. Case studies are the main vehicle for emic research that expresses the views of the research subject
2. Case studies provide a complete description that is the same as what is experienced by readers in their
   daily lives.
3. Case studies are very effective in showing the relationship between researchers and research subjects
4. Readers can gain stylistic consistency, factuality, and believability from case study research
5. This study presents the thick description needed for transferability assessment
6. Case studies are very open to an assessment of the context which later this assessment can play a role in
   the phenomena that exist in that context.

You can find other benefits of the case study research method in the book Understanding Case Study
Methodology, Grounded Theory, and Mixed-Method by Nuriman, S.Pd.I., M.Ed., Ph.D.

Challenges of Conducting Case Study Research

So far, according to Prof. Rahardjo (2017), there are at least three issues that will be a
challenge for researchers who choose the case study research method. These challenges
are:

1. Ensuring that the cases to be studied are considered academically “worthy”.
2. Finding relevant data for research purposes
3. What to do after all the data is collected

Case study is a research method that can be chosen by students or researchers to seek scientific truths
that are tentative or not absolute. In other words, this truth can still be tested, criticized,
or revised. However, the case study is a challenging research method.

Besides that, case studies are also very appropriate for discovering hidden things from social and cultural
phenomena and then spreading them until they become public knowledge.

When Sinaumed’s searches the internet for information about case studies, there may be differences between
this article and others. However, this difference is a natural thing because qualitative
research does not have standard standards.

The discussion on this case study research method has ended , I hope this is
useful and see you in another article!

For Sinaumed’s who want to find scientific work books, research methods, they can find them at
sinaumedia.com . Together with sinaumedia you can get #MoreWithReading
information

In the world of art, images that mean exaggerating or changing the shape of objects are usually called caricatures. The caricature itself comes from the word caricare, which is a word that comes from Italian which means to give a load or exaggerate. In simple terms, the meaning of this caricature is an image or depiction of a concrete object by exaggerating the characteristics of that object.

Generally, this media is used as a medium to convey messages or criticism in a simple way. Caricature is a unique and interesting painting, we can usually see it on the first page of a newspaper or magazine. The characteristics of caricature images generally use the character of a person who has an abnormal size in determining the body and head. Not only that, there is also an element of satire presented by the author regarding social issues or problems that never get a solution. So, who is curious about further discussions about the meaning of caricatures and the various things in them? Let’s see this article to the end.

Definition of Caricature

There are several reasons why a caricature has the meaning of an image which means exaggerating or changing the shape of an object. In terms, the notion of a caricature is an image that displays a known object and is generally intended to give a funny impression to those who know the object in the image. In general, these caricatures are used as a means of criticism of politicians and social media which seem more polite. Its funny and unique shape makes caricature images still in great demand by many people. Even though it looks quite simple, making a caricature is not easy.

Quoting from a book entitled 40th Oom Pasikom by GM Sudarta (2007), caricatures are images that are easy to remember accompanied by short satirical comments that are quite entertaining and rich in interpretation. According to him, the purpose of the caricatures is to encourage rethinking and re-creating reality to achieve a better life. This caricature can contain a message or satire that is humorous.

Meanwhile, quoted from the Big Indonesian Dictionary or KBBI, the definition of a caricature is a picture of ridicule that contains a message, satire, and so on. This caricature depicts a familiar subject and is generally intended to cause humor to those who know the subject. In addition, caricatures are often equated with cartoons because they are almost similar. However, the main difference between cartoons and caricatures is that caricatures do not form a story the way cartoons do. Where this caricature can be an element in cartoons, for example in editorial cartoons. The person who makes the caricature is known as a caricaturist.

History of Caricatures

After understanding the meaning of caricature, this time we will discuss about its history. Where the development of this caricature has started since the 16th century. Even though previously during the Ancient Egyptian Era, there had been found many kinds of animal drawings that had human-like behavior levels. However, the popularity of this work of art became popular in Italy during the Renaissance. At that time, caricatures were only made for fun. Several artists such as Carracci and also Leonardo da Vinci and several other artists deliberately created these images to entertain themselves and also their friends. Until finally, an artist named Pier Leone Ghezzi began to pursue this work of art and managed to create more than 2,000 works of caricatures.

However, the work of Pier Leone Ghezzi is not published publicly. His work became an entertainment for the elite at that time. After spreading widely in Italy in the 16th century, caricature art began to spread to Europe in the 18th to early 19th centuries. In the 18th century, caricatures began to develop in England, to be precise after the publication of several works by Ghezzi and also other Italian artists in 1744. Some cartoonists were quite famous at that time such as James Gillray, Thomas Rowlandson, and also George Cruikshank. At that time, they had managed to combine elements of caricature with cartoons, eventually producing a satirical cartoon.

However, in the 1830s, this type of work began to decline in England. Until finally it was exported to France in the weekly La Caricature and began to expand to the daily Le Charivari. With these two places of publication, France has succeeded in making France a center for caricature works of art. Until finally, the world of caricatures began to spread to other media, one of which is sculpture. The making of a caricature statue starts with a caricature statue by Jean-Pierre Dantan. The results of the artist’s caricature sculptures ultimately have a considerable influence on other artists. The artists create various types of unique caricatures in the form of head sculptures of world famous singers, writers, and figures.

Not only that, at the end of the 19th century, in 1868 in London to be precise, an artist named Thomas Gibson Bowles began to publish Vanity Fair, a magazine that contained political, social and literary issues. Until finally the magazine became famous because it contained caricatures with various shades of color depicting literary figures, kings, and politicians. Most of the published caricatures were drawn by Carlo Pellegrini, an Italian cartoonist. Carlo uses the pseudonym “Singe” which means monkey in French. Also “Ape” which in English means to work. Philosophically, these names have the meaning to reflect work that imitates an object but is not perfect.

Still in the 19th century, it turned out that the caricature works published by Vanity Fair had a major impact and influence on the work of Joseph Kepper, an Australian immigrant who published Puck magazine in New York, United States. Where the magazine began to be published in 1876 using German. After only half a year of publication, the magazine began to use English. The Puck magazine experienced success, until in the end many publishers followed suit. Therefore, in the 19th century, many publications published caricatures every day. In fact, a caricature that was published in Harper’s Weekly magazine also contributed to the collapse of political power at that time.

The next development was at the beginning of the 10th century. At that time, the development of caricatures began with the migration of Marius d Zayas, a caricaturist from Mexico who moved to New York. The artist began to develop a painting style known as an abstract caricature. At the beginning of the 20th century, caricature underwent quite a dramatic development. Precisely after the end of World War 1. Along with the development of film, photography, and magazines. Along with this, a new genre emerged called theatrical caricature. Al Frueh was one of the first artists to introduce the genre by publishing Stage Folk and a collection of his caricatures in the Art Deco style, published in 1922.

Since then, the caricature began to develop. Then at the end of the 20th century, to be precise in the late 1960s and early 1970s, caricatures with the political genre began to become popular again. At that time, Steven Heller who was the senior art director at The New York Times said that this period was a very important period in the world of 20th century caricatures. At that time, several polemics began to occur, such as the Vietnam War, the Watergate scandal, culture, feminism, and civil rights which became the subject of discussion which in the end played a role in the birth of political caricatures.

Artists such as David Levine, Robert Grossman, and Edward Sorel pioneered this type of political caricature. Their caricature works have been published in The New York Review of Books magazine, Esquire, New York, to various other types of media. Until the 1980s, Spitting Image television broadcasts also showed various kinds of caricatures in the form of dolls that were aimed at making fun of politicians and party leaders in the Margaret Thatcher era. The broadcast began airing from 1984 to 1996 which was pioneered by Roger Law and Peter Fluck. Then in the 1970s, he made caricatures that were published in The Sunday Times Magazine, The New York Time, and various other international media.

Caricature Function

The function of the caricature itself is to create public opinion. Not only that, caricatures also function as images of joy. Related to creating an opinion, caricatures can also lead someone’s opinion to be pro or con against an issue. In this way, caricatures become an effective tool to generate opinions because they are widely published in various media.

In addition, caricatures are also used as a means of entertainment. Where the pictures produced by a caricaturist with exaggerated forms can make other people entertained. More than that, caricatures also function as imaging. Where this caricature can be used as an imaging medium for one’s character. The following is an explanation of the function of the caricature itself, including:

1. Generate New Opinions

As a medium for social criticism, it’s no wonder that caricatures can create a new opinion in society. For example, a picture of an enlarged stomach can be used as an opinion to convey the message that the person has eaten people’s money and so on. Therefore, there are also many cases of complaints arising from caricature images that are considered to be harassing or offensive to state officials.

2. Depicting Happiness

Like cartoons, caricature images are also used as entertainment media and have quite high humor values. The humor usually appears in the form of satire or satire. Thus, the humor is not merely humor, but also contains an allusion to the person addressed in the caricature image.

3. Describing the Image of a Person

The creator of the caricature or caricature image must be able to create or visualize the person being drawn so that it is exactly the same and similar to the original. Therefore, in enjoying caricature images, we must be able to recognize who is in the caricature images.

Even though it began to be used as a means of conveying social criticism to the government, now the use of caricatures does not stop here. With the development of the times, caricatures can also be used as gifts and also as mementos for various events. As well as wedding gifts, graduations, birthdays, and more.

Caricature features

Caricature images certainly have certain characteristics. The following are some of the characteristics that describe a caricature image, including:

a. Displays the shape of the human head in a larger size than usual.
b. There are several changes in the anatomy of the body. That way, the image will look like a cartoon image. However, the caricature itself is more similar to the shape of the original face.
c. We can find it in print media such as magazines, newspapers, and posters.
d. Caricature images generally allude to a particular event.
e. Caricature images are very closely related to the value of humor or entertainment.

Caricature Type

Caricatures come in various types that can be adjusted to consumer tastes. The following are the types of caricatures that you can find.

1. Journalistic Caricature

Journalistic caricature is a type of caricature that is used to interpret news in graphical form complete with a critical point of view.

2. Reality Caricature

This type of caricature usually discusses several issues related to everyday life.

3. Political Caricatures

This type of political caricature is a caricature related to political issues or some facts that exist in real life. The purpose of this caricature is none other than to exaggerate certain features or certain situations to communicate certain criticisms.

How to Make Caricature Artwork

One of the most important things in making a caricature is the object’s resemblance to the original. Here are some ways to make caricature art.

1. Theme Selection

The choice of theme really influences the process of making this work of art. Usually the theme taken is socio-cultural, political, religious, economic, and so on. The object of the image can be a character that is currently being discussed by the general public. In addition, the selection of objects must also be considered properly. For example, the character that becomes the object may not corner race, ethnicity, religion, or other sensitive matters.

2. Creative Process

This art image is a medium for conveying messages that is quite simple and violates anatomy. To achieve this simplicity, artists need to study carefully and diligently and humorously. In the creative process, knowledge and techniques are needed so that images filled with satire can impress people. So that the message conveyed can be received by the community. The things that need to be prepared in the creative process are:

a. Photo of the face of the character to be drawn.
b. Recognize the character of the character to be drawn.
c. The message that will be conveyed does not contain SARA.
d. Contains a sense of humor.
e. Media used manually or computer.

3. Paying attention to expressions

In making caricatures, expression is absolute. This will be the main attraction for the audience. Excessive expression in a caricature will make it look different from other images. The painter can also display it on the face as well as other body parts, so that it will seem more unique and harmonious.

4. Adjusting the Media or Target

The next step is to adjust to the media or target of the image created. The target can be a newspaper or magazine that matches the message of the caricature.

This is an explanation of the meaning of caricatures, types, characteristics, functions, and also how to make them. Hope it is useful.

Candid Is – Does Sinaumed’s often use the term candid in everyday language? Well, this candid term is actually included in the field of photography but now it has entered into slang which is often used by young people. Basically, candid photography is a style of taking someone who doesn’t seem aware of the camera’s existence. This photo-taking style is also still popular among young people and think that being candid is very suitable for uploading on an Instagram account to make it look more aesthetic . So, what exactly is candid? Is candid different from the term paparazzi that is often mentioned in western countries? What is the right technique so that we can take good candid photos? Well, so that Sinaumed’sTo understand these things, let’s look at the following review!

What is Candid?

The word “candid” is actually a foreign word from English so it is not included in the Indonesian entry. If interpreted in Indonesian, the term “candid” which is included in the realm of photography has a definition of ‘natural or original with all things made up’. In the context of photography, this candid includes a photo style with an object (a person who wants to be photographed) not knowing when and where the photographer will take the photo. That is, someone who is about to be photographed will behave as natural as possible, while the photographer will take the picture in secret. That’s why, in candid photos, the person being photographed is not looking at the camera, but rather looking away with a more natural expression.

According to the OXFORD dictionary, the term “candid” has a definition in the form of ‘ Photograph is one that is taken without the person knowing that they are being photographed ‘. That is, the object to be photographed is not aware of when and where the photographer will take it. Please note, that in applying this candid technique, you don’t just have to “snap” it. Must pay attention to the right moment, especially on facial expressions and behavior of the object.

As the times progress, the style of this photo will also develop. Currently, the candid photo style is often directed first, so that later it will look as if it is really candid. Reporting from katadata , the term “candid” was first disclosed by London Graphic around 1929, which was then used to refer to a photo belonging to Erich Salomon. Erich Salomon is actually a photojournalist who often secretly takes pictures of officials, both at trial, party meetings, and in the lobby.

The use of this candid technique is most often used for journalistic purposes. This is because through this technique, the photographer can get photos of the actual incident, without any engineering or taking sides. Just a little trivia , the main focus of this candid technique is facial expressions, behavior, to funny and embarrassing scenes from the object. Especially on facial expressions that can have their own “story”.

The difference between Candid and the Paparazzi

Basically, candid and paparazzi don’t really have any difference , because both are related to each other. Yep, candid is a technique of taking pictures or taking pictures using a camera device against living objects without their knowledge. This technique is often used by paparazzi, especially when stalking famous artists to public officials. Why do the paparazzi do this technique? Because famous artists and public officials are sometimes reluctant to be interviewed or photographed.

As the times progress, candid techniques are no longer used on well-known artists or public officials. Even we as ordinary people can still use this photographing technique. Not infrequently, wedding events also use this candidi technique, especially to photograph the expressions of the bride and groom who are smiling, worried, happy, or moved when the wedding process takes place. The tool does not have to use a camera, but can still use a smartphone camera.

Tips for Getting Candid Photos

Actually, to get candid photos through this technique, it’s not that difficult. It’s just that, to find a photo object that has a facial expression “full of stories” is not easy. A surefire way to get candid photos that are “full of stories” is to come to an event or festival that is full of people. The more people, the more facial expressions with their respective stories. Reporting from photography.lovelybogor , there are several tips for getting candid photos, namely:

1. Take a camera wherever you go. If you don’t have an adequate camera, just bring a smartphone camera.
2. Go to events or festivals that are full of people. Usually, in the event, unique events or scenes will appear.
3. First do a scan of the surrounding environment about small things that can be used as photo objects. For example: people yawning, people laughing, people who are entertaining small children, people daydreaming, and so on.
4. Use the AUTO mode so you don’t have any difficulties in the process of taking photos.
5. Don’t use flash because it will surprise and be recognized by the target as a photo object. If you want light, just set the ISO on the camera.
6. Since this candid technique focuses on the story of the object in the photo, focus only on facial expressions, behavior, and funny scenes.
7. Feel free to press the shutter button and shoot. In applying this technique, it is better to produce lots of photos that can later be deleted than to miss the moment that happened.
8. When you want to take a picture, don’t face the light. Although in its application, this candid does not require complicated techniques, but of course you have to consider the darkness of the light.
9. If using a camera, set it at ISO 400 or just use Auto mode. Through these settings, later the shutter speed can move quickly and is very useful for moving objects.
10. If you want to make a person’s object your object, make it a habit to photograph it from the waist, OK? If you use a standard position that is at eye level, it will actually make the object conscious.
11. Use a zoom lens if the object is far away. The use of this zoom lens will also have the opportunity to make objects less aware that they are being photographed as targets.
12. Avoid taking photos from behind which will result in back photos. It’s best to take photos from the front or side because they can show natural emotions and facial expressions.
13. Must be patient to wait and observe objects specifically, so as not to miss funny and interesting scenes.
14. Never feel afraid that the object will be angry because it was photographed secretly. If Sinaumed’s is the type of person who doesn’t feel comfortable, after taking pictures of people, just allow the person concerned that you have taken the picture and show how it went.
15. In order to further accentuate the emotional side and facial expressions of objects, just use the B&W alias black and white effect.
16. Pay attention to the color of the object and its background. The color between the object (usually the clothes) and the background must match so that candid photos are still interesting.
17. Constantly practicing by taking to the streets directly to “hunt” moments.

So, that’s a review of what candid is and the right way to apply this photo technique. Is Sinaumed’s interested in taking photos in the field using this candid technique?

Source:

https://photography.lovelybogor.com/

Also Read!

• 9 Best Photo Editing Applications You Must Try!
• 19 Image Capturing Techniques in Photography
• Definition of Social Media Engagement and How to Calculate It
• What does the word celebrity mean ?
• Rows of Informatics Social Impacts that Need to be Known
• Benefits of Social Media for Everyday Life
• Definition, History, Function, and Development of Social Media
• POV Differences in Fictional Stories and Social Media
• What Is RGB In Design Terms?

Campaigns are one of the activities that often occur in this world, including in our country, Indonesia. In Indonesia alone, campaigns usually occur once every five years when a leader changes. When that moment occurred, the people who were running for election, be it the mayoral election, the regent, the DPR, to the President all simultaneously carried out a campaign to gain as much support as possible from various circles of society.

Not only campaigning on the streets, these politicians also campaign on television, social media, appear on YouTube, to rent large stadiums with a capacity of thousands of people such as the Gelora Bung Karno Stadium or GBK to campaign. Usually the higher the level of the election, the bigger the scale of the campaign. For example, the 2019 presidential or presidential elections.

You remember, how excited the moment was. Not only were the streets filled with banners, billboards and flags bearing the symbols of the parties supporting each presidential candidate, but on social media the supporters were no less excited.

Unfortunately, campaigns that should be an arena to seek votes and be carried out peacefully, often turn into an arena for heated debates between supporters and turn into an arena for accusing and slandering one another. The sad thing is, on social media, the people are even divided into two camps.

Talking about campaigns, you must have seen people campaigning. You may also have participated in a campaign in one of the general elections that have been held in Indonesia. However, do you actually know the true meaning of the campaign itself? Not know? Here’s the explanation!

Campaigns Are a Form of Communication

As previously discussed, campaigns are activities that are quite common in Indonesia. Not only do we see people campaigning, we even occasionally participate in campaigns to support a candidate, be it a candidate for mayor, governor, or president. Usually, when campaigning people will wear various attributes related to the candidate we support.

Starting from campaign t-shirts which are often distributed free of charge by the party, hats, to scarves. Everything is used, to show our support for someone. However, regardless of whether you have joined the campaign or not, do you know the meaning of the campaign itself?

Basically, a campaign is communication between one or several specific people with the aim of influencing many people. During political campaigns, for example, prospective leaders will usually deliver speeches, promises, and the results of their thoughts in front of many people. The goal is only one, to strengthen support and so that there are more and more people who support it to reach a certain position.

Campaigns are usually only carried out by one person and usually this activity is only carried out by those who nominate themselves. The goal is for more and more people to know and believe in it, and support it. However, behind a candidate, there are many more people working behind the scenes to win over that candidate.

Not infrequently party members also hook the people to help campaign in the area where they live so that people in that area will also support the candidate for the leader that is carried out by the party.

Campaign Types

So far, campaigns have only been identified with politics. Yes, compared to other groups, people from political parties are the ones who carry out campaign activities the most.

But actually, the campaign can not only be done by people who come from the political elite. Everyone can do the same thing, because basically a campaign is an activity of communicating to influence more people to get a certain goal or position.

This type of campaign is not just a political campaign. For those of you who don’t know, the actual campaign also varies and is divided into several types. So how many types of campaigns are there actually? Let’s find out together!

Goal-Based Campaigns

Every decision, or activity carried out must have its own purpose. So is the campaign. Based on the purpose, the campaign itself is divided into four types, namely social campaigns , whisper campaigns , promotional campaigns , and the last is political campaigns . For more details, here is the meaning of these campaigns!

Social Campaign

Social campaigns are campaigns whose purpose is to spread social messages that are unprofitable or non-commercial in nature. People who carry out social campaigns do not get any benefit from the campaign they are doing, and they also don’t want anything from the campaign.

Social campaigns usually arise from personal unrest and aim to increase public awareness of various social problems that are currently happening.

For example, campaigns about waste, especially plastic waste, are currently being carried out. This plastic waste campaign aims to reduce the current plastic waste so that the Earth can be a better place without garbage around us.

People who do this campaign, do not get any benefit. On the other hand, it is not uncommon for him to spend a lot of capital so that campaigns like this can run and public awareness can be higher.

Whisper Campaign

Whisper in Indonesian itself means to speak in a low voice, so that only certain people can hear it, while a campaign is a communication activity carried out by a person or a group to gather support from more people.

If these two definitions are put together, then a whisper campaign is an action carried out simultaneously to fight something. To prevent this action from being detected, information and calls to action are carried out by broadcasting hearsay.

Promotional Campaign

If a social campaign is non-commercial in nature and the person doing it doesn’t get any benefit, a promotional campaign is just the opposite.

Promotional campaigns are activities carried out in order to increase sales. Usually promotional campaigns are carried out by product companies to boost sales. This action is clearly done to get as much profit as possible. The more profit, the better.

Political Campaign

So, we have discussed this campaign since earlier. Basically, a political campaign is a campaign that is carried out to many people or the general public to share various information about the candidate for the leader that is carried by a party.

The information itself usually consists of messages, thoughts, and programs that will be made by prospective leaders if they succeed in advancing to power. Political campaigns are carried out by politicians and parties during the change of leadership in the government.

The campaign was carried out to attract as many supporters as possible. The more supporters, the more votes will be obtained during the general election. Unfortunately, it is not uncommon for this political campaign to be carried out in a dirty and dishonest way.

Campaign Based on Orientation

Apart from campaigns based on their type, campaigns are also differentiated based on their orientation. For this one, campaigns are divided into three types, namely product-oriented campaigns , candidate-oriented campaigns , ideological or cause-oriented campaigns . Here’s the full explanation!

Product Oriented Campaigns

Product Oriented Campaign is an activity carried out by a company for commercial purposes. As the name implies, this campaign is oriented towards the products made by the company.

The objectives of the campaign itself vary. In addition to boosting sales of a product, this campaign is also carried out by a company in order to build an image.

Again, with a good corporate image, the public’s response to a product will also be good, so that it is expected to increase sales of these products in the future.

Candidate-Oriented Campaign

If the first campaign is product oriented, then the Candidate-Oriented Campaign is person-oriented. This type of campaign is usually carried out for political purposes and aims to gain support from the wider community.

Ideological or Cause Oriented Campaigns

This type of campaign can be considered unique because it is not oriented to a person or product. When compared to the previous two campaigns, this campaign is not aimed at making a profit. Whether it’s political gain, or money.

Ideological or Cause Oriented Campaign is a campaign that has a clear goal of changing a rule in society that has been rooted for a long time. This campaign involves all groups and is carried out by social institutions without expecting any profit.

Campaign Based on Media

As you know, a person or company or a group organization that is campaigning will do a lot to achieve their goals. One way is to appear in a lot of media. The following are the types of campaigns based on the media used!

Live Campaign

As the name implies, direct campaigns are a type of campaign that is carried out live and face to face. In this campaign, the main character, candidate or candidate will attend and meet the community to convey programs and messages to attract community support.

This type of campaign, usually, is carried out in stadiums, fields, buildings or places that can be accessed by everyone. Usually the candidate will go on stage and speak in front of many people.

Apart from being carried out in places that can be accessed by many people, it is not uncommon for candidates to also do blusukan alias going down to outskirt or remote areas to meet the community. This activity was carried out to attract support from people who are difficult to reach because of their location far from the city center. Unlike campaigns in stadiums, blusukan campaigns are usually only carried out by the candidate and some of his closest people.

Electronic Campaign

If the campaign is direct, the candidates will meet their supporters in real time , then the electronic campaign is carried out by utilizing electronic media.

In the past, this campaign was only carried out via television and radio. As time goes by, technology and smartphones are getting more sophisticated. Now, candidates don’t just appear on TV or radio, they also appear on various YouTube channels and podcasts .

In Indonesia, campaigns using media in the form of YouTube and podcasts are carried out to attract support for young people, considering that young people are the ones who access YouTube and podcasts the most .

Print Campaign

After direct campaigns and electronic media, campaigns are also carried out through print media. Although considered a bit out of date, print media campaigns are quite common in Indonesia.

In the past, campaigns were carried out by posting campaign messages and candidate photos in newspapers. Now, political parties use posters, leaflets, brochures, and even put up billboards with pictures of candidates and their programs in the city center and strategic places that are passed by many people. The goal is for the candidate to be better known by the public from all walks of life.

Techniques in Conducting Campaigns

For us ordinary people or people who have never participated in a campaign, then maybe it’s just about speaking or speaking in front of many people to spread their influence. Even so, conducting a campaign also cannot be arbitrary. The campaign must also have a technique so that the end result can be satisfying. Here are some techniques in conducting campaigns.

1. Participation

A candidate who has good communication, will not just talk and let the audience just be listeners. Instead of forcing the audience to be listeners, they will also let the audience participate. This participation itself usually allows the audience to speak and be heard by the candidate.

In a way, participation is a basic technique in campaigning, especially if the campaign being carried out is a face-to-face campaign or in person and involves a large crowd as an audience or listener.

Although at first glance, this technique is so simple, but the effect is excellent and can enhance the candidate’s image. The audience will feel very valued because they are not only forced to listen but are also given the opportunity to be heard and convey their grievances.

Candidates who perform this technique well will give the impression that he is a good leader because he is willing to listen to the people.

2. Association

Besides participation, association is also a technique that is no less important. This technique is a technique in which the candidate relates an event that often occurs in his campaign to attract the attention of the public.

Usually the events that occur are major events that harm many people. The candidates will share their point of view as well as the solution to the problem. This technique can be said to be very powerful, because apart from being able to increase public confidence, it can also be a weapon to reduce public trust in other candidates who become opponents.

3. Integrative

Integrative is a technique where the candidate will involve the audience . Not only by letting them become listeners, candidates will also use words like we, us, and other words that show similarities between the audience and the candidates. Apart from showing similarities, these words aim to unite all parties in the same vision and mission.

4. Reward Techniques

Reward technique is a technique in which candidates influence the audience by giving gifts or rewards . Compared to other techniques, this reward technique is actually a bit tricky .

In Indonesia itself, this technique is still often done even though it is secretly. Usually the reward itself is in the form of basic necessities such as vegetable oil, rice, and various other needs. But this technique can also be referred to as bribery.

5. Provide Empathy

This technique is also common in campaigns. Usually candidates will try to understand and put themselves in the position of the audience . Not only that, they also usually offer sympathy either words or help needed.

The goal is to build a good image in front of the audience . With a good image , the audience will choose the candidate in the election.

6. Ice Sculpture Setup

In this technique, the candidate will make a speech using words that are pleasing to the ear, so that those who hear them feel comfortable. They will also use good descriptions and describe various good programs that he will carry out when he takes office. This is to foster public trust in order to support it.

7. Coercion

In a way, this is the worst technique in conducting campaigns. This is because this technique involves an element of coercion. The candidate will put pressure on society to get them to support him. This made people feel very uncomfortable and frightened. Even if they do offer support, they do so out of compulsion.

Running a campaign looks easy at first glance. However, this is actually difficult to do. The hardest part wasn’t gathering the people, but getting them to believe and finally vote for someone.

 

Camouflage is one of the things that animals usually do in the wild. Every living creature will definitely struggle and try to adapt to its environment by adapting. Camouflage as a way of adaptation that animals do to survive, avoid predators or when they want to prey.

Camouflage is a change in shape, appearance, attitude, color and so on to be different so that you are not recognized. In addition, camouflage can also be referred to as a method that allows an organism or object that is usually easily seen, to be camouflaged or difficult to distinguish from the surrounding environment.

For more details, here’s an explanation of camouflage to examples of animals that can camouflage.

Definition of Camouflage in Animals

Camouflage is the behavior of animals looking for places that are the same color as the animal’s body color. This is so that he is not seen by his enemies. By being in a place with the same color, the animal hopes that it will be difficult for the enemy to find it.

In addition to animals that have body colors that are similar to their environment, there are also animals that can actually change their body color or shape. Some octopus species can even change as many as 30–50 different forms.

There are also sharks and birds whose body colors differ on the back and chest to be able to hide by taking advantage of sunlight. This ability to camouflage animals inspired army clothing used to hide from enemies.

Camouflage Function in Animals

Camouflage serves to disguise the presence of an organism with its environment. Animals can camouflage in their natural habitat and are often conspicuous outside their natural habitat.

In forest species, especially mammals, they have spots or stripes to help them camouflage. For example, leopards, jaguars, cheetahs and tigers have patterned bodies. When they hide in the right environment then camouflage will occur.

They are invisible because they blend in with their environment, so they can pounce on their prey unnoticed. Other examples are green snakes that live in trees with lots of green leaves, green grasshoppers that live in leaves, to polar bears that seem to blend into the white plains of ice in their environment.

When in the right environment, these animals can camouflage perfectly. However, camouflage will not work if they are in a completely different environment to the color, shape and pattern of their bodies.

Examples of Animals that can Camouflage

There are several animals with camouflage abilities, including the following:

1. Octopus (Octopus)

Besides having eight suction arms that do not let go of its prey, this octopus is also good at camouflage. Camouflage is done to avoid predators as well as to defend yourself from enemies.

Although octopuses are usually pale gray or white in color, these colors can change according to the environmental conditions around them. This camouflage ability itself comes from flexible color sacs that are able to change the thickness of the color and shadows in the epidermal tissue.

2. Leaf tail gecko

Leaf tail gecko or commonly called Satanic Leaf Tailed Gecko has a habitat in Central and East Africa. This gecko from Madagascar can grow up to 9 cm in length.

It is an animal that is active at night (nocturnal), so during the day it tends to be quiet or passive by sticking close to the trees. This animal was first discovered in 1888 ago. Although it had disappeared, the creepy gecko was reportedly found again in 1998 in Madagascar.

3. Potoo Bird

The Potoo bird (Ncytibius Grandis) is a bird that is very good at camouflage. These nocturnal animals have fur colors that vary from gray to brown. It allowed him to be seen faintly among the trees in the wilderness. The Potoo bird has habitats in the forest areas of southern Mexico, northeastern Guatemala and parts of Central America such as Brazil and Bolivia.

4. Green frog

This frog has very good camouflage abilities like the long-horned frog (Megophrys nasuta) on the island of Borneo. He has muscular legs stout, head flatter than the width of the body.

His body shape also makes it easier for him to camouflage on green leaves and tree trunks to wait for passing prey. With a green body texture, of course, it makes it easier for him to hide or disguise himself in the leaves.

5. Leopard

This animal is also known as the tiger branch because of its ability to climb. Large leopards have a body length of one to two meters.

6. Leaf fish

The leaf fish comes from the Amazon River which camouflages like a dead leaf, starting from its body shape to its movement which slowly oscillates with the current on the surface of the river.

This leaf fish preys on smaller small fish by attracting the attention of prey through an organ on its chin that resembles a worm. When the prey is approaching, super fast (less than a quarter of a second) it extends its mouth, sucks the victim and returns to its original position.

7. Praying mantis

The praying mantis has a very unique camouflage. Not only to outwit predators, but these animals are also very clever in deceiving potential prey. In addition to its body shape which can resemble leaves or twigs, its body movements also follow the movements of twigs or leaves blown by the wind.

8. Katydid (leaf locust)

The “withered leaf” grasshopper is an interesting creature and the evolution of natural selection has endowed this animal with the ability to imitate withering leaves to outwit predators.

9. Dead leaf butterfly

Dead leaf butterflies are amazing creatures to observe up close. This illustrates the intricate details adaptation obtains through natural selection, which is the driving force of evolution. So these details help the butterfly avoid predators by mimicking dead leaves.

10. Phyllium giganteum

This insect has an elongated, stick-like body and wings greatly reduced or absent altogether. This insect does not have a tympanum and a sound producer. In addition, these insects are slow-moving plant eaters, usually found in trees or shrubs and are active at night (nocturnal).

11. Seahorse

Seahorses swim in an upright body position. The head is up and the tail is down. How to swim seahorse is different from other fish. Vertically up. Seahorses swim under the influence of the air bubble control system. Seahorses move up and down in the water by changing the air content in their air sacs.

The movement is also quite slow because it is only done using the dorsal fin or dorsal fin. The size of the dorsal fin is relatively very small, while the pectoral fins are used to maintain balance.

Due to the relatively small size of their fins, seahorses don’t like to swim far. This marine biota prefers to anchor itself to the substrate by using its tail which functions as an anchor. This tail is attached to seaweed, coral reefs or other objects in the environment.

If the air sac is damaged, the seahorse cannot regulate its body’s buoyancy, causing the seahorse to lose its buoyancy balance and sink to the seabed. This condition is fatal and can cause death. Seahorses come in a variety of colors, depending on the location where they live. Types that live in shallow waters around seaweed and sea grass have a brownish yellow color.

The seahorses that live in deep waters between sponges and sea plants, are generally orange to red in color. Most types of seahorses are amber in color that live around brown sea plants. Some species can change color to contrast with their environment.

The various colors and unique shapes are the main attraction as aquarium ornamental fish. However, the basic color of the seahorse varies from predominantly white to earthy yellow. Sometimes it has light and dark spots or lines. When feeling threatened, seahorses will change their body color to match their environment.

These changes slowly occur throughout his body depending on the intensity of the light. Seahorse is one of the animals that often and very easily changes color. The color difference in seahorses is not a sex difference. The change in seahorse body color is related to reproductive behavior and camouflage to avoid danger.

Difference between Camouflage and Mimicry

Survival in the environment requires adaptation of all species. These adaptations are physiological, morphological, anatomical or behavioral. Most species prefer to get the best of the other through predation or other means.

Therefore, animals in particular had to develop many adaptations to survive. That’s what life is worth, and it’s not a sweet journey to survive and thrive in the world.

Camouflage and mimicry are two of the morphological adaptations shown by animals. Although both are morphologically developed for survival, there are some major differences between camouflage and mimicry.

Camouflage

Camouflage is a method of external coloring found in most animals that blends specifically with the appearance of the environment. The coloring patterns that exist on the animal’s body are very similar to the environment in which it lives.

Camouflage is an adaptation to avoid being noticed by other animals, especially from predators for prey animals or vice versa. Camouflage has three main ways to achieve it known as Mimesis, Crypsis and Dazzle. In animals with mimetic camouflage, the animal can be seen as another object. Leaf insects would be the best examples for understanding the mimesis.

Certain animals are nearly unrecognizable when displaying crisis camouflage. The cheetah of the savannah has spots on a golden-brown background, which blend into the environment in such a way that the predator cannot be seen by prey animals.

The animal changes its body color to a snow-white coat in winter to appear like snow. However, these animals can be seen when their shadows are cast. Because of this, some animals have adapted to taking extra precautions with flattened bodies and blending colourations, so that the shadows disappear. The flat-tailed horned lizard of the desert is a great example of vanishing a cryptic animal in disguise.

Zebra colouration is an example of the third type of camouflage, namely dazzle. Zebras cannot be seen properly even as they move through the wilderness. The camouflage phenomenon has made animals protected and not noticed or disturbed.

Mimicry

Mimicry is a type of camouflage, mimesis that confuses other animals with its appearance. Mimicry is a kind of action that mimics real animals like other animals. It involves various techniques of impersonating other people by mimicking their external appearance, voice, smell and behavior.

Usually, the mimicry deserves protection from predators by resembling a dangerous animal. However, mimicry has three main aspects known as defensive, aggressive and reproductive.

The warning colors present on some non-venomous colubridae snakes have a pattern that is exactly the same as that of kraits. Sometimes, predatory animals have the appearance of harmless animals, making it convenient to approach prey animals. The zonal tailed eagle looks like a turkey vulture and also inhabits its surroundings. Then, the eagle eats the vulture all of a sudden. The coloring and behavioral tactics of a hawk are examples of aggressive mimicry.

Reproductive mimicry can be observed in animals as well as plants. The flowers of some plants resemble leaves or are of no use to consumers, so they are safe until reproduction is complete. Mimicry has been a tactic used by animals and plants to maintain their lives by confusing others.

From the explanation above, it can be concluded that the difference between camouflage and mimicry is as follows:

1. Camouflage is basically a coloring tactic to go unnoticed or protected, whereas mimicry is a tactic to confuse other animals.
2. Camouflage sometimes hides animals, whereas mimicry never hides animals or plants.
3. Camouflage is usually applied to animals, but mimicry can also be found in plants.
4. Camouflage has no hidden dangers for certain animal consumers, while aggressive imitation always has hidden dangers.
5. Camouflage usually resembles the environment, but mimicry resembles that of other animals.

Reasons Animals Change Their Body Color

There are several animals that have other reasons to change their body color, namely:

1. Demonstrate a power struggle by changing colors

For example, like a chameleon that has two opposite states. When two males meet each other, there will be a fierce fight. In this case, the show changes color.

Weaker male chameleons, often smaller and paler in color. Usually will admit defeat by stopping to change color first.

2. Attract the attention of the couple with color

When the animal changes its appearance it is usually to impress the female during courtship. However, no matter how brilliant it looks. Females are usually not interested and they will use their color to tell the males.

For example, in chameleon animals, when a female chameleon has mated with another male chameleon, she will refuse by changing her color to be very dark and very aggressive. Male chameleons can be violent, so it is important for females to avoid them.

It turns out that many animals use camouflage to avoid enemies, Sinaumed’s. By knowing about the camouflage, it is easy for us to know and examine a particular object.

Those are some things about camouflage in various kinds of animals.

Calipers – Is Sinaumed’s still unfamiliar with vernier caliper? Perhaps Sinaumed’s is no stranger to rulers, clocks, and weight scales which are measuring instruments, as well as vernier calipers used to measure the outside or inside diameter of an object. If a ruler is to measure a flat surface, then a vernier caliper can be used by Sinaumed’s to measure the length of objects that are not just flat. 

Humans definitely need a more detailed length measuring tool to measure the length of an object shape. So to solve this need, a vernier measuring instrument is needed which has its own characteristics in its use in measuring an object. In the study of physics, this measuring instrument has even been introduced since junior high school. 

Sinaumed’s doesn’t need to worry about difficulties using this measuring instrument. Watch this article to the end because it discusses caliper measuring devices. The following is an explanation of the meaning, function, types, parts, how to read, and examples of solving calculations using caliper.  

DEFINITION OF MEASURING INSTRUMENT SORONG TERM

Calipers are a measuring tool that can be used to determine the length, outside diameter, and inside diameter of a particular shape. Calipers can also be used to measure the depth of a hole or certain geometric shapes, such as a tube. Sinaumed’s needs to underline that even though he can measure the diameter of an object’s shape, the caliper is only intended to measure objects that are relatively small in size.  

This happens because the units are limited and usually objects that cannot be measured with a ruler. Compared to a ruler, caliper has a higher level of accuracy. The level of accuracy in question is the form of the smallest scale value that can be measured by a caliper that is more detailed or accurate. The smallest scale of the vernier caliper is 0.01 cm or 0.1 mm, while the smallest scale ruler is 0.1 cm or 1 mm. 

This is what shows the advantages of vernier calipers compared to a ruler for measuring the shape of objects that are not in a flat plane. Its detailed and accurate size makes the vernier caliper a measuring tool that workers in the engineering field rely on, moreover, it is relatively small and easy to carry around. 

The vernier caliper was first discovered by a French mathematician who is also an engineer named Pierre Vernier who was born on August 19, 1584. He published the invention of this measuring instrument in 1631 which became an accurate measuring instrument, namely vernier calipers or by another name Vernier calipers . The scale on the vernier caliper is named after the name of its inventor, with the term Vernier.  

SHORT TERM FUNCTION

In practice, calipers have functions that really help humans to measure the length of an object. This measuring instrument was indeed created to answer problems that were previously unresolved, such as being able to measure the shape of objects other than flat surfaces like a length measuring instrument using a ruler. Because in fact we also need measuring tools that are more precise and accurate. The following are the functions or benefits of the caliper that Sinaumed’s needs to know:

• Serves to measure an object from the outside by means of being flanked
• Serves to measure the side in the form of objects which are usually in the form of holes like in pipes by stretching them out
• Serves to measure the depth of a gap or hole in an object shape by plugging or piercing the measuring instrument
• Used to measure the thickness of an object
• Serves to measure the diameter in the form of objects using fixed jaws and upper sliding jaws
• The function is to measure the depth of an object shape using the bottom measuring rod, for example the depth of a tube, a small hole, or a relatively small difference in height
• It has two scales, namely the main scale and nonius

TYPES OF SHOES

Of the various functions that the vernier caliper has, this tool also comes with various types. So Sinaumed’s can use several types of calipers as needed. The following are the types of caliper that Sinaumed’s needs to know so that they can be used as a reference if you want to use this measuring instrument:

1. Caliper Analog Or Manual

This type of calipers is usually used for practicum in schools or school laboratories. Because it is only for practical purposes, how to use it is quite difficult, which is still done manually, so it requires more accuracy when using it. Then to find out the measurement results, Sinaumed’s needs to calculate it first. 

2. Digital shovel

This type of caliper has been developed from the previous type which was still analog or manual. Sinaumed’s may find it difficult to find digital calipers in schools or in school labs. This caliper has a screen that can display the value of the measured object size without having to calculate it manually first. 

This digital caliper will greatly facilitate and speed up when measuring the shape of objects, for example in large quantities. However, in terms of price, digital calipers are more expensive than analog types. 

3. Calipers shove a watch or clock

The vernier caliper is a type of vernier caliper that can be read using an analog gauge needle that is attached to the face or with a stopper. This vernier caliper uses a measuring hour instead of a nonius scale when interpolating the index line to the measuring rod scale. 

4. Altitude calipers

A height caliper is a type of slide rule that is used to measure height. This vernier caliper has measuring jaws that move vertically on a rod that is scaled perpendicular to the anvil. The measuring jaws of the calipers are parallel to the reason so that the measuring line is perpendicular to the surface where the foundation is placed. That is why the use of this caliper requires a flat reference surface, such as a flat table surface. 

PARTS ON THE GLOVE TERMINAL MEASUREMENT

In order to be able to use this measuring instrument, Sinaumed’s certainly needs to know the parts of the calipers and their functions. If Sinaumed’s understands the parts of the caliper, it will be easy to use it to measure the diameter or shape of a particular object. The following are the parts of the vernier caliper that Sinaumed’s needs to know in order to be able to use it:

1. Deep Jaws

Consisting of sliding jaws and fixed jaws which function to measure the inside such as the diameter of the hole or gap of an object shape. 

2. Outer Jaws

It consists of two jaws, sliding and fixed jaws which function to measure the outside, for example the diameter, width or length of a certain object shape. 

3. Stalk Depth Measure

This section serves to measure the depth of the hole of a particular object

4. Main Scale

This section serves to state the main measurement results which are usually expressed in units of cm or inches, usually the main scale length is 15 to 17 sm. 

5. Nonius Scale

This section of the caliper serves to add an extra level of accuracy to measurements that are usually expressed in inches or mm.

6. Locking Bolt

The locking bolt on the caliper serves to hold the jaws in place so that the object being measured can be held or not released and the scale does not shift while being measured.

HOW TO USE AND READ THE SORONG TERM MEASUREMENT

After knowing the meaning, function, and types and parts of the caliper, Gremeds needs to know how to measure and read the measurement results on this calipers. If Sinaumed’s succeeds in measuring the diameter or depth of an object, but cannot read or interpret the results, it will be useless. Here’s how to read the measuring results on caliper: 

1. First, prepare the object or objects to be measured, such as marbles, coins, or others
2. After that, open the sliding jaw on the caliper to the left until it is really tight so you can produce an accurate size
3. Make sure again that both jaws are closed and the scale reads zero. Sinaumed’s needs to pay attention to this so that there are no measurement errors or commonly called zero errors
4. Loosen the locking bolt and pull the sliding jaw to the right, until the object you want to measure can be placed between the two jaws.
5. After that, place the object between the two jaws and make sure again that the position is appropriate and correct
6. Pull the sliding jaw to the left until it clamps the object to be measured, then rotate the locking bolt until you hear a click sound
7. After that, pay attention to the line that is squeezed between the upper and lower scales or the nonius scale. Find the number that connects straight to the line from the nonius scale
8. Now, calculate the measurement results obtained by adding up the two numbers, then that is the diameter of the object that Sinaumed’s is looking for

PRINCIPLES OF HOW THE SORONG TERM WORK

The main principle when using a vernier caliper is that if the key on the vernier caliper is loosened, the nonius scale board can move as needed when measuring the shape of a particular object. Then to measure objects, they will be clamped between the two clamps or jaws that are on the calipers as accurately as possible or in the right position. 

The results of the size of the object can be determined directly by reading the main scale to one-tenth of a cm or 0.1 cm. After that, add the readings on the nonius scale to one thousandth of a cm or 0.001 cm. Calibration of the calipers is carried out by pushing the sliding jaw to touch the upper jaw. 

It is said to have been calibrated perfectly if the sliding jaws are in the right position at zero, that is, the zero on the main scale and the zero on the nonius scale totally coincide with one another in a straight line. Then the caliper is ready to be used to measure objects. In practice the working principle, calipers have advantages and disadvantages when used to measure certain objects. 

Following are the advantages and disadvantages of vernier calipers that Sinaumed’s needs to know:

1. The advantages of the shove caliper

• Has a better reading accuracy, namely the reading accuracy ranges from 0.05-0.01 mm
• Can measure the outside diameter easily, i.e. how it is sewn 
• Can measure the diameter of the inner side easily, namely by stretching.
• Can measure depth accurately
• Cheap and affordable prices compared to other measuring instruments with the precision and accuracy of the results

2. Disadvantages of shoves

• Cannot measure objects that are large in size
• Expansion can occur in the measuring instrument material if not treated
• Due to the shape of the sensor that is in direct contact with the workpiece, it will allow scratches or impacts to appear which can cause unevenness on the two sensors or both jaws in the caliper.

If Sinaumed’s decides to buy a caliper because of the need for its use, then Sinaumed’s needs to pay attention to the maintenance of this measuring instrument. Even though the physical tool is a small caliper, it must be maintained so that it lasts longer even though it is often used. The factor that usually causes equipment damage is the temperature instability of the storage room and the place where the caliper is stored. 

Incorrect storage methods may allow the calipers to expand or contract, get bumped or scratched. So store it in a place where the temperature is stable, for example a room or a special place using a storage box for certain measuring instruments so that it doesn’t get scratched or expands easily. When finished using clean the tool and put it back in place. 

PROBLEMS EXAMPLE

If Sinaumed’s already understands the explanation of the vernier caliper above, it’s time to learn to solve this measuring instrument problem. Here are some examples of questions about measuring using calipers in physics lessons:

1. Example Question 1 

What is the measurement result in the example question 1 image above in centimeters?

Discussion:

• The main scale reading is 10 cm (the number 10 is obtained because it is exactly opposite the zero on the vernier scale on the right)
• The reading of the Vernier scale or nonius scale is 0.02 cm (obtained from the second line after zero on the Vernier scale, which is exactly straight with the line next to it).

So, the measurement result in the sample question 1 image above is 10 cm + 0.02 cm = 10.02 cm

Or 100.2 dmm

2. Sample Question 2

What is the result of the final calculation of the measurement of the sample image in question 2 above in millimeters?

Discussion:

• The main scale reading is 1.1 cm or 11 mm (one line after the 1 on the main scale directly opposite the zero on the vernier scale to the right).
• The reading of the Vernier scale or nonius scale is 0.65 mm obtained from the line of the Vernier scale which is exactly straight with the line above it, which is between 6 and 7. 

So, the measurement result in the sample question 2 image above is 11 mm + 0.65 mm = 11.65 mm

Or 1.165 cm

3. Sample Question 3

What is the final calculation result from the measurement in the sample question 3 image above in centimeters?

Discussion:

Blue circle shows 5, 3 so many cm, we will get this much on the red circle Red circle shows 5 cm So the result is 5.35 cm

Book & Article Recommendations

Now that’s an explanation of the caliper measuring tool, starting from the definition, function, types, parts, how to read, and examples of solving calculations using caliper. Is Sinaumed’s still having trouble understanding how to use it? Calipers are indeed not the same as other measuring instruments which may be easier to use and can immediately show the results of their measurements. So, if you still need references for Sinaumed’s to learn about how to use calipers, you can visit sinaumedia’s book collection at www.sinaumedia.com .  

Sinaumed’s will find many reference books on Physics textbooks which will make it easier to understand how to use calipers and other measuring instruments in the study of physics. Apart from that, Sinaumed’s will also find books that explain, discuss, and practice examples of calipers and other physics lessons. The following is a recommendation for sinaumedia books that Sinaumed’s can read to understand theoretical physics in junior and senior high schools or the equivalent so that it is easier to learn and understand them: Enjoy studying. #Friends Without Limits

Book Recommendations:

Business Management – Business management is needed for those who have a business. Most people really want to have a personal business. This is not surprising, considering that everyone’s interests are different. However, opening a business is not that easy. There must be careful planning to support the progress of the business.

To run a business requires planning. In the sense that management is needed so that the business runs smoothly and achieves the target. There are so many examples, those who open a business without a proper plan end up breaking down in the middle of the road. Most of the time the capital does not return, goods accumulate, and what’s worse, you can get into debt too.

Usually this happens due to lack of anticipation of the loss factor. The factor of lonely consumers is also often ignored, so these new business actors are more focused on profits.

Even though for the initial capital, there must be several pockets. In the sense that there must be capital for spending on goods, capital to cover profits that have not been maximized, and others. The planning needed is in the form of business management. A plan that is carried out by optimizing all resources in order to achieve appropriate business targets.

To make a business plan is also not as difficult as imagined. Not even until you have to go to school again to get the knowledge.

Learning business planning can be started with easy exercises. For example estimating capital requirements, expenses and income from selling small items such as yellow rice. Henceforth, let’s learn about the notion of business management.

A. Definition of Business Management

In general, business management means planning, execution and monitoring activities in a business or business. All of these activities aim to make the business achieve its target.

Another understanding of this activity can also be a business that is deliberately carried out based on a plan in order to achieve a sales target.

This means that without management activity, it is very unlikely that sales profits will be obtained. Management applied to a business includes everything needed to achieve sales targets.

Starting from planning, controlling, action , and finally evaluation. Based on the four management activities, the progress of a business can be controlled, whether you want to move slowly or fast.

Referring to the above understanding, it can be ascertained that business management is the most important element that determines the development of a business. Naturally a good business is determined by good management as well.

Meanwhile, bad business is generally run based on poor management. Usually the running of the business also does not receive thorough supervision.

A business that consists of various important components must have a good management. This is because if one component fails it will interfere with other components because they are mutually supportive and complementary. Learn more through the book Introduction to Business Management .

Based on these facts, of course, the business that is currently owned can be reviewed. If an inappropriate plan is found, it can be re-made based on an even better plan. Because if you force it to work, what you will get is only losses and losses.

Read more: Definition of Management

B. Business Management Functions

After previously discussing the meaning of business management, what follows is an explanation of the functions of management that are applied to businesses. You will understand how important it is to study management after getting to know its functions.

Through the process of planning, organizing, directing and controlling the existing business in a company, the goals to be achieved are also affected. Sinaumed’s can find a deeper discussion of this in the Business Management book below.

This will be the basis for understanding the importance of having business management for those of you who will or already have a business. The following are some of the functions of business management that you should know:

1. Planning

The first function of business management is planning. Before building a business, of course, business planning is needed such as marketing, product promotion, products sold, financial accounting and archival documentation, and others. This planning must be well documented because it will become a benchmark for future business activities.

A common mistake that business owners usually make is not having a record-keeping process. Even though the correct recording or bookkeeping process can make it easier for you to control existing financial data. help you also make a business plan according to existing capital.

The main reason business people don’t keep records is because they don’t understand accounting. In addition, they also consider bookkeeping to be a hassle and take a lot of time. Even though it is completely untrue, bookkeeping is an important element in running a business.

2. Organizing

Organizing is closely related to human resources, aka workers. After planning is made, the next step is to create a working group. This work group contains people who are given the same portion of tasks. Such as administration, marketing, field, and others.

The division of work groups like this to facilitate the work process. The process of assessing work results is also easy. Leaders will easily assess whether their workers have worked according to their expertise or not. Good
organizing will support the achievement of business goals. If the team cannot work properly, the leadership can replace it immediately so that the business does not suffer losses.

3. Staffing

Staffing includes all company-owned resources such as machines, raw materials, supporting facilities, and others. Resources must be regulated in their use and adapted to business needs. This can only be done if the company uses good management. If there is no management, the use of resources can exceed priorities and cause capital to swell.

Things like this often result in financial losses for companies. Finally, the existing business was threatened with bankruptcy.

4. Directions

The fourth function of management is directing which is closely related to direction. Here the actions of the leader hold an important position as an encouragement for the team to work according to plan.

It is not uncommon for workers’ morale to drop during the course of planning. If this happens, the leadership must immediately come down to provide understanding and direction. Because inappropriate work performance and progress greatly affect the company’s income.

Directing is very important because it is closely related to adherence to planning. Work that is in accordance with the planning directions will make the business reach the target. But keep in mind to avoid reprimands that can make workers lose their will to work.

5. Controlling

Controlling is monitoring whether the work system has been implemented properly or not. With controlling will be visible important points that must be evaluated and recorded. At the same time, you can see the existing obstacles.

Controlling does not have to be done directly by the leader, but can also be done by the team leader. Later the leader will ask for a report directly from the team leader. Based on the report, the leadership can take the steps taken for the next planning.

C. Business Management Planning

Planning is needed to make your business run smoothly and achieve the set targets. Without planning, your business will run without proper control. Existing capital can be used up just like that without proper planning. There is even the possibility of running out of capital to bankruptcy.

This is because in managing a business operation, it is believed that there will always be problems related to decision making both strategic and operational. Various examples can be found in the book Financial Management and Business .

The planning that should be applied to your business is also not complicated. There are several plans that can be used when starting a business, such as:

• Determine the goals and targets to be achieved by the company.
• Arrange the steps according to the target in order to achieve the goal.
• Determine the human resources and other resources needed.
• Set work standards to achieve target goals.

D. Important Elements in Business Management Planning

In order for the planning to be carried out properly, specifications for the complementary elements of the plan are needed. Here are some important elements that must be considered in a business management plan.

1. Clear Business Description

A business must have a clear description so that consumers understand the type of business you are. Your business must be clear in what field. Whether culinary, fashion, services, wholesale needs, or something else.

If your business type is not clear, consumers will be confused when looking for the product they need. They do not know the product specifications produced by your company.

Business description is very closely related to the company’s brand. You can start by paying attention to the name used for your business. A company name should be easy to remember and represent the type of business and related products being sold.

Then the company logo which is usually installed together with the company name. Logos also usually use images that are simple and easy to remember. The color on the logo is also generally the typical color of the company. It may seem insignificant, but in fact, the company’s name, logo and color are the first things consumers remember when shopping.

A business also needs a business address so that consumers are not confused. An address is also needed for the requirements to set up a business. In the future, the address will be used as a place to send and pick up goods. Consumers will also give a positive value because the company exists physically.

Then also product specifications must be clear. Indeed, there are many companies that produce several products, but usually they remain the same. For example, businesses engaged in accessories.

In addition to various types of handicrafts, there are also accessories in the form of bracelets, necklaces and rings. There are also types of silver accessories in the form of women’s jewelry. Isn’t it clear that there are many but similar products?

A clear business description will make it easier for you to market your product. Because consumers also know the type of your business as well as the types of products produced.

2. Perform Competitor Analysis

Knowing competitor products will make it easier for you to determine the type of product to be marketed. It could be that the product issued is of the same type, but must have better quality.

If a competitor’s product is better than your company’s product, it means that there must be an increase in quality in order to be able to compete.

There is nothing wrong with learning the marketing techniques launched by competitors. You can innovate yourself in terms of marketing so that consumers want to buy the products issued.

You can also study how competitors coordinate their workers. Maybe your competitors are implementing a discipline that can be applied in the company. In other words, having competitors means an opportunity for your business to be even better.

3. Have a Marketing Strategy

A business will be blunt if it doesn’t have a mature marketing plan. The initial step of marketing can be done by analyzing the product that consumers need. Then the marketing strategy can be launched through the right promotion.

This promotion is in the form of an introduction to the business brand as well as the products issued. Various promotions can be carried out, ranging from discount promos, to selling products with prizes.

This promotion also usually uses the media, meaning you have to start learning about digital marketing as well. Digital marketing is a marketing technique that uses internet-based media.

The marketing strategy in business management must be made effective and on target. Where this has an effect on creating customer value and building profitable customer relationships, as discussed in the Marketing Business Management book .

4. Financial Reports

The thing that is often overlooked by a business is financial records. Though bookkeeping is important to run a business. Good bookkeeping will later become a reference for company activities.

For example, how many stocks are there, how many stocks are issued. Likewise, recording of the delivery of goods is very important.

Besides that, bookkeeping is also needed to record the stock of existing resources. production of finished goods is more orderly and controlled when referring to existing records.

So as to avoid using excessive raw materials. It can also be anticipated if raw materials start to run low, and production can continue without a hitch.

Financial reports start from the company’s financial records. How much initial capital, and how much expenses are needed. Good financial records can prevent companies from going bankrupt.

From the financial reports it can be seen the benefits generated. Has the capital been used properly, have the sales proceeds covered the initial capital back, and is there a lack of capital?

Financial reports will facilitate control of the company’s financial activities. So that if production is known to exceed the initial capital it can be stopped first. Neat financial records are expected to prevent companies from going bankrupt.

5. Maintain Product and Service Quality

One thing that must always be maintained and improved is the quality of products and services. These two elements are closely related to marketing. If the quality of goods deteriorates, consumers will be disappointed and sales will decline.
Likewise with services, services that are fast in response and friendly will make consumers comfortable when shopping.

E. Components of Business Management

As for what is meant by the business management component is the parts whose activities must be based on a management system. Each component has a different function. The following are the components in question.

1. Financial Management

Financial management is management that regulates the company’s finances. By using this component, it is hoped that the company’s finances can be stable and used for the right purpose.

2. Marketing Management

This component is in the form of planning and monitoring activities on marketing activities. The purpose of marketing management is control over product marketing.

With so much business competition today, many companies are trying to find new marketing plans. As one of them is business management which has an environmentally friendly concept that Sinaumed’s can learn from the book Green Business Business Management with an Environmentally Friendly Concept .

3. Production Management

Production management regulates the production process of goods in the company. Of course, this also includes control over the feasibility and function of production machines. Supervision of production operators, and the process of making products to completion.

4. Distribution Management

This business management component is in charge of overseeing the distribution activities. This management activity is intended to ensure the condition of the product is good and distributed quickly.

5. HR Management

This management regulates all the activities of workers in the company. This includes regulating the portion of responsibilities, fields of work, as well as employee discipline. To carry out all the points above is not easy. The sustainability of a business besides depending on management is also influenced by commitment.

How each element in management synergizes with each other to carry out the plan. Especially the cooperation between leaders and workers.

Business planning in the form of management, finance, development, to marketing must be planned as well as possible. Because good planning in a business is the main thing supporting success.

Good business management will be able to bring the company in a better direction. Business planning can be described as functioning well if it can still run with all the obstacles that exist. Strategies in business must also be made with the aim of increasing the company’s competitiveness. Of course, with the aim that the company can survive in the midst of intense competition.

Recommended Books & Articles Related to Business Management

 

Definition, Types and Forms of Business Entities in Indonesia – A business entity is an organizational and economic unit that has the aim of obtaining profits or profits and providing services to the community. There are various types of business entities in Indonesia.

For those who don’t know what a business entity is, they often equate a business entity with a company, even though the reality is very different. The main difference is that a business entity is an institution, while a company is a place where the business entity manages various factors of production. The following is a more complete explanation of the definition and types of business entities in Indonesia, Sinaumed’s:

A. Definition of Business Entity

A Business Entity is a juridical (legal) and economic entity that uses capital and labor to seek profit. There are several things needed to set up a business entity, including products and services that will be sold or traded, how to market the products or services that will be traded,

Determination of the cost price and selling price of products or services, the need for labor, internal organization, spending, and the type of business entity to be selected. Examples of the most familiar bodies encountered include:

1. PT Kimia Farma Tbk

It turns out that this pharmacy, which has many branches, belongs to the state. PT Kimia Farma Tbk. is one of the oldest pharmaceutical companies in Indonesia, founded in 1817. Now Kimia Farma has produced many products that help people’s daily lives, ranging from medicines, multivitamins, and cosmetics.

2. PT Kereta Api Indonesia

PT Kereta Api Indonesia is a BUMN that provides rail transportation services. PT KAI’s services include passenger and goods transportation services. Founded on September 28, 1945, PT KAI continues to develop its performance in providing safe and inexpensive transportation for the community.

3. PT Indofood Sukses Makmur Tbk

If the above is a BUMN, then the following is a company with private ownership. Indofood was first established in 1968 with the initial name Lima Satu Sankyu. PT indofood is the originator of the legendary instant food from Indonesia which is also well-known abroad, namely Indomie.

For Sinaumed’s who want to set up a business such as PT, CV, Firma, Foundations, Cooperatives, and consulting companies, there is a Practical Guide to Establishing Various Business Entities that can help you to better understand issues of licensing, employment, and many more.

B. Types of Business Entities

Apart from form, business entities are also grouped by type. The following are the types in question:

1. Kinds of Business Entities Based on Their Activities

Business activities can vary. Below is a business based on the type of activity:

• Extractive is the activity of taking what has been produced by natural resources. For example: forest products, marine products, and others
• Agrarian , namely carrying out types of activities related to agriculture;
• Trade is the activity of buying and reselling an item without changing its form. Example: rice trade is carried out by someone by buying rice in a rice-producing area,
• Industry is the activity of processing raw materials and auxiliary materials into semi-finished goods or ready-to-use goods. For example: shoes, clothes, and so on
• Services are activities that provide services and facilities in order to meet needs. Example: freight forwarding services, banking services, and others.

With the various types of business entities that exist, especially in Indonesia, there are also differences between the styles and characteristics of each of these business entities. Learn the various types of businesses in a practical and complete way through the Super Complete Guide to Establishing Pt, Cv & Other Business Entities.

2. Types of Business Entities Based on Capital Ownership

Capital plays a big role in the establishment of a business. Without sufficient capital, a business will not run optimally. The capital of a business also varies depending on who the owner is.

• State Owned Enterprises (BUMN) , where the capital owner is the government or the state
• Private Owned Enterprises (BUMS) , namely company capital owned by private parties. In this case, it can be in the form of national private companies and foreign parties
• Regional Owned Enterprises (BUMD) , namely the ownership of the business is in the hands of the local government;
• Mixed Business Entity , which is a business whose capital is owned by the government and the private sector.

3. Types of Business Entities Based on Country Region

Economic globalization has caused many businesses to be established abroad or foreign businesses to be established within the country.

• Domestic Investment , where the company’s capital ownership is in the hands of the people of their own country.
• Foreign Investment , is a foreign-owned company operating in Indonesia or within the country.

C. Forms of Business Entities in Indonesia

There are many types of business entities that we often encounter, such as PT, CV, or Perum. Below are the forms of business entities in Indonesia , including:

1. Cooperative

Cooperative is a business entity based on the principles of kinship. This economic organization is operated for the common good. Cooperative is a business entity (economic organization) owned and operated by its members to fulfill common interests in the economic field.

There are also those who say the notion of a cooperative is a legal entity formed on the principle of kinship where the goal is for the welfare of its members. In this case, cooperatives are formed where their activities are based on the principles of the people’s economic movement.

Cooperatives can be established as individuals or cooperative legal entities. This business entity collects funds from its members as capital in running a business according to shared aspirations and needs in the economic field. Based on Law no. 25 of 1922 concerning cooperatives explained that cooperatives are open, democratic and independent. Cooperatives have common characteristics, including:

• The owner can be an individual or a cooperative legal entity
• Cooperative authorities and policies are determined through member meetings
• The highest power in cooperative life is the meeting of members
• The management is responsible for the management of the cooperative
• Members are responsible for all obligations and risks that occur
• There are organizational tools
• It is an economic institution
• Act as the backbone of the country’s economy
• Act as a dynamist of the economy of society and the state
• Serves to provide services to members and the community
• Serves to improve human resources in society
• Functioning as a government partner in achieving development goals
• Cooperative capital consists of own capital and loan capital.

The function of the cooperative itself includes building and increasing the economic potential of its members and society in general, so that social welfare can be realized. Cooperatives have an active role in improving the quality of life of their members and the community.

Serves to Strengthen the people’s economy as the basis for the strength and resilience of the national economy where cooperatives are the foundation. Function Realizing and developing a better national economy through joint ventures based on the principle of kinship and economic democracy.

2. BUMN (State Owned Enterprises)

a. Perjan (Company Office)

Perjan is a BUMN whose budget is included in the State Budget (APBN). Perjan has a goal of making the community prosperous through dedication and service. This is done without neglecting the essential points, effectiveness, economy and good service. Currently BUMN does not have a contract. There is no business entity that can be classified as a contract because previously business entities have been transferred to become legal entities or business entities. Here are examples of perjan that have changed shape:

• Perjan Kereta Api to become Persero Kereta Api.
• Perjan Pegadaian, which was once a public company, has now changed its form again to become a limited liability company.
• The work of the Children’s and Maternity Hospital is our hope, the work of Dr. Cipto Mangunkusumo, Dr. Hospital. Kariadi, Perjan Hospital Dr. M. Djamil, and Dr. Perjan Hospital. Mohammad Hoesin changed his status to a Public Service Agency.
• Perjan Radio Republik Indonesia and Perjan Televisi Republik Indonesia became Public Broadcasting Institutions.

b. Persero (Company Company)

A state-owned company that has the form of a limited liability company. The company aims to pursue profits by owning shares wholly or partially (with a minimum of 51%) with ownership in the name of the Republic of Indonesia. In establishing a Persero, the Minister proposes such an undertaking to the President, complete with studies that have been based on various considerations. The company’s establishment aims to provide goods or services that have more selling value but still have good quality. Generally, the Persero is engaged in production, and aims to make a profit. Examples of PT Telkom, PT Bank Mandiri, and PT Pos Indonesia. The characteristics of the Persero include the following:

• Civil law entity in the form of PT
• Business relations are regulated under civil law
• Led by a director
• The government acts as a shareholder
• Part or all of the capital is separated state property
• Aimed at cultivating profits
• Does not have state facilities
• The employee is an employee of a private company.

c. Perum (Public Company)

Perum is a company that is wholly owned by the state. Perum has a goal of benefiting in general terms, both in the form of services and goods. General company activities must also pay attention to quality and profits with the principle of company management.

In forming a Perum, coordination is needed between the Minister of BUMN, the Minister of Finance and the president. The Minister of SOEs proposes to the President on the basis that has been reviewed with the Technical Minister and the Minister of Finance. Perum functions as a business organizer for the benefit of the public with quality goods and or services but prices remain affordable to the general public. This is still processed by a good company system. Example: Pawnshop, Shipping Corporation, and others. The characteristics of a Public Company are as follows:

• Incorporated
• Business relations are regulated under civil law
• All capital belongs to the government from separated wealth
• Engaged in the field of vital services
• Aims to serve the public interest
• Allowed to cultivate profits
• Led by a director
• The employee has the status of an employee of a state company
• Has its own name, wealth, and freedom
• The annual report is submitted to the government.

Find a more complete explanation of the various types of business entities in Indonesia, how to set them up and various alternative solutions for dealing with cases that may occur in the process of establishing a business entity through the book Smart, Easy and Wise Tips for Setting Up a Business Entity.

3. BUMS (Private Owned Enterprises)

As the name suggests, BUMS is a business entity whose capital is owned by the private sector. BUMS was established with the aim of seeking profits in developing the business. BUMS has two types, among others, domestic private business entities and foreign private business entities.

Domestic private business entity is a business entity whose capital is owned by the domestic community. Meanwhile, foreign private business entities are private business entities whose capital is owned by people who are not Indonesian citizens.

Article 33 of the 1945 Constitution regulates sectors that can be managed by the private sector, such as managing non-vital and strategic economic resources, or those that do not affect the lives of many people. The following are the types of BUMS which can be distinguished by several forms of business entity:

1. Commanditaire Vennootschap (CV)

CV is a form of partnership formed by two or more people with some members having unlimited responsibility and some others having limited responsibility. CV is divided into two types, namely active partners (complementary) and passive partners (limited).

Active partners are partners who manage a company and also have the right to enter into agreements with third parties. Meanwhile, passive partners are partners who only provide capital but do not interfere in the management of the company. It can be said that passive partners only play a role in providing capital.

Advantages Capital CV is bigger than a firm, Capital requirements are easily met, Company management can be divided, Risks are shared, Decisions are taken together, Able to seek credit from banks Disadvantages Occurrence of disputes, Decisions cannot be taken quickly, If one member resigns or dies, the company disbands, other members will be dragged down when a member acts outside the provisions.

2. Sole Proprietorship (PO)

PO is a form of business owned by one person. POs generally have small capital, limited types of products and production quantities, few workers, relatively simple production equipment and technology. An individual company is a business entity or company that is owned, managed and led by an individual. So that the responsibility for the company’s activities and risks is borne by the individual.

Pros:

• Easy to manage
• Free to move
• Only the owner has the right to obtain business profits
• Low tax
• Company secrets known only to the owner
• Low organizational costs
• Decisions are taken quickly and leaders are more motivated if the profits are large.

While the drawbacks are:

• Leadership responsibilities are unlimited
• Limited capital
• Not guaranteed the survival of the company
• Limited leadership skills
• Losses are borne alone.

b. Firma (Fa)

Firma is an association between a person and another person (or more) to run a joint business with the aim of sharing the profits derived from the partnership.

It can be concluded that the Firm has at least two members. These members will be responsible for the company and submit capital according to what is stated in the deed of establishment of the firm.

If bankrupt, all members are responsible until the capital is also insured.

Excess :

• Capital requirements are easily met
• Management of the company can be divided, shared risk
• Decisions are taken together
• Able to seek credit from the bank

Lack :

• Disputes occur, The distribution of profits and losses is regulated in the agreement, Decisions cannot be taken quickly, If one member resigns or dies, the company disbands, Other members will be dragged down when a member acts outside the provisions

c. Limited Liability Company (PT)

PT is a type of business that is protected by law with capital consisting of shares. A person can be said to be the owner of a PT if he owns as much shares as he has invested.

According to Law No. 40 of 2007 which regulates PTs, it is stated that a limited liability company is a business entity in the form of a legal entity established based on an agreement and conducting business activities with authorized capital which has been entirely divided into shares, or it can also be referred to as a partnership. capital.

In running a PT, owners of share capital can sell to other parties. This explains that it is very possible to own a company without dissolving or re-establishing it. Because the establishment of a PT is based on an agreement, it requires a minimum of 2 people to create a PT. The notary must know the agreement in making PT and make a deed to get approval from the Minister of Law and Human Rights. The characteristics of a Limited Liability Company are as follows:

• It is a legal entity because it was established with a notarial deed, permission from the minister of law and human rights, announced in the state news
• It consists of three types of capital, namely statute capital, issued capital, and paid-up capital
• There are three types of bodies that determine the survival of the company, namely the GMS, the board of commissioners and the board of directors.

The advantages are limited liability, capital requirements are easily met, business continuity is guaranteed, trusted by third parties in terms of credit, efficient leadership, the fate of workers and employees is considered. Disadvantages Lack of concern from the Persero to the PT, The amount of costs in the PT and There are difficulties leading the PT.

d. Joint Ventures

A joint venture is a collaboration of several companies from various countries to become one company to achieve a concentration of economic power. The joint venture must have a legal entity PT or Limited Liability Company in the Industrial sector. The joint venture is led by a Board of Directors who are elected by the shareholders.

Thus the info, hopefully useful, Sinaumed’s!

Also read the following article related to “Form of Business Entity in Indonesia” :

• Types of Sole Proprietorship
• Definition of Goods Market
• Definition of Request and Offer
• Definition of Money
• Definition of Inflation
• Definition of Banks
• Economic Principles
• Definition of Scarcity
• Definition of Macroeconomics
• Microeconomics
• Economic Recession
• Economic growth
• Economic Globalization
• People’s Economy
• Economic agents
• Economic Problems in Indonesia
• Economics
• Types of Economic Systems
• People’s Economy

Source: from various sources
Author : Atap
Editor : Ahmad

Bung Tomo Biography – Friends of Gramed, do you know this hero? His name is indeed very popular among the people, especially Surabaya, as well as heroes from other areas, such as Thomas Matulessy, Ki Hadjar Dewantara, Prince Diponegoro, Prince Antasari, and Tuanku Imam Bonjol.

Sutomo or better known as the people’s nickname as Bung Tomo is a hero who is known for his role in the Battle of November 10, 1945. At that time, the people of Surabaya fought against the Dutch who piggybacked the Netherlands Indies Civil Administration (NICA).

Sutomo was able to inflame the spirit of the fighters to defend Indonesia’s independence. His figure is attached as a patriot who always dares to fight against the invaders. He fought on the path of agitation and propaganda.

His speech succeeded in inflaming the enthusiasm of the youth and students to work hard on the battlefield in Surabaya. He also played a role in the disarmament of the Japanese, then sent most of the weapons to Jakarta.

To get to know this figure more clearly, let’s look together at a brief explanation of Bung Tomo’s biography below.

Bung Tomo Family History

Bung Tomo was born in Kampung Blauran, Surabaya on October 3, 1920 with the name Sutomo. He is the eldest of six siblings. His younger siblings are respectively named Sulastri, Suntari, Gatot Suprapto, Subastuti, and Hartini.

His father’s name was Kartawan Tjiptowidjojo, a middle-class aristocrat who had worked as a government employee, private company staff, tax office assistant, and employee of a Dutch import-export company. Kartawan claimed to have blood ties with several followers of Prince Diponegoro who were buried in Malang.

Sutomo’s mother was named Subastita, a woman of mixed blood from Central Java, Sundanese and Madurese, the daughter of a local distributor of Singer sewing machines in the Surabaya area, who before moving to Surabaya had been a municipal police officer and a member of Sarekat Islam (SI).

Sutomo married Sulistina, a former nurse for the Indonesian Red Cross (PMI) on 19 June 1947. This couple was blessed with four children, each named Titing Sulistami (born 29 June 1948), Bambang Sulistomo (born 22 April 1950), Sri Sulistami (born 16 August 1951), and Ratna Sulistami (born 12 November 1958).

Career in Bung Tomo’s Life

1. Youth Career

• Members of the Class I Indonesian Scout Movement (the first for East Java, while the second for all of Indonesia);
• Secretary of the Greater Indonesia Party (Parindra) Branch Branch in Tembok Duku, Surabaya circa 1937;
• Freelance journalist for the Soeara Oemoem Daily in Surabaya in 1937;
• Editor of the People’s Defenders Weekly in Surabaya in 1938;
• Chairman of the Indonesia Raya Youth play group in Surabaya in 1939;
• Journalist and corner writer for the Daily Express in Surabaya in 1939;
• Assistant correspondent for Poestaka Timoer Jogjakarta Magazine for Surabaya under the care of Anjar Asmara in 1940;
• Deputy editor-in-chief of the Indonesian language section of the Domei News Agency for all of East Java in Surabaya in 1942–1945;
• The chief editor of the Antara News Agency in Surabaya in 1945.

2. Career during the Physical Revolution Period 1945–1949

• General Chairman of the Indonesian People’s Rebel Front (BPRI) from 12 October 1945–June 1947 (merged into the Indonesian National Armed Forces);
• Member of the Advisory Board of the Commander in Chief General Sudirman;
• Chairman of the Arms Production Coordinating Board throughout Java and Madura;
• Appointed by President Soekarno as a top member of the Indonesian National Armed Forces (TNI), together with General Sudirman, Lieutenant General Oerip Soemohardjo, Commodore Soerjadarma, and Admiral Nazir. He was given the rank of Major General of the Indonesian Army with the task of coordinating the army, navy and air force in the field of information and war equipment;
• Member of the Joint Staff of the Armed Forces of the Republic of Indonesia;
• The Chairman of the Army Committee in charge of the field of railroads and intercity buses, with the task of coordinating all land transportation equipment in the territory of the Republic of Indonesia (RI) and directly responsible to the Commander in Chief of the TNI;
• Made the first RI military call-in announcement broadcast.

The Central Role of Bung Tomo

The central role of Bung Tomo’s struggle in the Battle of 10 November 1945 began with the arrival of the British and the Dutch on 25 October 1945. The troops who were members of the Rehabilitation of Allied Prisoners of War and Internees (RAPWI) were part of the Allied forces that won the Greater East Asia War over Japan.

The aim of RAPWI is to assist in the rehabilitation of prisoners of war and the presence of internees in disarming the Japanese army. The Allied troops had previously landed in Jakarta on September 15, 1945 or less than a month after the Proclamation of Indonesian Independence was declared by Soekarno-Hatta on August 17, 1945.

The arrival of Allied troops to Surabaya made the city’s atmosphere tense. Friction began to occur with youths and fighters who were determined to defend Indonesia’s independence, including the incident where the Dutch flag was torn at the Yamato Hotel on September 19, 1945.

The incident sparked further polemic. On October 27, 1945, British troops began to occupy government buildings in Surabaya, resulting in a series of conflicts that lasted several days.

On October 29, 1945, President Soekarno came to Surabaya to stop the fighting. Bung Karno’s presence resulted in a ceasefire agreement between the Allies and the fighters in Surabaya on October 30, 1945.

However, it turned out that an incident occurred on the same day and killed the commander of the Allied forces in East Java, namely Brigadier General Aubertin Mallaby. Mallaby’s position was replaced by Major General Robert Mansergh of the British 5th Division Commander.

On 9 November 1945, Mansergh issued an ultimatum to the people of Surabaya. The contents of the ultimatum include:

• All Indonesian leaders in Surabaya must report themselves;
• All weapons owned by the Indonesians in Surabaya must be handed over to the British;
• Indonesian leaders in Surabaya must be willing to sign a statement of unconditional surrender.

However, the warning was not welcomed by the fighters and all walks of life. The next day, November 10, 1945 at 06.00 WIB, no one from the Indonesian side came to surrender.

This of course sparked anger from the Allies, who then bombarded Surabaya. The great war was unavoidable, known as the Battle of November 10, 1945. The city of Surabaya was bombarded by the combined British and Dutch forces. There were also casualties.

However, the battle is remembered as a symbol of the resistance of the Indonesian people against the occupying foreign troops. This event is the date on which Heroes’ Day is celebrated every November 10.

The Battle of Surabaya which took place from late October to late November 1945 is undoubtedly one of the major battles in modern Indonesian history. The battle involved a combination of the People’s Security Army (TKR) and people’s militias on one side and British and Gurkha troops on the other.

One of the important elements behind the persistence of the fighters and the people of Surabaya in surviving is their strong enthusiasm and belief in defending Indonesia’s independence. It is formed by those who are able to invite and mobilize the masses.

The role of the leaders of the people’s struggle in Surabaya can be seen through their very persuasive speeches to mobilize the masses. From the Indonesian government in Surabaya, there were Resident Sudirman and Governor Surio, while from the center of society emerged a central figure, namely a former journalist named Soetomo, who is familiarly called Bung Tomo.

Many people believe that the Battle of 10 November 1945 is an icon of the revolution for Indonesian independence, while Bung Tomo is an icon of the Battle of 10 November 1945.

“Allah is the Greatest! Independent!” are the closing words of his speech that are still often remembered by people.

Indonesian youths working at Japanese radio stationed in Surabaya took over the radio facility shortly after independence was proclaimed. One of the groups that participated was the Leaders of the Indonesian People’s Rebellion (PPRI), led by Bung Tomo.

PPRI intends to broadcast “toontoetan we, the people of Indonesia, especially the initiative to implement the Peace of Indonesia, which is currently being disturbed by NICA and its accomplice”. PPRI has a “revolutie-zender” (revolution transmitter) called Radio Rebellion.

PPRI also asked for support from the international community. To reach a foreign audience, PPRI asked Indonesians who could speak foreign languages ​​to register as PPRI members.

Radio broadcasts of the Bung Tomo Rebellion reached beyond Indonesia, including Thailand and Australia. These broadcasts succeeded in encouraging the international community to put pressure on the Dutch and the British to relax their attacks, and even brought various forms of assistance to the people of Surabaya.

Youth and students were one of Bung Tomo’s main targets. When the battle for Surabaya broke out, he asked the youths of Surabaya not to leave the city. He also asked for additional troops for Surabaya.

His request was answered because not long ago the TKR headquarters in Yogyakarta sent a commander and more than twenty cadets to help the fighters in Surabaya.

Bung Tomo Rebellion Radio also asked for medical support for the victims of the Surabaya battle. This call in the air was greeted by other Republican sympathizers in the form of hundreds of nurses who came voluntarily and a number of doctors. Likewise, when the publisher asked to be supplied with food, in a short time food aid came.

Bung Tomo succeeded in persuading the masses because he understood how to get the people of Surabaya to participate in the battle. His egalitarian attitude or “leadership without hierarchy”, typical Surabaya rhetoric, and his call for takbir were able to capture the aspirations and enthusiasm of the masses, especially youth, Islamic groups and the grassroots.

It is not surprising that in the Battle of November 10, 1945 it was also known as jihad fi sabilillah . The fighting spirit of the Indonesian people has soared with the existence of Bung Tomo’s fatwa.

His speeches often open with the musical tune “Tiger Shark”. This may be aimed at attracting Surabaya’s educated youth who are familiar with Western pop culture.

Besides the cry of “freedom”, the closing of his speech was takbir. This shows that he views the war as having a spiritual meaning, a medium to attract the attention of Muslims throughout East Java.

Bung Tomo “was not a religious fanatic”, but at the same time “thought Islam was very important”. He is not a soldier who carries weapons to fight the enemy. However, his biggest contribution to Indonesia during the battle in Surabaya was seen more as a propagandist in his radio studio, compared to fighting on the street.

Between 1950–1956, Bung Tomo was included in the Cabinet of Prime Minister Burhanuddin Harahap as Minister of State for Former Armed Forces/Veterans, concurrently Minister of Social Affairs (Ad Interim).

Bung Tomo later became a member of the Constituent Assembly representing the Indonesian People’s Party since 1956. He became the people’s representative until the body was disbanded by Sukarno by Presidential Decree 1959.

Sutomo strongly protested Soekarno’s policies, including taking him to court, even though he ultimately lost. As a result, he slowly withdrew from the world of politics and government.

At the beginning of the New Order, Bung Tomo re-emerged as a figure who initially supported Suharto. However, since the early 1970s, he began to criticize Suharto’s programs, including one of the projects to build the Taman Mini Indonesia Indah. As a result, he was arrested and imprisoned for a year on 11 April 1978 on charges of subversive acts.

After getting out of prison, Bung Tomo seemed no longer interested in being vocal with the government and chose to use time with his family to educate his five children.

• 6 Very Inspiring Heroes of Independence
• Biography of Cut Nyak Dien: A Female Hero Feared by the Dutch
• Biography of Ir. Sukarno, the proclaimer of Indonesian independence
• Biography of General Soedirman, the Great General of the TNI
• Pattimura Biography: The Story of Kapitan Pattimura and Maluku
• Biography of WR Supratman, the creator of the song Indonesia Raya

National Hero title

On October 7, 1981, Bung Tomo died in Padang Arafah while performing the pilgrimage. Unlike the tradition of burying pilgrims who died in the holy land, Bung Tomo’s body was brought back to Indonesia.

In accordance with his will, Bung Tomo was not buried at the Heroes Cemetery like other figures, but at the Ngagel Public Cemetery in Surabaya.

Bung Tomo’s name was then officially confirmed as a national hero at the commemoration of Heroes’ Day in 2008 at the Merdeka Palace. At that time, it was his wife who directly received the decree number 041/T/Year 2008 submitted by the President of Indonesia, Susilo Bambang Yudhoyono.

Giving the title of national hero to Bung Tomo, as well as ending the prolonged polemic that had arisen at that time. This appointment was based on pressure from various parties, including GP Ansor and the DPR’s Golkar Party faction.

The proposal to give Bung Tomo the title of national hero was once submitted to the government, but did not receive approval. However, Bung Tomo’s extended family on the other hand also never had a problem with this title.

The Minister of Communication and Informatics (Menkominfo), Mohammad Nuh, explained that there are several procedures that must be passed before a fighting figure gets the title of national hero. Among these procedures were proposed by a group of people to the provincial government, the proposals were then forwarded to the Ministry of Social Affairs.

After arriving at the Ministry of Social Affairs, the proposal is submitted to the team giving the award for national services to be followed up. If deemed fit and according to the requirements, the character will get the title of national hero.

Apart from that, the president on the other hand also has the prerogative to give a title to someone who is considered to have contributed to the nation and state. However, everything still has to go through the procedures and mechanisms that apply.

Well, that’s a brief explanation of Bung Tomo’s Life History and Struggle . Appreciating the services of heroes, like Bung Tomo, is not only by remembering and thanking them in their hearts, but also by emulating their attitudes and actions.

Sinaumed’s can visit sinaumedia’s book collection at www.sinaumedia.com to get references about other heroes, starting from their life background, education, and struggle history.

The following is a recommendation for sinaumedia books that Sinaumed’s can read to learn about the history of the Battle of November 10, 1945 so that they can fully understand it. Happy reading.

Author: Fandy Aprianto Rohman

Book Recommendations & Related Articles

Packaged cooking oil or bulk oil is included in the nine staple foods (sembako) that are often used by
Indonesian people. It is an organic liquid which is insoluble in water but still soluble in
organic solvents.

Usually, the cooking oil used for frying food belongs to the group of oils that will not harden if allowed
to dry in air (non-drying oil). Well, in Indonesia there are two types of non-drying cooking
oil, namely packaged cooking oil and bulk cooking oil.

The second type is more widely used by the public because the price is cheaper, but in terms of quality, it
is still below packaged cooking oil. Therefore, the government banned the sale of bulk cooking
oil directly to consumers in 2015.

Unfortunately, until now there are still those who still use bulk cooking oil for economic reasons or
because they do not know the dangers. So, in this article we will discuss cooking oil further,
including its dangers to the health of the body.

Definition of Bulk Oil

Bulk oil or bulk cooking oil is a product derived from palm oil that is not pure and is sold to consumers in
plastic packaging without a brand or label.

Even though it is only a derivative product, bulk cooking oil has gone through the stages of refining,
bleaching, and deodorizing. However, in terms of quality, it cannot be compared to packaged
oil.

The reason is because in bulk cooking oil there is a higher content of fatty acids which causes this oil to
spoil more easily. According to tempo.co , bulk cooking oil contains:

• Saturated fatty acids: myristic 1% – 5%, pamitic 5% – 15%, and stearic 5% – 10%
• Unsaturated fatty acids: oleic 70% – 80%, linoleic 3% – 11%, palmitoelic 0.8% – 1.4%

If you look at the SNI standard requirements, it seems that bulk cooking oil does not meet the peroxide
number criteria. According to the standard, the maximum peroxide value in good cooking oil is
10 mek.02/kilogram.

Bulk Cooking Oil Manufacturing Process

Bulk cooking oil is produced from used cooking oil with a traditional manufacturing process that is not as
good as premium cooking oil. In the manufacture of bulk cooking oil, the refining process is
only carried out with a pressure of three bars. In fact, ideally it should be done with four
bars because the higher the pressure level, the better the quality of the oil produced.

Then, in order to reduce production costs and reduce selling prices, bulk oil producers only carry out the
process of separating solids and liquids for only ten hours. Meanwhile, premium cooking oil
producers do it for twenty hours.

When used, in plain view the results of frying between bulk cooking oil and premium cooking oil are indeed
similar. However, when viewed from the refining process, the quality and free fatty acids in
bulk cooking oil can make a difference.

In terms of safety, bulk cooking oil is clearly more susceptible to contamination due to the distribution
process which uses tanks, drums, conductors, and plastic bags. The result could be that during
storage, there are insects or rats that enter the storage area. Or it could also be that the
storage area is damaged, rusty, and dirty.

The danger of using bulk cooking oil for
too long

Because bulk cooking oil does not have quality in accordance with the existing standard requirements, it
means that there is no health guarantee in it at all. Here are some risks that might arise if
you consume too much fried food with bulk cooking oil.

Free Radicals in the Body Increase

Research published in the journal of the National Institutes of Health states that bulk cooking oil that
has reached its boiling point can lead to the formation of free radicals in the body.

Too many free radicals can cause oxidative stress to damage cells in the body.

In this study it was also shown that the bodies of mice that consumed bulk oil that had been heated three times
experienced changes in condition and body tissues as well as changes in antioxidant enzymes.

Antioxidants themselves have an important role in the immune system. So if there is a change
it can affect the system. Not enough to stop there, through this study, it was discovered that
there was damage to the colon and liver of the rats that were the subject of the study.

Increases the Risk of Breast Cancer and
Cholesterol

In a study published in the Journal of Chemical Education, Medan State University , it turns out that bulk
oil contains compounds that have carcinogenic properties during the frying process.

In addition, the nutrients, vitamins, minerals and nutrients in bulk cooking oil have apparently undergone
changes that can endanger the health of the body. If used for a long time, bulk oil can cause
various health problems. Such as food poisoning, cholesterol, diabetes, cardiovascular disease,
to breast cancer.

Bulk Cooking Oil Is Vulnerable to Damage

As previously mentioned, the distribution of bulk cooking oil from producers to consumers is done
traditionally using equipment such as conductors, drums, and so on. This method can actually
reduce the quality of bulk oil, you know .

In 2017, Eva Yulia et al conducted a study to see the quality of bulk cooking oil circulating in
traditional markets in the Jabotabek area in closed and open storage. From the results of this
study it was found that:

1. The smell of bulk cooking oil stored using closed and open storage for 2 weeks is still normal.
   However, after entering the third and fourth weeks, the smell turns a bit rancid.
   Well, this slightly rancid smell appears due to contact between oxygen and bulk oil which then
   causes an oxidation process.
2. The color of bulk cooking oil in closed and open storage for 2 weeks was yellow and pale yellow
   (normal). After the third and fourth week, the color changes to yellow-brown.
   The color of the oil can indeed change depending on the carotene pigment dissolved in it.
   If the color turns dark, you can be sure that the oil is damaged and should not be used
   again.
3. The moisture content of bulk cooking oil that is stored in a closed manner is of good quality, while
   oil that is stored openly does not meet national requirements. This is because water has
   ingredients that can trigger the growth of enzyme-producing microbes. These enzymes can
   hydrolyze fat and cause rancidity in oil.
4. In general, the peroxide value of bulk oil that is stored closed meets the requirements, but that
   which is stored openly does not meet the requirements. The peroxide value itself is a value
   that can be used to determine the degree of damage to an oil or grease.

Generally, the peroxide value can increase due to the oxidation process, temperature, and light.
So, because in traditional markets, bulk oil is usually exposed to direct sunlight, so the
temperature is higher. In addition, before being packaged and sold to consumers, the oil is
allowed to open, thereby affecting the temperature.

Characteristics of Good Quality Cooking Oil

From the explanation above, it can be concluded that there are many risks that threaten the health of the
body in bulk cooking oil. This means, you have to be smart in choosing quality oil.

However, what are the characteristics of good quality oil? To find out the quality of good
cooking oil, there are 5 things that you can use as a benchmark, namely color and level of clarity, aroma,
consistency, composition, and smoke point when used. To make it clearer, see the full
explanation below:

Color and Clarity

Actually the first thing you should see when choosing cooking oil is not the brand label on the package,
but the color and level of clarity of the oil. It is recommended to choose oil that is clear,
clean, and not concentrated.

As for the color, choose a brownish yellow but still look bright. Never choose cooking oil
that is dark brown in color because that color indicates that the oil has been used for frying.

Also avoid oils that are too white in color because it is possible that the oil has been mixed with additional
oil lightening chemicals which are harmful to the body.

Aroma

Good quality cooking oil usually has a fresh aroma, not overpowering, and does not smell rancid.
The fresh aroma of cooking oil can indicate the quality and time of production.

If the aroma is not pleasant, it means the oil has been damaged. Usually bulk oil processed
from used cooking oil can be detected by its aroma.

Avoid buying oils that smell rancid or fishy because the quality of the oil is certain to be damaged.
If you eat foods that are fried using oil like this, it is likely that your health problems will be
disturbed.

Consistency

This level of consistency needs to be considered carefully because it relates to quality. Good
quality cooking oil is definitely not thick and rather thick, some of which even looks like water.

Oil that is not too concentrated will not be absorbed into the food during the frying process.
Conversely, if it is too thick, the food will look greasy and if consumed will cause a sore
throat.

In general, the thicker the cooking oil, the quality needs to be questioned because it could be that the
oil has been used many times. In addition, quality oil usually does not freeze easily because
it contains a small amount of saturated fat.

Composition

The easiest way to determine the quality of cooking oil is to look at the composition table on the cooking
oil packaging. Every time you choose cooking oil, try to read carefully what the ingredients
are in it.

Usually, quality cooking oil has several other ingredients such as vitamins and various sources of
nutrition so that the oil becomes more nutritious. Now even many manufacturers are adding omega
6 to their products.

Ideally, the more complete the nutritional value in the oil, the higher the price and the safer it can be
ensured. Even so, you still have to limit its use, okay!

Smoke Point When Used

The smoke point is, in short, the highest temperature that cooking oil can reach before it starts to burn.
After burning, the enzymes and nutrients in the oil will be lost.

If you consume oil that has exceeded its smoke point (burns) for a long time, you will most likely
experience various health problems. Then how to see the smoke point?

Unfortunately, the smoke point can only be seen when you use oil for frying, and the average smoke point for
cooking oil on the market is 230 degrees Celsius.

Usually, it reaches its smoke point after two to three uses, more than that the oil gets hot and smokes
faster. This indicates that the content in it has changed and damaged.

Types of cooking oil that are safe for the
health of the body

Actually, frying is not a recommended cooking method because it can have a bad effect on health.
However, who can resist fried food? Therefore, you can reduce the bad effects of
cooking oil by choosing the type of oil that is safe for your health, including:

Olive oil

Olive oil has long been believed to be an oil that has many benefits. And that is indeed the
case because olive oil contains fatty acids and antioxidants which are very good for the health of the body
and skin.

In the book Benefits of Olive Oil – One Oil, Many Benefits Made Astawan, Tutik Wresdiyati, Nurayla Arnas Nasution
said that olive oil can act as antimicrobial, anticancer, antihypertensive, antidiabetic, anti-aging, even very
good for beauty.

Even consuming two tablespoons of olive oil every day for a week can reduce the oxidation of bad cholesterol
(LDL) and increase antioxidant compounds, especially phenols in the blood.

The smoke point of olive oil is also high and the content of vitamin E and antioxidants in it do not break
down quickly. However, food fried using olive oil will taste strange if you are not used to
it.

Coconut oil

92% of coconut oil is saturated fat so it will be more stable when heated and the fatty acids do not easily
turn into free radicals. However, high saturated fat content like this still needs to be
watched out for.

Because if it is used too often it will increase cholesterol levels in the blood, both bad cholesterol (LDL) and
good cholesterol (HDL).

Avocado oil

Avocado oil is an oil that contains high amounts of monounsaturated fat, so it is more stable when used for
cooking. In addition, the fatty acids will not easily split when heated.

That’s not enough, avocado oil also has a high smoke point and doesn’t break down quickly when heated.
Most importantly, this type of oil can help increase levels of good cholesterol (HDL) and lower
levels of bad cholesterol (LDL).

Canola oil

Canola oil is a cooking oil with a high smoke point and contains a fair amount of monounsaturated fat.
However, its use must be done carefully, because it contains omega 6 fatty acids which are quite
high, if consumed too much will endanger the health of the body.

Mustard oil

The next good cooking oil is palm oil. This oil contains quite a lot of saturated fat oil, so
it is stable when heated and can be used for frying. However, if the amount that enters the
body is too much, it will have a negative impact on health.

Therefore, you should limit the use of palm oil when frying and make sure you eat foods that contain balanced
nutrition.

This is the discussion about bulk oil and the types of cooking oil that are safe for consumption.
If you want to find various kinds of books about nature, then you can get them at
sinaumedia.com . To support Sinaumed’s in adding insight, sinaumedia
always provides quality and original books so that Sinaumed’s has #MoreWithReading
information.

Author: Gilang Oktaviana Putra

Reference:

Eva Yulia, Ade Heri Mulyati, and Farida Nuraeni (2017), Quality of Bulk Cooking Oil in Traditional Markets in the
Jabotabek Area in Various Storage

Building Space – When talking about geometric shapes, the thing that comes to Sinaumed’s’ mind is the cube and square shapes which are also part of the Mathematics subject matter. Yep, these spatial shapes have been introduced to us since childhood , you know , especially when we were still in grade 2 elementary school. That’s why, we often don’t feel foreign and find it easy to guess what types of spatial shapes are around us, because the brain has already processed them. in quite a long time. This material was not immediately finished, because when I was in junior high school (SMP) I also studied it. Even now, exam questions for CPNS also use this geometric material, of course at the C3 question levelyes…

Then, build that space what is it? What are the other types of geometric shapes other than cubes and squares? What are the properties and formulas for calculating the types of geometric shapes? So, so that Sinaumed’s doesn’t feel confused for a long time, let’s look at the following review!

What is Build Space?

Since the geometry material is included in Mathematics, specifically in the Geometry chapter, then of course there will be formulas and their completion processes. Just a little trivia , the reason why the Geometry chapter is taught from an early age is because some of the indicators can be found in everyday life, as well as real examples of objects.

Geometry which is part of Mathematics as a whole discusses how the shape and size of an object with a certain regularity. When introduced to students at the elementary school education level, it is only limited to knowing how a ball and what is not a ball are; what is the shape of a triangle and what is not a triangle; what is the shape of the tube and what is not the tube; and others. Then, in the following classes, the material will be further developed by starting to draw spatial shapes to calculating volume using formulas.

Basically, this geometric shape is a 3-dimensional shape that has volume. According to Sri Subarinah (2006), a spatial shape is a 3-dimensional geometric shape with boundaries in the form of flat planes and curved planes. Meanwhile, according to Sumanto et al (2008), argues that a spatial shape must have certain characteristics, starting from the presence of sides, edges, and vertices.

It should be noted that these sides, edges, and vertices are generally only owned by geometric shapes with 3 dimensions, right? The sides (planes) are part of the geometric shape that separates the inside and outside. Then, the edge is the meeting line between the two sides of the geometric shape. Furthermore, there is a corner point which is usually at the end or corner of this geometric shape which is the meeting point between the three ribs. So, based on these definitions, it can be concluded that,

“A spatial shape is a three-dimensional geometric shape that has certain properties, namely the presence of sides (planes), ribs, and vertices.”

Of course, this spatial structure has various types, not just cubes and blocks. The division of the types of geometric shapes is based on the shape of the plane, whether flat or curved. But usually, learning these types of geometric shapes does not apply to flat planes and curved planes, so students are only asked to “memorize” them. When in fact, it would be easier if you divide it on the shape of the field.

In a flat plane shape, there are 4 types of shapes, starting from cubes, blocks, prisms, and pyramids. Meanwhile, in curved plane shapes there are 3 types of shapes namely cylinders, cones, and spheres. Examples of these types of geometric shapes can be easily found around us. For example, the shape of the cube is dice and Rubik’s toy. Then, an example of a block shape is a jenga toy cardboard box. Meanwhile, an example of a cone shape is a birthday hat and an ice cream cone .

Building Space Parts

1. Side (Field)

The alias side of this field becomes a field in the geometric shape that separates the inside from the outside. This side has 2 forms, namely the flat side and the curved side.

2. Ribs

Namely a line segment formed by the intersection of two facets that meet. Ribs can be straight lines or curved lines. Ribs that lie on one side of the plane and do not intersect each other are called parallel edges. Then, ribs that intersect but are not on one side of the plane are called crossed edges.

3. Corner Point

Namely the meeting point between three or more ribs in a geometric shape.

4. Diagonal Side

Namely a line segment that connects two vertices that lie on different edges on one side of the plane.

5. Diagonal Space

Namely the area of ​​the line that connects two corner points, each of which is located on the top side and the base side.

6. Diagonal Field

Namely the field that is bounded by the presence of 2 pieces of diagonal side and opposite. Usually found in cubical and rectangular shapes.

7 Types of Building Spaces and Their Formulas and Properties

Build a Flat Side Room

1. Cube

Properties of the Cube

• Has 6 sides: abcd, adeh, bcfg, cdgh, and efgh.
• Has 12 ribs.

Base ribs: ab, bc, cd, and ad.

Top rib: ef, fg, gh, and eh.

Straight ribs: ae, bf, cg, and dh.

• Has 8 vertices: a with g; b with h; c with e; d with f.
• It has 12 diagonal sides: ac and bd; eg and fh; af and b; ch and dg; bg and cf; ah and de.
• There are 4 space diagonals: ag and ce; bh and df.
• There are 6 diagonals: abgh, acge, adgf, bche, bdhf, and cdef.
• The sides of the plane must be square with the same size.

Examples of Cube Nets

The cube shape has more than four grid patterns. Well, here is an example of a grid pattern on a cube!

Formulas and Example Questions

Surface Area of ​​a Cube = 6 x S² Circumference of Cube = 12 x S Volume of Cube = Area of ​​base x height = S² x S = Sз

1. It is known that a cube has a side of 10 cm. What is the total volume of the cube?

Answer: 

Given: side = 10 cm

Wanted: volume of a cube

Solution : Sз = 10 x 10 x 10 = 1,000 cmз

So, the volume of the cube is 1000 cmз

2. Blocks

Beam Properties

• Has 6 sides: ABCD, EFGH, BCFG, ADEH, ABEF, CDGH.
• Has 12 ribs: (AB, EF, CD, GH) (BC, AD, EH, FG) (AE, BF, CG, DH)
• It has 8 vertices: A, B, C, D, E, F, G, and H.
• Has 12 diagonal faces: (AC, BD, EG, FH) (AF, BE, DG, CH) (AH, DE, BG, CF), which is AC ≠ AF ≠ AH
• There are 4 space diagonals: AG, BH, CE, DF
• There are 6 diagonal planes: ACGE and BDHF, AFGD and BEHC, BGHA and DFED.
• The sides of the plane are rectangular.

Examples of Beam Nets

The block room shape has more than four grid patterns. Well, here’s an example of a net shape pattern on a beam!

Formulas and Example Questions

Block Surface Area = 2 x {(pxl) + (pxt) + (lxt)} Block Volume = (pxlxt)

1. A cuboid has a length of 7 cm, a width of 4 cm and a height of 5 cm. Calculate the volume of the block!

Answer: 

Given: length = 7 cm, width = 4 cm, height = 5 cm

Wanted: the volume of the block

Completion

Block volume = (pxlxt)

= ( 7 x 4 x 5) = 140 cm3

So, the volume of the block is 140 cm3.

3. Prism

Basically, this prism becomes a geometric shape bounded by two parallel planes (the base plane and the top plane), while the other planes intersect according to the parallel edges. These other planes are called vertical planes. Then, the distance between the two planes (the base plane and the top plane) is called the height of the prism. According to Sa’dijah (1998), this prism is a polyhedron with two sides facing each other.

Prism Types

If seen from how the shape of the base field, the prism can be divided into 3 types, viz.

1. A triangular prism, which is a triangular prism.
2. Quadrilateral prisms and so on, ie those whose base is rectangular or so on (pentagon, hexagon, etc.)
3. Parallelepipedal prism, namely the base plane in the form of a parallelogram.

Examples of Prism Nets

Since there are many types of prisms depending on the shape of the base, the following examples of nets are triangular prisms.

Prism properties

• It has a base plane and a top plane that are parallel in shape and congruent.
• It has a parallelogram-shaped side plane.
• All the ribs are parallel and the same length.
• All the diagonals are parallelograms.
• In an n-sided prism, the number of diagonal fields is n/2 (n-3)
• In an n-sided prism, the number of space diagonals is n(n-3)

Formulas and Example Questions

Area of ​​the sheath of a regular n-sided prism = (surrounding the base of the n-sided) x (length of the vertical edge) Prism Surface Area = (base area + casing area + base area) 2 Prism volume = block volume (pxlxt) Prism volume = base area x height

1. There is a pentagonal prism with a base area of ​​50 cm and a height of 15 cm. What is the volume of the prism?

Answer:

Given: area of ​​base = 50 cm, height = 15 cm

Wanted: prism volume

Completion

Prism volume = base area x height

= 50 cm x 15 cm = 750 cm

So, the volume of the pentagonal prism is 750 cm.

4. Limas

A pyramid is a geometric shape that is bounded by the existence of a (n) side and several triangles with common vertices outside the plane of the (n) side. Well, consider the following example of a pyramid image! The red lines in the middle (t) are called the height of the pyramid, while the T point above is called the peak point.

Almost the same as a prism, this pyramid also has several types based on the shape of its base. Especially in triangular pyramids, because the upright sides are triangular, the pyramid does not have an upper side, but has a vertex. The main elements that are owned by pyramids are the corner points, edges, and contents.

Types of Limas

1. Arbitrary pyramid, namely a pyramid whose base is in the form of an arbitrary n-sided shape and the vertex is also arbitrary.
2. Regular pyramid, which is a type of pyramid whose base is in the form of a regular n-sided shape. The projection at the apex coincides with the center of the base plane.

Properties of Regular Plumes

• In a regular n-sided pyramid, the base will be a regular n-sided. Then, all the uprights are the same length, with all the perpendiculars congruent, and all the apothemes are the same length. It should be noted that the apothem is the distance between the apex and the base.
• Has a pyramid height which is the distance from the apex to the projection which is located at the base of the pyramid.
• It has the apex of the pyramid, with the meeting point of the vertical side planes in the shape of a triangle.

Consider the example of a rectangular pyramid and the following description of its properties!

Has 5 vertices = A, B, C, D, and T Has 5 sides = 1 base (ABCD) and 4 upright (TAB, TBC, TCD, TAD) Has 4 base ribs = (AB, BC, CD, DA) Has 4 upright ribs = (AT, BT, CT, DT)

Examples of Limas Nets

Sinaumed’s must have understood that there are several types of pyramids depending on the shape of the base. That is why the nets can also be different from one another. Well, here is an example of a rectangular pyramid net.

Limas Formula

Surface Area = area of ​​the base + sum of the area of ​​the perpendiculars Limas volume = ⅓ x base area x height

Build a Curved Side Room

1. Tube

Examples of cylindrical objects around us are drink cans and pipes. Soenarjo (2008), argues that this cylindrical shape has the same circle at the top and bottom. Then, according to Soewito, et al (1992) also stated that this tube has a simple closed surface whose boundaries are also part of the tube itself and the base is a circle. Yep, a cylindrical shape is seen as a special prism with a circular base.

Tube properties

• It has 3 sides, namely the top side, the base side, and the tube blanket.
• It has no vertices because its shape is a circle.
• The top and bottom planes, which are circular in shape, must have the same size.
• There is a curved side called a tube blanket.
• There is a tube height which is the distance between the top plane and the base plane.
• Has 2 curved ribs.

Tube Nets

If Sinaumed’s looks at the following figure, it will be clear that the tube net is composed of a rectangle and two circles.

The formula for calculating tubes

Cylinder Volume = πr²t Surface Area = 2π xrxt + 2π x r²

2. Cones

Examples of objects in the shape of a cone shape are birthday hats, ice cream cones, oil cones, and many others. Sumanto, et al (2008) stated that this cone is bounded by a circular base and a curved side. This curved side is in the form of a blanket that is conical towards the top, the higher it is, the smaller or sharper it is.

Cone Properties

• Circular pedestal.
• It has 2 sides, namely the circle below and the curved plane (cone blanket).
• There is a conical blanket in the form of a curved side.
• Has 1 curved rib.
• Has a high point.
• There is a cone height which is the distance from the apex to the base.

Cone Nets

If you pay attention, these conical nets look like pizza slices and are small round shapes …

Cone Calculating Formulas

Cone Volume = ⅓ x π xrxrxt Cone Surface Area = π xrx (r + S)

3. Ball

The existence of this curved side shape must have often been encountered by Sinaumed’s around the neighborhood, even with the same name. Yep, this spherical shape also includes three-dimensional shapes that are part of Geometry.

Ball Properties

• It only has 1 side, which is a collection of points equidistant from the center of the ball. This side of the ball is also called a ball blanket.
• Has no ribs.
• Has a ball radius that connects the center point of the ball to the surface point. The radius of this ball is written as an “r”.
• The diameter is twice the radius of the ball.
• Has a spherical chord in the form of a line space that connects 2 points on the ball.

Ball Counting Formula

Surface Area of ​​Ball = 4 x π x r2 Sphere Volume = (4/3) x π x r3

Also Read!

• The Inventor of Mathematics and His Complete Biography
• Understanding Ratio and Its Use in Mathematics and Accounting
• Understanding Associative Properties in Mathematical Counting Operations
• List of Most Often Used Mathematical Formulas
• Definition, Questions and Discussion, and History of Infinite Limits
• Square Circumference Formula with Questions and Discussion
• Definition, Concept, and Properties of Inverse Matrix
• Definition and Steps to Determine Rotational Symmetry of Various Flat Shapes
• Definition and Properties of Multiplication Matrix
• Definition of Variables, Constants, and Tribes
• Definition, Properties, Functions, and Logarithmic Formulas
• How to Solve Equations with the Distributive
• The Concept of Limits of Algebraic Functions
• History of the Pythagorean Theorem